UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C.  20549

FORM 10-K10-K/A

(Amendment No. 1)

   Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 20192021

or

   Transition Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the Transition Period from _____ to ______

Commission file number 000-19364

 

 

TIVITY HEALTH, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Delaware

 

 

 

62-1117144

(State or other jurisdiction of

 

 

 

(I.R.S. Employer

incorporation or organization)

 

 

 

Identification No.)

 

 

 

 

 

701 Cool Springs Boulevard, Franklin, TN  37067

(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip code)

 

 

 

 

 

(800) 869-5311

(Registrant's telephone number, including area code)

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Trading Symbol(s)

TVTY

Title of each class

Trading Symbol(s)

Name of each exchange on which registered

Common Stock - $.001 par value

TVTY

The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC

 

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.

Yes  

 

No  

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act.

Yes 

 

No  

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.

Yes  

 

 

No  

 

 


Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).

 

Yes  

 

No  

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer," “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer  

Accelerated filer  

Non-accelerated filer  

Smaller reporting company  

 

 

 

 

Emerging growth company  

 

 

 

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).

 

Yes  

 

No  

 

As of June 30, 2019,2021, the last business day of the registrant's most recently completed second fiscal quarter, the aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the registrant was approximately $774.4 million$1.2 billion based on the price at which the shares were last sold for such date on The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC.

 

As of February 20, 2020, 48,433,78017, 2022, 49,823,312 shares of common stock were outstanding.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Auditor Name:
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Auditor Location:
Nashville, TN

Auditor Firm
PCAOB ID: 238

Portions of the registrant's Proxy Statement for the 2020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Form 10-K.

 


2


Tivity Health, Inc.

Form 10-K10-K/A

 

Table of Contents

 

 

 

 

Page

Part IIII

 

 

 

 

Item 1.

BusinessItem 10.

4Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

5

 

Item 1A.

Risk FactorsItem 11.

9Executive Compensation

13

 

Item 1B.

Unresolved Staff CommentsItem 12.

21Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

48

 

Item 2.

PropertiesItem 13.

21Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

52

 

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings

22

 

Item 4.14.

Mine Safety DisclosuresPrincipal Accounting Fees and Services

2455

 

 

 

 

Part IIIV

 

 

 

 

Item 5.

Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

25

Item 6.

Selected Financial Data

28

Item 7.

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

30

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

41

Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

42

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

86

Item 9A.

Controls and Procedures

86

Item 9B.

Other Information

86

Part III

Item 10.

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

87

Item 11.

Executive Compensation

87

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

87

Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

87

Item 14.

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

88

Part IV

 

Item 15.

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

89

Item 16.

Form 10-K Summary

9456

 

3


PART I


Explanatory Note

Tivity Health, Inc. (also referred to herein as the “Company”, “we”, “us” or “our”) filed its Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021 (the “Original Form 10-K”) with the United States Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) on February 25, 2022. The Company is filing this Amendment No. 1 to the Original Form 10-K (this “Form 10-K/A”) solely for the purpose of including in Part III the information that was to be incorporated by reference from the Company’s definitive proxy statement for its 2022 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, because the Company’s definitive proxy statement will not be filed with the Commission within 120 days after the end of the Company’s fiscal year ended December 31, 2021. This Form 10-K/A hereby amends and restates in their entirety Items 10 through 14 of Part III of the Original Form 10-K. Additionally, this Form 10-K/A hereby amends and restates the cover page of the Original Form 10-K to remove the statement that information is being incorporated by reference from the Company’s definitive proxy statement.

Pursuant to Rule 12b-15 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), this Form 10-K/A also contains new certifications pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Accordingly, Item 15 of Part IV has also been amended and restated in its entirety to include the currently dated certifications as exhibits, and to reference the consolidated financial statements previously filed with the Original Form 10-K. Because no consolidated financial statements have been included in this Form 10-K/A and this Form 10-K/A does not contain or amend any disclosure with respect to Items 307 and 308 of Regulation SK, paragraphs 3, 4 and 5 of the certifications have been omitted.

No attempt has been made in this Form 10-K/A to modify or update the other disclosures presented in the Original Form 10K, including, without limitation, the consolidated financial statements. This Form 10-K/A does not reflect events occurring after the filing of the Original Form 10-K or modify or update the disclosures in the Original Form 10-K, except as set forth in this Form 10-K/A, and should be read in conjunction with the Original Form 10-K and the Company’s other filings with the Commission. Terms used but not defined herein are as defined in our Original Form 10-K.  As used throughout this Annual Report on Form 10-K (this “Report”), unless the context otherwise indicates, the terms “we,” “us,” “our,” “Tivity Health,” or the “Company” refer collectively to Tivity Health, Inc. and its wholly-ownedwholly owned subsidiaries.

Item 1. Business

Overview

Tivity Health, Inc. (the “Company”), a leading provider of fitness, nutrition, and social connection solutions, was founded and incorporated in Delaware in 1981.  On March 8, 2019, we completed our acquisition of Nutrisystem, Inc. (“Nutrisystem”), a provider of weight management products and services, including nutritionally balanced weight loss programs sold primarily through the Internet and telephone and multi-day kits and single items (a la carte) available at select retail locations.  The acquisition of Nutrisystem enables us to offer, at scale, an integrated portfolio of solutions to help people live longer and be healthier, including our SilverSneakers® senior fitness program, Nutrisystem®, South Beach Diet®, Prime® Fitness, WholeHealth Living®, and Wisely WellTM (launched in 2020).  

 

Following the acquisition of Nutrisystem, we organize and manage our operations within two reportable segments, based on the types of products and services they offer: Healthcare and Nutrition.  The Healthcare segment is comprised of our legacy business and includes SilverSneakers, Prime Fitness and WholeHealth Living.  The Nutrition segment is comprised of Nutrisystem’s legacy business and includes Nutrisystem and the South Beach Diet.

As part of our Healthcare segment, SilverSneakers is offered to members of Medicare Advantage and Medicare Supplement plans.  We also offer Prime Fitness, a fitness facility access program, through commercial health plans, employers, and other sponsoring organizations.  Our national network of fitness centers delivers both SilverSneakers and Prime Fitness.  Our fitness networks encompass approximately 17,000 partner locations and more than 1,000 alternative locations that provide classes outside of traditional fitness centers. Through our WholeHealth Living program, which we sell primarily to health plans, we offer a continuum of services related to complementary, alternative, and physical medicine.  Our WholeHealth Living network includes relationships with approximately 80,000 complementary, alternative, and physical medicine practitioners to serve individuals through health plans and employers who seek health services such as chiropractic care, acupuncture, physical therapy, occupational therapy, massage therapy, and more.

Our Nutrition segment includes Nutrisystem and the South Beach Diet. Typically, our Nutrition segment customers purchase monthly food packages containing a four-week meal plan consisting of breakfasts, lunches, dinners, snacks and flex meals, which they supplement, depending on the program they are following, with items such as fresh fruits, fresh vegetables, lean protein and dairy. Most Nutrition segment customers order on an auto-delivery basis (“Auto-Delivery”), which means we send a four-week meal plan on an ongoing basis until notified of a customer’s cancellation. Auto-Delivery customers are offered savings off of our regular one-time rate with each order. Monthly notifications are also sent to remind customers to update order preferences. We offer pre-selected favorites or customers may personalize their meal plan by selecting their entire menu or by customizing plans to their specific tastes or dietary preference. In total, our plans feature approximately 250 food options including frozen and unfrozen ready-to-go entrees, snacks, and shakes, at different price points. Additionally, we offer unlimited counseling from our trained weight loss counselors, registered dietitians and certified diabetes educators at no cost. Counselors are available as needed, seven days a week throughout an extended day, with further support provided through our digital tools.  The Nutrition segment also offers its products through select retailers and QVC, a television shopping network.

The Company is headquartered at 701 Cool Springs Boulevard, Franklin, Tennessee 37067.

Customer and Partner Contracts

Except for Prime Fitness, our Healthcare segment’s customer contracts generally have initial terms of approximately three years.  Some contracts allow the customer to terminate early and/or determine on an annual basis to which of their members they will offer our programs.For Prime Fitness, our contracts with employers, commercial health plans, and other sponsoring organizations generally have initial terms of approximately three years, while individuals who purchase the Prime Fitness program through these organizations may cancel at any

4


time (on a monthly basis) after an initial period of one to three months. Direct to consumer customers in our Nutrition segment may cancel at any time.  Our fitness partner location contracts generally have initial terms ranging from one to three years and auto-renew for successive one-year renewal terms.

Business Strategy

Tivity Health’s integrated portfolio of fitness, nutrition and social engagement solutions supports overall health and wellness programs, which we believe are critical to our health plan and employer-based customers.  Following the acquisition of Nutrisystem, we believe the Company is well-positioned to address food insecurity, inactivity, weight management, chronic conditions, and social isolation, leading to a reduction of healthcare costs.  We believe the diversification of our portfolio and increased scale will benefit all of the Company’s stakeholders – including government and commercial health plans, fitness partners, members and consumers – as our offerings support healthier lifestyles and can lower medical costs.

Our comprehensive “A-B-C-D” strategy has been strengthened with the acquisition of Nutrisystem.  Strategy (A), add new members, will leverage Nutrisystem’s media expertise and scale to increase awareness of the SilverSneakers program and drive more enrolled members.  We will also cross-promote our nutrition and fitness solutions while adding new distribution channels for Nutrisystem. Strategy (B), build more awareness, empowerment and engagement, will lean on Nutrisystem’s precision marketing competency to drive visits and present a host of nutrition offerings to SilverSneakers and Prime Fitness members.  Strategy (C), collaborate with health plan partners to introduce new products and services that leverage our brand trust, drove our acquisition of Nutrisystem and will position us to offer nutrition-based as well as combined offerings.  Strategy (D), deepen relationships with our fitness center partners and their instructors within our national network, is bolstered through the Nutrisystem acquisition by providing new potential revenue streams for fitness partner locations while offering yet another distribution channel for Nutrisystem through those partner locations.  Our focus on revenue synergies is to address chronic conditions and weight management and expand the channels of distribution for nutrition-based products.Cautionary Statement Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

 

The Nutrition segment operates in a competitive direct-to-consumer marketCompany cautions that is experiencing significant change. To respond to these changes, in addition to the total company A-B-C-D strategy discussed above, we are applying a two-pronged “O-E” strategy to: (O) optimize the core nutrition business, and (E) expand the businesscertain information contained or incorporated by (1) expanding reach beyond direct-to-consumer, including opportunities with our health plan partners and fitness partner locations and (2) leveraging our food science capabilities beyond weight loss so that we can address the broader opportunity of nutrition-based solutions and continue to differentiate ourselves in the market.

Segment and Major Customer Information

Following the acquisition of Nutrisystem in March 2019, we organize and manage our operations within two reportable segments, based on the types of products and services they offer: Healthcare and Nutrition.  The Healthcare segment consists of SilverSneakerssenior fitness, Prime Fitness and WholeHealth Living.  The Nutrition segment provides weight management products and services and consists of Nutrisystem and South Beach Diet.

During 2019, Humana, Inc. (“Humana”) comprised approximately 13% of our consolidated revenues. Our primary contract with Humana continues through December 31, 2022.  No other customer accounted for 10% or more of our consolidated revenues in 2019.  In addition, during 2019, three customers individually comprised more than 10%, and together comprised approximately 45%, of our Healthcare segment’s revenues for 2019. See Note 18to the notes to consolidated financial statements includedreference in this report relating to revenues from external customersReport and customer concentration.

Competition

The healthcare and weight loss industries are both highly competitive, andour other filings with the manner in which services are provided is subject to continual change. Other entities, whose financial and marketing resources may exceed our resources, may choose to initiate or expand programs in competition with our offerings.

We believe we have certain advantages over our competitors in the healthcare segment such as:

our proprietary class programming;

the brand recognition of our programs such as SilverSneakers;

5


the depth and breadth of our fitness center network relationships, which encompass approximately 17,000 partner locations; and

the trusting connections with our members developed over more than 25 years that have generated nearly 800 million member visits to partner locations since 2001.  

However, we cannot assure you that we can compete effectively with other entities who provide similar services.

The weight loss market is served by a diverse array of competitors providing pharmaceutical products and weight loss programs, digital tools and wearable trackers, as well as a wide variety of diet foods and meal replacement bars and shakes, appetite suppressants, nutritional supplements, and surgical procedures. Potential customers seeking to manage their weight can turn to traditional center-based competitors, online diet-oriented sites, self-directed dieting, and self-administered products such as prescription drugs, over-the-counter drugs and supplements, and meal replacement products, as well as medically supervised programs.

We believe that our principal competitive factors in the weight loss market are:

the availability, convenience, privacy, and effectiveness of the weight loss program;

brand recognition and trustworthiness;

digital and media spending;

new products and innovative offerings;

program pricing; and

the ability to attract and retain customers through promotion and personal referral.

Based on these factors, we believe that we can compete effectively in the weight loss industry. However, we have no control over how successful competitors will be in addressing these factors. By providing well-recognized food-based weight management programs using the direct to consumer channel, we believe that we have a competitive advantageCommission, in our market.  

Industry Integrationpress releases, and Consolidation

Consolidation remains an important factor in all aspects of the healthcare industry.  While we believe the size of our membership base provides usstatements made by or with the economiesapproval of scale to compete even in a consolidating market, we cannot assure you that we can effectively compete with companies formed as a result of industry consolidation or that we can retain existing customers if they are acquired by other entities that already have or contract for programs similar to ours or are not interested in our programs.

Governmental Regulation

Governmental regulation impacts us in a number of ways in addition to those regulatory risks presented under Item 1A. “Risk Factors” below.

Health Reform

In recent years, Congress and certain state governments have passed a large number of laws and regulations intended to result in major changes within the healthcare system. The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act, as amended by the Health Care and Education Reconciliation Act of 2010 (collectively, the “ACA”), the most prominent of these efforts, changes how healthcare services are covered, delivered, and reimbursed through, among other things, expanded health insurance coverage, reduced growth in Medicare program spending and the establishment of programs that tie reimbursement to care quality and value.

The ACA contains provisions that affect our customers, including commercial health plans and Medicare Advantage programs. Since 2010, when the ACA was enacted, the ACA has decreased the number of uninsured individuals, and expanded coverage through the expansion of public programs and private sector health insurance. However, the ACA also may increase costs and/or reduce the revenues of our customers or prospective customers. For example, the ACA prohibits commercial health plans from using gender, health status, family

6


history, or occupation to set premium rates, eliminates pre-existing condition exclusions, and bans annual benefit limits. In addition, the ACA established uniform minimum medical loss ratios (“MLRs”) for health plans, requiring a minimum percentage of health coverage premium revenue to be spent on healthcare medical costs and quality improvement expenses. The ACA also reduced premium payments to Medicare Advantage plans such that the managed care per capita payments paid by the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (“HHS”) to Medicare Advantage plans are now, on average, approximately equal to those for traditional Medicare.

Thereauthorized personnel is substantial uncertainty regarding the ongoing effects of the ACA because the presidential administration and Congress have made significant changes to the ACA, its implementation and its interpretation. The President has signed an executive order that directs agencies to minimize “economic and regulatory burdens” of the ACA. Final rules issued in 2018 expand the availability of association health plans and allow the sale of short-term, limited-duration health plans, neither of which are required to cover all of the essential benefits mandated by the ACA.  Effective January 2019, Congress eliminated the financial penalty associated with the ACA’s individual mandate. In December 2018, a federal court in Texas ruled that the individual mandate was unconstitutional as a result of this change and determined that the rest of the ACA was, therefore, invalid. In December 2019, the Fifth Circuit Court of Appeals upheld this decision with respect to the individual mandate, but remanded for further consideration of how this affects the rest of the law. The law remains in effect pending appeal. It is difficult to predict whether, when or how the ACA will be further changed, what alternative provisions, if any, will be enacted, the timing of implementation of any alternative provisions, the impact of alternative provisions on providers and other healthcare industry participants, and the ultimate outcome and impact of court challenges. The healthcare industry remains subject to ongoing health reform initiatives. For example, beginning in 2020, the Creating High-quality Results and Outcomes Necessary to Improve Chronic (CHRONIC) Care Act of 2018 (“Chronic Care Act”) allows Medicare Advantage plans to cover supplemental benefits that are not primarily health-related, but that have the reasonable expectation of improving or maintaining health.  Additionally, some presidential candidates and members of Congress have proposed measures that would expand government-sponsored coverage, including single-payor proposals (often referred to as "Medicare for All"). Further, the outcome of the 2020 federal election and its potential impact on health reform efforts is unknown.

Other Laws

While many of the governmental and regulatory requirements affecting healthcare delivery generally do not directly apply to us, our customers must comply with a variety of regulations including those governing Medicare Advantage plans and their marketing and the licensing and reimbursement requirements of federal, state and local agencies. Certain of our services, including health service utilization management and certain claims payment functions, require licensure by state government agencies. We are subject to a variety of legal requirements in order to obtain and maintain such licenses.

Federal privacy regulations issued pursuant to the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996 (“HIPAA”) extensively restrict the use and disclosure of individually-identifiable health information by health plans, most healthcare providers, and certain other entities (collectively, “covered entities”). Federal security regulations issued pursuant to HIPAA require covered entities to implement and maintain administrative, physical and technical safeguards to protect the confidentiality, integrity and availability of electronic individually-identifiable health information. Because we handle individually-identifiable health information on behalf of covered entities, we are considered a "business associate" and are required to comply with most aspects of the HIPAA privacy and security regulations. Violations of HIPAA and its implementing regulations may result in criminal penalties and in substantial civil penalties for each violation. These penalties are updated annually based on changes to the consumer price index.

In the event of a data breach involving individually-identifiable health information, we are subject to contractual obligations and state and federal requirements that require us to notify our customers. These requirements may also require us or our customers to notify affected individuals, regulatory agencies, and the media of the data breach. Under HIPAA, non-permitted uses and disclosures of unsecured individually identifiable health information are presumed to be breaches for which notice is required, unless it can be demonstrated that there is a low probability the information has been compromised.

In addition, there are numerous other laws and legislative and regulatory initiatives at the federal and state levels addressing the confidentiality and security of confidential personalforward-looking information that may apply to us directly or us contractually. These laws varyinvolves risks, uncertainties and could impose additional penalties. For example, the potential effects of the CCPA (as defined under Item1A “Risk Factors”) are far-reaching and may require us to modify our data processing practices and policies and to incur substantial costs and expenses in an effort to comply. In addition,

7


the Federal Trade Commission uses its consumer protection authority to initiate enforcement actions in response to data breaches. If we fail to comply with these or other applicable laws and regulations, we could be subject to liabilities, including civil penalties, money damages, and criminal penalties.

Federal law contains various prohibitions related to false statements and false claims, some of which apply to private payors as well as federal programs. Our contracts with Medicare Advantage plans may subject us to a number of obligations, including billing and reimbursement requirements, prohibitions on fraudulent and abusive conduct and related training and screening obligations. Actions may be brought under the federal False Claims Act by the government as well as by private individuals, known as “whistleblowers,” who are permitted to share in any settlement or judgment. Liability under the federal False Claims Act arises when an entity knowingly submits a false claim for reimbursement to the federal government. The federal False Claims Act defines the term “knowingly” broadly. There are many other potential bases for liability under the federal False Claims Act, including knowingly and improperly avoiding repayment of an overpayment received from the government and the knowing failure to report and return an overpayment within 60 days of identifying the overpayment. The submission of claims for services or items generated in violation of certain “fraud and abuse” provisions of the Social Security Act, including the anti-kickback provisions, constitutes a false or fraudulent claim under the federal False Claims Act. In some cases, whistleblowers, the federal government, and some courts have taken the position that entities that allegedly have violated other statutes, such as the federal self-referral prohibition commonly known as the Stark Law, have thereby submitted false claims under the federal False Claims Act.

From time to time, participants in the healthcare industry, including the Company and our customers, may be subject to actions under the federal False Claims Act or other fraud and abuse laws, including similar state statutes, and it is not possible to predict the impact of such actions. Violations of applicable laws may result in significant civil and criminal penalties. For example, violations of the federal False Claims Act may result in penalties of three times the actual damages sustained by the government, plus substantial mandatory civil penalties for each separate false claim. These penalties are updated annually based on changes to the consumer price index.

Because of the international operations previously conducted as part of our total population health services (“TPHS”) business that we sold to Sharecare, Inc. in July 2016, we were subject to the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (the “FCPA”) and similar anti-bribery laws of other countries in which we provided services prior to the sale. The FCPA and similar antibribery laws generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries from making improper payments to government officials or other third parties for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business or gaining any business advantage. Failure to comply with the FCPA and similar legislation prior to the sale of our TPHS business could result in the imposition of civil or criminal fines and penalties.

In addition, our Nutrition segment is subject to laws and regulations relating to advertising, disclosures to customers, customer pricing and billing arrangements and other customer protection matters.  Federal and state regulation of advertising practices generally, and in the weight loss industry in particular, may increase in scope or severity in the future. Other aspects of our Nutrition segment’s operations, such as the manufacturing, labeling and distribution of food products, including dietary supplements, are subject to government regulation, including USDA and FDA requirements.  Because our Nutrition segment includes distributing products that are ingested, we face inherent risk of exposure to product liability claims and improper labeling claims.  A determination by a federal or state agency, or a court, that our practices do not meet such laws or regulations could result in legal liability, adverse publicity, and require us to modify our practices and incur substantial costs and expenses.

Intellectual Property

We own numerous trademarks and other proprietary rights that are important to our business. Depending upon the jurisdiction, trademarks are valid as long as they are used in the regular course of trade and/or their registrations are properly maintained. We believe the protection of our trademarks, copyrights, patents, domain names, trade dress, and trade secrets is important to our success. We protect our intellectual property rights by relying on a combination of watch services and trademark, copyright, patent, trade dress and trade secret laws, and through the domain name dispute resolution system.

Employees

As of February 21, 2020, we had approximately 1,000 employees. We believe we have good relationships with our employees.

8


Seasonality

Typically, in the weight loss industry, revenue is greatest in the first calendar quarter and lowest in the fourth quarter. We believe that the Nutrition segment of our business experiences seasonality, driven primarily by the predisposition of dieters to initiate a diet at certain times of the year and the placement of our advertising, which is based on the price and availability of certain media at such times.

Available Information

Our Internet address is www.tivityhealth.com. We make available free of charge, on or through our Internet website, our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). The SEC maintains an Internet site that contains periodic reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC at www.sec.gov.

Item 1A. Risk Factors

In the execution of our business strategy, our operations and financial condition are subject to certain risks.  A summary of certain material risks is provided below, and you should take such risks into account in evaluating any investment decision involving the Company. This section does not describe all risks applicable to us and is intended only as a summary of certain material factors that could impactcause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements contained herein. Forward-looking statements discuss our operations in the industry in which we operate. Other sections of this report contain additional information concerning thesecurrent expectations and other risks.

Risks Relating to Our Business Generally

Our business strategyprojections relating to the development and introduction of new products and services exposes us to risks such as limited customer and/or market acceptance and additional expenditures that may not result in additional net revenue.

An important component of our business strategy is to focus on new products and services that enable us to provide immediate value to our customers.  Customer and/or market acceptance of these new products and services cannot be predicted with certainty, and if we fail to execute properly on this strategy or to adapt this strategy as marketfinancial conditions, evolve, our ability to grow revenue and our results of operations, may be adversely affected.plans, objectives, future performance, and business. Forwardlooking statements are typically identified by words or phrases such as “may,” “will,” “would,” “can,” “should,” “likely,” “anticipate,” “potential,” “estimate,” “pro forma,” “continue,” “expect,” “project,” “intend,” “seek,” “plan,” “believe,” “target,” “outlook,” “forecast,” the negatives thereof and other words and terms of similar meaning in connection with any discussion of the timing or nature of future operating or financial performance or other events. Forward-looking statements include all statements that do not relate solely to historical or current facts, including statements regarding our expectations, intentions, or strategies and regarding the future. We disclaim any intent or obligation to update these forward-looking statements.


PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

The directors of the Company are as follows:

 

If we fail to successfully implement our business strategy, our financial performance and our growth could be materially and adversely affected.

Name

 

Age

Director Since

Position(s)

Richard M. Ashworth

 

47

2020

Chief Executive Officer and Director

Sara J. Finley

 

62

2018

Director

Robert J. Greczyn, Jr.

 

70

2015

Director

Beth M. Jacob

 

60

2018

Director

Bradley S. Karro

 

60

2014

Director

Stephanie M. Davis (Michelman)

 

47

2022

Director

Erin L. Russell

 

48

2020

Director

Anthony M. Sanfilippo

 

64

2020

Chairman of the Board

 

Our future financial performance and success are dependent in large part upon our ability to implement our business strategy successfully. Implementation of our strategy will require effective management of our operational, financial and human resources and will place significant demands on those resources. See Part I, Item 2. "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations – Business Strategy" in this report for more information regarding our business strategy.  There are risks involved in pursuing our strategy, including the ability to hire or retain the personnel necessary to manage our strategy effectively.

In addition to the risks set forth above, implementation of our business strategy could be affected by a number of factors beyond our control, such as increased competition, legal developments, government regulation, general economic conditions, increased operating costs or expenses, and changes in industry trends. We may decide to alter or discontinue certain aspects of our business strategy at any time. If we are not able to implement our business strategy successfully, our long-term growth and profitability may be adversely affected. Even if we are able to implement some or all of the initiatives of our business strategy successfully, our operating results may not improve to the extent we anticipate, or at all.

We may fail to realize the anticipated benefits and cost savings of the acquisition of Nutrisystem, which could adversely affect the value of our common stock.

The ultimate success of the acquisition of Nutrisystem will depend, in part, on our ability to realize the anticipated

9


benefits and cost savings from combining the business of Nutrisystem with our legacy business. Our ability to realize these anticipated benefits and cost savings is subject to certain risks including:

 

our ability to combine successfully the business of Nutrisystem with our legacy business, including with respect to the integration of our systems and technology;

whether the combined businesses will perform as currently expected;

the possibility that we paid more for Nutrisystem than the value we will derive from the acquisition;

the reduction of our cash available for operations and other uses and the incurrence of indebtedness to finance the acquisition; and

the assumption of known and unknown liabilities of Nutrisystem.

If we are not able to successfully combine the business of Nutrisystem with our legacy business within the anticipated time frame, or at all, the anticipated cost savings and other benefits of the acquisition may not be realized fully or at all or may take longer to realize than expected, the combined businesses may not perform as expected, and the value of our common stock may be adversely affected.

We cannot provide assurances that Nutrisystem’s business and our legacy business can be integrated successfully. It is possible that the integration process could result in the loss of key employees, the disruption of our ongoing businesses or in unexpected integration issues, higher than expected integration costs, and an overall integration process that takes longer than originally anticipated.

In addition, at times, the attention of certain members of our management and resources may be focused on completion of the integration and diverted from day-to-day business operations, which may disrupt our ongoing business.

We may experience difficulties associated with the implementation and/or integration of new businesses, services (including outsourced services), technologies, solutions, or products.

We may face difficulties, costs, and delays in effectively implementing and/or integrating acquired businesses, services (including outsourced services), technologies, solutions, or products into our business.  Implementing internally-developed solutions and products, and/or integrating newly acquired businesses, services (including outsourced services), and technologies could be time-consuming and may strain our resources. Consequently, we may not be successful in implementing and/or integrating these new businesses, services, technologies, solutions, or products and may not achieve anticipated revenue and cost benefits.

The performance of our business and the level of our indebtedness could prevent us from meeting the obligations under our Credit Agreement or have an adverse effect on our future financial condition, our ability to raise additional capital, or our ability to react to changes in the economy or our industry.

In connection with the consummation of the acquisition of Nutrisystem, on March 8, 2019, we entered into a new Credit and Guaranty Agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) with a group of lenders, Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch ("Credit Suisse"), as general administrative agent, term facility agent and collateral agent, and SunTrust Bank (“SunTrust”), as revolving facility agent and swing line lender.  As of December 31, 2019, outstanding debt under the Credit Agreement was $1,048 million.

Our ability to service our indebtedness will depend on our ability to generate cash in the future.  We cannot assure you that our business will generate sufficient cash flow from operations or that future borrowings will be available in an amount sufficient to enable us to service our indebtedness or to fund other liquidity needs.

The Credit Agreement contains a financial covenant that requires us to maintain specified maximum ratios or levels of consolidated total net debt to EBITDA, calculated as provided in the Credit Agreement. Our failure to comply with such covenant could result in an event of default that, if not cured or waived, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations or debt service capability. The Credit Agreement also contains various other affirmative and negative covenants customary for financings of this type that, subject to certain exceptions, impose restrictions and limitations on us and certain of our subsidiaries with respect to, among other things, indebtedness; liens; negative pledges; restricted payments (including dividends, distributions, buybacks, redemptions, repurchases with respect to equity interests, and payments, redemptions, retirements, purchases, acquisitions, defeasance, exchange, conversion, cancellation or termination with respect to junior lien, subordinated

10


or unsecured debt); restrictions on subsidiary distributions; loans, advances, guarantees, acquisitions and other investments; mergers and other fundamental changes; sales and other dispositions of assets (including equity interests in subsidiaries); sale/leaseback transactions; transactions with affiliates; conduct of business; amendments and waivers of organizational documents and material junior debt agreements; and changes to fiscal year.

Our indebtedness could adversely affect our future financial condition or our ability to react to changes in the economy or industry by, among other things:

increasing our vulnerability to a downturn in general economic conditions, loss of revenue and/or profit margins in our business, or to increases in interest rates, particularly with respect to the portion of our outstanding debt that is subject to variable interest rates;

potentially limiting our ability to obtain additional financing or to obtain such financing on favorable terms;

causing us to dedicate a portion of future cash flow from operations to service or pay down our debt, which reduces the cash available for other purposes, such as operations, capital expenditures, and future business opportunities; and

Richard M. Ashworth

possibly limiting our ability to adjust to changing market conditions and placing us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors who may be less leveraged.

Our variable rate indebtedness subjects us to interest rate risk, which could cause our debt service obligations to increase significantly, and changes in LIBOR reporting practices could lead to an increase in the cost of our indebtedness and adversely affect our results of operations.

Borrowings under our Credit Agreement are at variable rates of interest and expose us to interest rate risk.  Interest rates are currently at historically low levels, but if interest rates increase, our debt service obligations with respect to our variable rate indebtedness would increase even if the amount borrowed remained the same, and our net income and cash flows would correspondingly decrease.

To mitigate our exposure to future interest rate volatility with respect to our variable rate indebtedness, we have entered into interest rate swaps and may in the future enter into additional interest rate swaps, which involve the exchange of floating for fixed rate interest payments. Considering hedging gains and losses and cash settlement costs, we may not elect to maintain such interest rate swaps, and any swaps may not fully mitigate our interest rate risk.

In addition, a transition away from LIBOR as a benchmark for establishing the applicable interest rate may adversely affect our variable rate debt and interest rate swaps.  The Financial Conduct Authority of the United Kingdom has announced that by the end of calendar year 2021 it will no longer require LIBOR submissions, resulting in the possible unavailability or lack of suitability of LIBOR as a benchmark rate. While our borrowing arrangements provide for alternative base rates as well as a method for selecting a benchmark replacement for LIBOR, the consequences of the possibility of LIBOR becoming unavailable or not suitable cannot be entirely predicted at this time. Use of an alternative base rate or a benchmark replacement for LIBOR as a basis for calculating interest with respect to our outstanding variable rate indebtedness or interest rate swap agreements could lead to an increase in the interest we pay and a corresponding increase in the cost of such indebtedness, and could affect our ability to refinance some or all of our existing indebtedness or otherwise have a material adverse impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Changes in macroeconomic conditions may adversely affect our business.

Economic difficulties and other macroeconomic conditions could reduce the demand and/or the timing of purchases for certain of our services from customers and potential customers.  In addition, changes in economic conditions could create liquidity and credit constraints. We cannot assure you that we would be able to secure additional financing if needed and, if such funds were available, that the terms and conditions would be acceptable to us.

We have a significant amount of goodwill and intangible assets, the value of which could become further impaired.

We have recorded significant portions of the purchase price of certain acquisitions as goodwill and/or intangible assets. We review goodwill and intangible assets not subject to amortization for impairment on an annual basis

11


(during the fourth quarter) or more frequently whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. In the fourth quarter of 2019, we recorded impairment losses of $240.0 million and $137.1 million related to the Nutrisystem tradename and goodwill, respectively, and at December 31, 2019, we had approximately $654.6 million and $689.7 million of goodwill and intangible assets, respectively, remaining. If we determine that the carrying values of our goodwill and/or intangible assets should be further impaired, we may incur additional non-cash charges to earnings, which could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations for the period in which the additional impairment occurs.

A failure of our information technology or systems could adversely affect our business.

Our ability to deliver our products and services depends on effectively using information technology.  We rely upon our information technology and systems, employees, and third parties for operating and monitoring all major aspects of our business. These technologies and systems and, therefore, our operations could be damaged or interrupted by natural disasters, power loss, network failure, improper operation by our employees, data privacy or security breaches, computer viruses, computer hacking, network penetration or other illegal intrusions or other unexpected events. Any disruption in the operation of our information technology or systems, regardless of the cause, could adversely impact our operations, which may adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

A cybersecurity incident could result in the loss of confidential data, give rise to remediation and other expenses, expose us to liability under HIPAA, consumer protection laws, common law theories or other laws, subject us to litigation and federal and state governmental inquiries, damage our reputation, and otherwise be disruptive to our business.

The nature of our business involves the receipt, storage and use of personal data about the participants in our programs, including individually identifiable health information, as well as employees and customers. Additionally, we rely upon third parties that are not directly under our control to store and use portions of that personal data as well.  The secure maintenance of this and other confidential information or other proprietary information is critical to our business operations. To protect our information systems from attack, damage and unauthorized use, we have implemented multiple layers of security, including technical safeguards, processes, and our people. Our defenses are monitored and routinely tested internally and by external parties. Despite these efforts, threats from malicious persons and groups, new vulnerabilities, technology failures, and advanced attacks against information systems create risk of cybersecurity incidents. We cannot provide assurance that we or our third-party vendors or other service providers will not be subject to cybersecurity incidents, which may result in unauthorized access by third parties, loss, misappropriation, disclosure or corruption of customer, employee, or our information; member personal health information; or other data subject to privacy laws. Such cybersecurity incidents or delays in responding to or remedying damage caused by such incidents may lead to a disruption in our systems or business, costs to modify, enhance, or remediate our cybersecurity measures, liability under privacy, security and consumer protection laws or litigation under these or other laws, including common law theories, and subject us to enforcement actions, fines, regulatory proceedings or litigation against us, damage to our business reputation, a reduction in participation and sales of our products and services, and legal obligations to notify customers or other affected individuals about an incident, which could cause us to incur substantial costs and negative publicity, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations and harm our business reputation.

As a result, cybersecurity and the continued development and enhancement of our controls, processes and practices remain a priority for us. We may be required to expend significant additional resources in our efforts to modify or enhance our protective measures against evolving threats or to investigate and remediate any cybersecurity vulnerabilities.

Our business is subject to changing privacy and security laws, rules and regulations, including HIPAA, the Payment Card Industry Data Security Standards, the Telephone Consumer Protection Act and other state privacy regulations, which impact our operating costs and for which failure to adhere could negatively impact our business.

Our business is subject to various privacy and data security laws, regulations, and codes of conduct that apply to our various business units (e.g., Payment Card Industry Data Security Standards and Telephone Consumer Protection Act (“TCPA”)). These laws and regulations may be inconsistent across jurisdictions and are subject to evolving and differing (sometimes conflicting) interpretations. While we are using internal and external resources to

12


monitor compliance with and to continue to modify our data processing practices and policies in order to comply with evolving privacy laws, relevant regulatory authorities could determine that our data handling practices fail to address all the requirements of certain new laws, which could subject us to penalties and/or litigation. Government regulators, privacy advocates and class action attorneys are increasingly scrutinizing how companies collect, process, use, store, share and transmit personal data. This increased scrutiny may result in new interpretations of existing laws as well as new laws, regulations, and industry standards concerning privacy, data protection, and information security proposed and enacted in various jurisdictions, thereby further impacting our business.  For example, the California Consumer Privacy Act of 2018 (“CCPA”), went into effect on January 1, 2020, and it applies broadly to information that identifies or is associated with any California household or individual, and compliance with the new law requires that we implement several operational changes, including processes to respond to individuals’ data access and deletion requests.  Failure to comply with the CCPA may result in attorney general enforcement action and damage to our reputation. The CCPA also provides for civil penalties for violations, as well as a private right of action for data breaches that may increase data breach litigation. We may also be exposed to litigation, regulatory fines, penalties or other sanctions if the personal, confidential or proprietary information of our customers is mishandled or misused by any of our suppliers, counterparties or other third parties, or if such third-parties do not have appropriate controls in place to protect such personal, confidential or proprietary information.  Additionally, the Federal Trade Commission (“FTC”) and many state attorneys general are interpreting federal and state consumer protection laws to impose standards for the collection, use, dissemination and security of data.  The obligations imposed by the CCPA and other similar laws that may be enacted at the federal and state level may require us to modify our business practices and policies and to incur substantial expenditures in order to comply.

In order to be successful, we must attract, engage, retain and integrate key employees and have adequate succession plans in place, and failure to do so could have an adverse effect on our ability to manage our business.

Our success depends, in large part, on our ability to attract, engage, retain and integrate qualified executives and other key employees throughout all areas of our business. Identifying, developing internally or hiring externally, training and retaining highly skilled managerial and other personnel are critical to our future, and competition for experienced employees can be intense. Failure to successfully hire executives and key employees or the loss of any executives and key employees could have a significant impact on our operations. The loss of services of any key personnel, the inability to retain and attract qualified personnel in the future, or delays in hiring may harm our business and results of operations. Further, changes in our management team may be disruptive to our business, and any failure to successfully integrate key newly hired employees could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

We face competition for staffing, which may increase our labor costs and reduce profitability.

We compete with other healthcare and services providers in recruiting qualified management, including executives with the required skills and experience to operate and grow our business, and staff personnel for the day-to-day operations of our business. These challenges may require us to enhance wages and benefits to recruit and retain qualified management and other professionals. Difficulties in attracting and retaining qualified management and other professionals, or in controlling labor costs, could have a material adverse effect on our profitability.

We are or may become a party to litigation that could potentially force us to pay significant damages and/or harm our reputation.

We are subject to certain legal proceedings, which potentially involve large claims and significant defense costs (see Part II, Item 1. "Legal Proceedings" in this report). These legal proceedings and any other claims that we may face in the future, whether with or without merit, could result in costly litigation, and divert the time, attention, and resources of our management. The coverage limits of our insurance policies may not be adequate to cover all such claims and some claims may not be covered by insurance. Additionally, insurance coverage with respect to some claims against us or our directors and officers may not be available on terms that would be favorable to us, or the cost of such coverage could increase in the future.  Further, although we believe that we have conducted our operations in compliance with applicable statutory and contractual requirements and that we have meritorious defenses to outstanding claims, it is possible that resolution of these legal matters could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.  In addition, legal expenses associated with the defense of these matters may be material to our results of operations in a particular financial reporting period.

Third parties may infringe on our brands, trademarks and other intellectual property rights, which may

13


have an adverse impact on our business.

We currently rely on a combination of trademark and other intellectual property laws and confidentiality procedures to establish and protect our proprietary rights, including our brands. If we fail to successfully enforce our intellectual property rights, the value of our brands, services and products could be diminished and our business may suffer. Our precautions may not prevent misappropriation of our intellectual property. Any legal action that we may bring to protect our brands and other intellectual property could be unsuccessful and expensive and could divert management’s attention from other business concerns. In addition, legal standards relating to the validity, enforceability and scope of protection of intellectual property, especially in Internet-related businesses, are uncertain and evolving. We cannot assure you that these evolving legal standards will sufficiently protect our intellectual property rights in the future.

We may be subject to intellectual property rights claims.

Third parties may make claims against us alleging infringement of their intellectual property rights. Any intellectual property claims, regardless of merit, could be time-consuming and expensive to litigate or settle and could significantly divert management’s attention from other business concerns. In addition, if we were unable to successfully defend against such claims, we may have to pay damages, stop selling the service or product or stop using the software, technology or content found to be in violation of a third party’s rights, seek a license for the infringing service, product, software, technology or content or develop alternative non-infringing services, products, software, technology or content. If we cannot license on reasonable terms, develop alternatives or stop using the service, product, software, technology or content for any infringing aspects of our business, we may be forced to limit our service and product offerings. Any of these results could reduce our revenue and our ability to compete effectively, increase our costs or harm our business.

Damage to our reputation could harm our business, including our competitive position and business prospects.

Our ability to attract and retain customers, members and employees is impacted by our reputation. Harm to our reputation can arise from various sources, including employee misconduct, cyber security breaches, unethical behavior, litigation or regulatory outcomes, which could, among other consequences, increase the size and number of litigation claims and damages asserted or subject us to enforcement actions, fines and penalties and cause us to incur related costs and expenses.

We could be adversely affected by violations of the FCPA and similar anti-bribery laws of other countries in which we provided services prior to the sale of our TPHS business.

Because of the international operations that we previously conducted as part of our TPHS business that we sold to Sharecare, Inc. in July 2016, we could be adversely affected by violations of the FCPA and similar anti-bribery laws of other countries in which we provided services prior to the sale. The FCPA and similar anti-bribery laws generally prohibit companies and their intermediaries from making improper payments to government officials or other third parties for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business or gaining any business advantage. While our policies mandated compliance with these anti-bribery laws, we cannot provide assurance that our internal control policies and procedures always protected us from reckless or criminal acts committed by our employees, contractors or agents. Failure to comply with the FCPA and similar legislation prior to the sale of our TPHS business could result in the imposition of civil or criminal fines and penalties and could disrupt our business and adversely affect our results of operations, cash flows and financial condition.

Risks Relating to Our Healthcare Segment

A significant percentage of Healthcare segment revenues is derived from health plan customers.

A significant percentage of our Healthcare segment revenues is derived from health plan customers. The health plan industry may continue to consolidate, and we cannot assure you that we will be able to retain health plan customers, or continue to provide our products and services to such health plan customers on terms at least as favorable to us as currently provided, if they are acquired by other health plans that already participate in competing programs or are not interested in our programs. Increasing vertical integration efforts involving health plans and healthcare providers or entities that provide wellness services may increase these challenges. Our health plan customers that are part of larger healthcare enterprises may have greater bargaining power, which may lead to

14


further pressure on the prices for our products and services. In addition, a reduction in the number of covered lives enrolled with our health plan customers or in the payments we receive could adversely affect our results of operations. Our health plan customers are subject to continuing competition and reduced reimbursement rates from governmental and private sources, which could lead current or prospective customers to seek reduced fees or choose to reduce or delay the purchase of our services. Finally, health plan customers could offer (and in some cases are offering) services themselves that compete directly with our offerings, stop providing our offerings to certain or all of their members (as one of our customers, United Healthcare, has done), or offer fitness benefits in addition to SilverSneakers and Prime Fitness, which could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

We currently derive a significant percentage of our Healthcare segmentrevenues from three customers.

For the year ended December 31, 2019, three customers each comprised more than 10%, and together comprised approximately 45%, of our Healthcare segment’s revenues. Our primary contracts with two of these customers continue through December 31, 2022, and our primary contract with the third customer continues through December 31, 2021.  The loss or restructuring of a contract with any of these three customers or any other significant customers of our Healthcare segment could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.  None of these three contracts allows the customer to terminate for convenience prior to the expiration of the contract.

Our inability to renew and/or maintain contracts with our Healthcare segmentcustomers and/or fitness partner locations under existing terms or restructure these contracts under favorable terms could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

If our Healthcare segment customers and/or fitness partner locations choose not to renew their contracts with us (which does occur from time to time), our business and results of operations could be materially adversely affected.  Loss of a significant fitness partner or health plan customer or a reduction in a health plan customer's enrolled lives could have a material adverse effect on our business and results of operations.  In addition, a restructuring of a contract with a health plan customer and/or fitness partner on terms that aren’t favorable to us could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Reductions in Medicare Advantage health plan reimbursement rates or changes in plan designs may negatively impact our Healthcare segmentbusiness and results of operations.

A significant portion of our Healthcare segment revenue is indirectly derived from the monthly premium payments paid by the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services to our health plan customers for services they provide to Medicare Advantage beneficiaries.  As a result, our results of operations are, in part, dependent on government funding levels for Medicare Advantage programs. An executive order issued in October 2019 seeks to encourage innovative Medicare Advantage benefit structures and plan designs, including through changes to supplemental benefits.  Any changes that limit or reduce Medicare Advantage reimbursement levels, such as reductions in or limitations of reimbursement amounts or rates under these programs, reductions in funding of these programs, expansion of benefits without adequate funding, elimination of coverage for certain benefits, or elimination of coverage affecting the services that we provide, could have a material adverse effect on our Healthcare segment health plan customers, and as a result, on our business and results of operations.

Our results of operations could be adversely affected by severe or unexpected weather, health epidemics or outbreaks of disease.

Adverse weather conditions or other extreme changes in the weather may cause people to refrain, or prevent people, from visiting fitness partner locations and using our Healthcare segment services.  Additionally, widespread health epidemics or outbreaks of disease, such as influenza or a virulent strain of coronavirus, may cause members to avoid public gathering places and negatively impact their use of our services.  As some of the fees that we charge our customers are based on member participation, a decrease in member participation could adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Compliance with existing or newly adopted federal and state laws and regulations or new or revised interpretations of such requirements could adversely affect our results of operations or may require us to spend substantial amounts, and the failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations could subject us to penalties or negatively impact our ability to provide services.

15


Our Healthcare segment customers are subject to considerable state and federal government regulation, and a substantial majority of our Healthcare segment business involves providing services to Medicare Advantage beneficiaries. As a result, we are subject directly to various federal laws and regulations, including the federal False Claims Act, billing and reimbursement requirements and other provisions related to fraud and abuse. In addition, our contracts with Medicare Advantage plans require us to comply with a number of regulatory provisions and to permit these health plan customers to perform compliance audits of our processes and programs. Many of these regulations are vaguely written and subject to differing interpretations that may, in certain cases, result in unintended consequences that could impact our ability to effectively deliver services. Further, we are required to comply with most requirements of the HIPAA privacy and security laws and regulations and may be subject to criminal or civil penalties for violations of these regulations. Certain of our services, including health utilization management and certain claims payment functions, require licensure and may be regulated by government agencies. We are subject to a variety of legal requirements in order to obtain and maintain such licenses, but little guidance is available to determine the scope of some of these requirements.

We continually monitor the extent to which federal and state legislation and regulations govern our operations. New federal or state laws or regulations or new interpretations of existing requirements that affect our operations could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations. If we are found to have violated applicable laws, to have caused any of our Healthcare segment customers to submit false claims or make false statements, or to have failed to comply with our contractual compliance obligations, we could be required to restructure our Healthcare segment operations, be subject to contractual penalties, including termination of our Healthcare segment customer agreements, and be subject to significant civil and criminal penalties.

Healthcare reform efforts may result in a reduction to our revenues from government health programs and private insurance companies or otherwise directly or indirectly impact our business.

The healthcare industry is subject to various political, regulatory, scientific, and technological influences. Efforts at federal and state levels of government have resulted in laws and regulations intended to effect significant change within the healthcare system. The ACA, the most prominent of these efforts, affects coverage, delivery, and reimbursement of healthcare services. Among other effects, several of its provisions may increase the costs and/or reduce the revenues of our customers or prospective customers. For example, the ACA eliminates pre-existing condition exclusions by commercial health plans, bans annual benefit limits, and mandates minimum medical loss ratios for health plans.

However, there is substantial uncertainty regarding the net effect and future of the ACA. The presidential administration and Congress have made significant changes to the ACA, its implementation and its interpretation. Effective January 2019, Congress eliminated the penalty associated with the ACA’s individual mandate.  As a result, a federal court in Texas ruled in December 2018 that the individual mandate was unconstitutional and determined that the rest of the ACA was, therefore, invalid.  In December 2019, the Fifth Circuit Court of Appeals upheld this decision with respect to the individual mandate, but remanded for further consideration of how this affects the rest of the law. The law remains in effect pending appeal.  It is possible that the reforms imposed by the ACA or uncertainty regarding significant changes or court challenges to the law will adversely affect the profitability of our Healthcare segment customers and cause our Healthcare segment customers or prospective customers to reduce or delay the purchase of our services or to demand reduced fees. Because of this uncertainty and many other variables, including the ACA’s complexity and the difficulty of predicting the impact of changes on other healthcare industry participants and the ultimate outcome of court challenges, we are unable to predict all of the ways in which the ACA could impact us. Furthermore, we could also be impacted by other legislative and regulatory healthcare reform initiatives. For example, beginning in 2020, the Chronic Care Act allows Medicare Advantage plans to cover supplemental benefits that are not primarily health-related, but that have the reasonable expectation of improving or maintaining health. Additionally, some presidential candidates and members of Congress have proposed measures that would expand government-sponsored coverage, including single-payor proposals (often referred to as "Medicare for All"). Further, the outcome of the 2020 federal election and its potential impact on health reform efforts is unknown.

Risks Relating to Our Nutrition Segment

Our Nutrition segment's future growth and profitability will depend in large part upon the effectiveness and efficiency of our marketing expenditures and our ability to select effective markets and media in which to advertise.

16


Our Nutrition segment'sfuture growth and profitability will depend in large part upon the effectiveness and efficiency of our marketing expenditures, including our ability to:

create greater awareness of our Nutrition segmentbrandsPresident and programs;

identify the most effective and efficient levels of spending in each market, media and specific media vehicle;

determine the appropriate creative messages and media mix for advertising, marketing and promotional expenditures;

effectively manage marketing costs (including creative and media) in order to maintain acceptable customer acquisition costs;

acquire cost-effective advertising;

select the most effective markets, media and specific media vehicles in which to advertise; and

convert Nutrition segmentcustomer inquiries into actual orders.

Our planned marketing expenditures for our Nutrition segment may not result in increased revenue or generate sufficient levels of brand name and program awareness. We may not be able to manage our Nutrition segment'smarketing expenditures on a cost-effective basis whereby our Nutrition segmentcustomer acquisition costs may exceed the contribution profit generated from each additional customer.

Our Nutrition segment relies on third parties to provide it with adequate food supply, freight and fulfillment and Internet and networking services, the loss or disruption of any of which could cause our revenue, earnings or reputation to suffer.

Food Manufacturers and Other Suppliers. Our Nutrition segment relies solely on third-party manufacturers to supply all of the food and other products we sell as well as packaging materials. If we are unable to obtain sufficient quantity, quality and variety of food, other products and packaging materials in a timely and low-cost manner from our manufacturers, we will be unable to fulfill our Nutrition segmentcustomers’ orders in a timely manner, which may cause us to lose revenue and market share or incur higher costs, as well as damage the value of our brands.

Freight and Fulfillment. Currently, all of our Nutrition segment customer order fulfillment is handled by one third-party provider.  Also, almost all of our direct to consumer Nutrition segment customer orders are shipped by one third-party provider and almost all of our orders for Nutrition segmentretail programs were shipped by another third-party provider. Should these providers be unable to service our needs for even a short duration, our revenue and business could be adversely affected. Additionally, the cost and time associated with replacing these providers on short notice would add to our costs. Any replacement fulfillment provider would also require startup time, which could cause us to lose sales and market share.

Internet and Networking. Our Nutrition segmentbusiness also depends on a number of third parties for Internet access and networking, and we have limited control over these third parties. Should our Nutrition segment's network connections go down, our ability to fulfill orders would be delayed. Further, if our Nutrition segment'swebsites or call center become unavailable for a noticeable period of time due to Internet or communication failures, our business could be adversely affected, including harm to our brands and loss of sales.

Therefore, we are dependent on these third parties. The services we require from these parties may be disrupted by a number of factors, including the following:

labor disruptions;

delivery problems;

financial condition or results of operations;

internal inefficiencies;

equipment failure;

severe weather;

fire;

natural or man-made disasters; and

with respect to our food suppliers, shortages of ingredients or United States Department of Agriculture ("USDA") or United States Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) compliance issues.


Further, if a regional or global health epidemic or pandemic occurs, depending upon its location, duration and severity, our business could be severely affected. A regional or global health epidemic or pandemic might also adversely affect our business by disrupting the operations of our call center, creating negative popular sentiment among consumers of delivered food, or by disrupting or delaying our third-party providers' ability to, among other things (i) supply the products that we sell as well as packaging materials, (ii) fulfill Nutrition segment customer orders and (iii) provide internet and networking services.

We may be subject to claims that our Nutrition segment personnel are unqualified to provide proper weight loss advice.

We offer counseling options from weight loss counselors, registered dietitians and certified diabetes educators with varying levels of training. We may be subject to claims from our Nutrition segmentcustomers alleging that our personnel lack the qualifications necessary to provide proper advice regarding weight loss and related topics. We may also be subject to claims that our Nutrition segment personnel have provided inappropriate advice or have inappropriately referred or failed to refer customers to health care providers for matters other than weight loss. Such claims could result in lawsuits, damage to our reputation and divert management’s attention from our business, which would adversely affect our business.

We may be subject to health-related claims from our customers.

Our Nutrition segment's weight loss programs do not include medical treatment or medical advice, and we do not engage physicians or nurses to monitor the progress of our Nutrition segmentcustomers. Many people who are overweight suffer from other physical conditions, and our target customers could be considered a high-risk population. A Nutrition segmentcustomer who experiences health problems could allege or bring a lawsuit against us on the basis that those problems were caused or worsened by participating in our weight management programs or by consuming one or more of our individual products. For example, our Nutrition segment'spredecessor businesses suffered substantial losses due to health-related claims and related publicity. If we become subject to any such claims, while we would defend ourselves against such claims, we may ultimately be unsuccessful in our defense. Also, defending ourselves against such claims, regardless of their merit and ultimate outcome, would likely be lengthy and costly, and adversely affect our results of operations. Further, our general liability insurance may not cover claims of these types.

The weight management industry is highly competitive. If any of our competitors or a new entrant into the market with significant resources pursues a weight management program similar to ours, our Nutrition segment business could be significantly affected.

Competition is intense in the weight management industry and we must remain competitive in the areas of program efficacy, price, taste, customer service and brand recognition. The competitors of our Nutrition segmentinclude companies selling pharmaceutical products and weight loss programs, digital tools and wearable trackers, as well as a wide variety of diet foods and meal replacement bars and shakes, appetite suppressants and nutritional supplements. Some of our Nutrition segment'scompetitors are significantly larger than we are and have substantially greater resources. Our Nutrition segmentbusiness could be adversely affected if someone with significant resources decided to imitate our weight management programs. For example, if a major supplier of pre-packaged foods decided to enter this market and made a substantial investment of resources in advertising and training diet counselors, our Nutrition segmentbusiness could be significantly affected. Any increased competition from new entrants into our Nutrition segment's industry or any increased success by existing competition could result in reductions in our Nutrition segmentsales or prices, or both, which could have an adverse effect on our business and results of operations.

We are dependent on certain third-party agreements for a percentage of revenue.

Our Nutrition segment has agreements with certain third-party retailers. Under these agreements, these third parties control when and how often our Nutrition segment products are offered and we are not guaranteed any minimum level of sales. Our Nutrition segment's largest third-party retailer has indicated to us that they will be reducing orders for, and the promotion of, our Nutrition segment products in 2020. If any third party elects not to renew their agreement with us or further reduces orders for our Nutrition segment products or the promotion of our Nutrition segment products, our revenue will suffer.

18


In addition, our third-party retailers may decide to stop selling our Nutrition segment products upon written notice, which may result in an increased level of reclamation claims. In the event any retailer terminates its relationship with us and the level of reclamation claims exceeds the estimated amount reserved on our balance sheet at the time of sale to the retailer, we will have to record an expense for the excess claims, which could adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition. Additionally, in certain instances, we could be prohibited from selling our Nutrition segment products through competitors of these third parties for a specified time after the termination of the agreements.

New weight loss products or services may put us at a competitive disadvantage.

On an ongoing basis, many existing and potential providers of weight loss solutions, including many pharmaceutical firms with significantly greater financial and operating resources than we have, are developing new products and services. The creation of a weight loss solution, such as a drug therapy, that is perceived to be safe, effective and “easier” than a portion-controlled meal plan would put our Nutrition segment at a disadvantage in the marketplace and our results of operations could be negatively affected.

We may be subject to litigation from our competitors.

Our Nutrition segment's competitors may pursue litigation against us based on our advertising or other marketing practices regardless of its merit and chances of success, especially if we engage in comparative advertising, which includes advertising that directly or indirectly mentions a competitor or a competitor’s weight loss program in comparison to our Nutrition segment programs. While we would defend ourselves against any such claims, our defense may ultimately be unsuccessful. Also, defending against such claims, regardless of their merit and ultimate outcome, may be lengthy and costly, strain our resources and divert management’s attention from their core responsibilities, which would have a negative impact on our business. 

We have launched and expect to continue to launch new weight loss and nutrition programs and brands which may not be successful due to the failure of such programs or brands to achieve anticipated levels of market acceptance, which could adversely affect our Nutrition segment business, financial condition and results of operations.

There are a number of risks inherent in any new program or brand introduction, which could prevent us from achieving revenue growth and increasing our Nutrition segment's overall market share in the commercial weight loss and nutrition markets. Any new program or brand may fail to achieve the anticipated level of market acceptance or appeal to customer tastes and preferences. In addition, introduction costs, including product testing and marketing, may be greater than anticipated. If the new program or brand is not successful or falls short of anticipated market acceptance, we may be adversely affected by continued expenses and the diversion of management time to this initiative. Any or all of such events could have adverse effects on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If we do not continue to receive referrals from existing Nutrition segmentcustomers, our Nutrition segment's customer acquisition cost may increase.

We rely on word-of-mouth advertising for a portion of our new Nutrition segment customers. If our brands suffer or the number of customers acquired through referrals drops due to other circumstances, our costs associated with acquiring new Nutrition segment customers and generating revenue will increase, which will, in turn, have an adverse effect on our profitability.

We use third-party marketing vendors to promote our Nutrition segment products. If the spokespersons affiliated with the third-party marketing vendors suffer adverse publicity or elect to not renew, our revenue could be adversely affected.

Our Nutrition segment's marketing strategy depends in part on celebrity spokespersons, as well as customer spokespersons, to promote our weight loss programs. Any of these spokespersons may become the subject of adverse news reports, negative publicity or otherwise be alienated from a segment of our Nutrition segment customer base, whether weight loss related or not. If so, such events may reduce the effectiveness of his or her endorsement and, in turn, adversely affect our revenue and results of operations. Additionally, if a spokesperson elects not to renew their agreement with us, our revenue may suffer.

19


Changes in customerpreferences could negatively impact our operating results.

Our Nutrition segment programs feature frozen and ready-to-go food selections, which we believe offer convenience and value to our customers. Our continued success depends, to a large degree, upon the continued popularity of our Nutrition segment programs versus various other weight loss, weight management and fitness regimens, such as low carbohydrate diets, appetite suppressants and diets featured in the published media. Changes in customer tastes and preferences away from our frozen or ready-to-go food and support and counseling services, and any failure to provide innovative responses to these changes, may have a materially adverse impact on our business, financial condition, operating results and cash flows.

Our success is also dependent on our food innovation including maintaining a robust array of food items and improving the quality of existing items. If we do not continually expand our food items or provide customers with items that are desirable in taste and quality, our business could be adversely impacted.

The seasonal nature of the business of our Nutrition segment could cause our operating results to fluctuate.

The business of our Nutrition segment is seasonal, with revenue generally greatest (and advertising expenses generally highest) in the first calendar quarter, also known as diet season. Weak performance during diet season could negatively impact our Nutrition segment’s performance for the remainder of the year. This seasonality could cause the market price of our common stock to fluctuate as the results of an interim financial period may not be indicative of our full year results. Seasonality also impacts relative revenue and profitability of each quarter of the year, both on a quarter-to-quarter and year-over-year basis.

The weight loss industry is subject to adverse publicity, which could harm our Nutrition segment business.

The weight loss industry receives adverse publicity from time to time, and the occurrence of such publicity could harm us, even if the adverse publicity is not directly related to us. In the early 1990s, our Nutrition segment's predecessor businesses were subject to extremely damaging adverse publicity relating to a large number of lawsuits alleging that the Nutrisystem weight loss program in use at that time led to gall bladder disease. This publicity was a factor that contributed to the bankruptcy of our Nutrition segment's predecessor businesses in 1993. In addition, our Nutrition segment's predecessor businesses were severely impacted by significant litigation and damaging publicity related to their customers’ use of fen-phen as an appetite suppressant, which the FDA ordered withdrawn from the market in September 1997. The significant decline in business resulting from the fen-phen problems caused our Nutrition segment's predecessor businesses to close all of their company-owned weight loss centers.

Congressional hearings about practices in the weight loss industry have also resulted in adverse publicity and a consequent decline in the revenue of weight loss businesses. Future research reports or publicity that is perceived as unfavorable or that question certain weight loss programs, products or methods could result in a decline in our revenue. Because of our dependence on customer perceptions, adverse publicity associated with illness or other undesirable effects resulting from the consumption of our Nutrition segment products or similar products by competitors, whether or not accurate, could also damage customer confidence in our Nutrition segment weight loss programs and result in a decline in revenue. Adverse publicity could arise even if the unfavorable effects associated with weight loss products or services resulted from the user’s failure to use such products or services appropriately.

The industry in which our Nutrition segment operatesis subject to governmental regulation that could increase in severity and hurt results of operations.

The industry in which our Nutrition segment operates is subject to federal, state and other governmental regulation. Certain federal and state agencies, such as the FTC, regulate and enforce such laws relating to advertising, disclosures to customers, privacy, customer pricing and billing arrangements and other customer protection matters. A determination by a federal or state agency, or a court, that any of our practices do not meet existing or new laws or regulations could result in liability, adverse publicity and restrictions on our business operations. Some advertising practices in the weight loss industry, in particular, have led to investigations from time to time by the FTC and other governmental agencies and many companies in the weight loss industry, including our Nutrition segment's predecessor businesses, have entered into consent decrees with the FTC relating to weight loss claims and other advertising practices. In addition, the FTC’s Guides Concerning the Use of Endorsements and Testimonials in Advertising require us and other weight loss companies to use a statement as to what the typical weight loss a customer can expect to achieve on our Nutrition segment programs when using a customer’s weight

20


loss testimonial in advertising. Federal and state regulation of advertising practices generally, and in the weight loss industry in particular, may increase in scope or severity in the future, which could have a material adverse impact on our business.

Other aspects of the industry in which our Nutrition segment operates are also subject to government regulation. For example, the manufacturing, labeling and distribution of food products, including dietary supplements, are subject to strict USDA and FDA requirements and food manufacturers are subject to rigorous inspection and other requirements of the USDA and FDA, and companies operating in foreign markets must comply with those countries’ requirements for proper labeling, controls on hygiene, food preparation and other matters. If federal, state, local or foreign regulation of the weight loss industry increases for any reason, then we may be required to incur significant expenses, as well as modify our operations to comply with new regulatory requirements, which could harm our operating results. Additionally, remedies available in any potential administrative or regulatory actions may include product recalls and requiring us to refund amounts paid by all affected customers or pay other damages, which could be substantial. 

Laws and regulations directly applicable to communications, operations or commerce over the Internet such as those governing intellectual property, privacy, libel and taxation, are becoming more prevalent and some remain unsettled. If we are required to comply with new laws or regulations or new interpretations of existing laws or regulations, or if we are unable to comply with these laws, regulations or interpretations, our business could be adversely affected.

Future laws or regulations, including laws or regulations affecting our marketing and advertising practices, relations with customers, employees, service providers, or our services and products, may have an adverse impact on us.

The sale of ingested products involves product liability and other risks.

Like other distributors of products that are ingested, we face an inherent risk of exposure to product liability claims if the use of our Nutrition segment products results in illness or injury. The foods that we resell in the U.S. are subject to laws and regulations, including those administered by the USDA and FDA that establish manufacturing practices and quality standards for food products. Product liability claims could have a material adverse effect on our business as existing insurance coverage may not be adequate. Distributors of weight loss food products, including dietary supplements, as well as our Nutrition segment's predecessor businesses, have been named as defendants in product liability lawsuits from time to time. The successful assertion or settlement of an uninsured claim, a significant number of insured claims or a claim exceeding the limits of our insurance coverage would harm us by adding costs to the business and by diverting the attention of senior management from the operation of our business. We may also be subject to claims that our Nutrition segment products contain contaminants, are improperly labeled, include inadequate instructions as to use or inadequate warnings covering interactions with other substances. Product liability litigation, even if not meritorious, is very expensive and could also entail adverse publicity for us and adversely affect our results of operations. In addition, the products we distribute, or certain components of those products, may be subject to product recalls or other deficiencies. Any negative publicity associated with these actions would adversely affect our brands and may result in decreased product sales and, as a result, lower revenue and profits.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

Item 2. Properties

As of December 31, 2019, we operated the following facilities:

21


Description of Use

 

Leased Square Footage

 

 

Square Footage Subleased to Other Tenants

 

Location

 

Segment

Office space

 

 

263,598

 

 

 

218,769

 

Franklin, Tennessee

 

Healthcare

Office space

 

 

92,109

 

 

 

16,213

 

Chandler, Arizona

 

Healthcare

Office space

 

 

6,361

 

 

 

 

Ashburn, Virginia

 

Healthcare

Total Healthcare

 

 

362,068

 

 

 

234,982

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Office space

 

 

119,767

 

 

 

 

Fort Washington, Pennsylvania

 

Nutrition

Food fulfillment (1)

 

 

92,057

 

 

 

 

Atlanta, Georgia

 

Nutrition

Food fulfillment (1)

 

 

64,520

 

 

 

 

Bethlehem, Pennsylvania

 

Nutrition

Food fulfillment (1)

 

 

96,157

 

 

 

 

Allentown, Pennsylvania

 

Nutrition

Food fulfillment (1)

 

 

240,000

 

 

 

 

Chambersburg, Pennsylvania

 

Nutrition

Food fulfillment (1)

 

 

196,093

 

 

 

 

Sparks, Nevada

 

Nutrition

Food fulfillment (1)

 

 

95,480

 

 

 

 

Troy, Illinois

 

Nutrition

Total Nutrition

 

 

904,074

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Consolidated

 

 

1,266,142

 

 

 

234,982

 

 

 

 

(1)

We have lease obligations to our outsourced fulfillment provider and are subject to minimum space commitments, which we may reduce over a specified period of time. We believe our outsourced fulfillment capacity is adequate to meet our needs for the foreseeable future.

Weiner Lawsuit, Consolidated Derivative Lawsuit and Witmer Lawsuit

On November 6, 2017, United Healthcare issued a press release announcing expansion of its fitness benefits (“United Press Release”), and the market price of the Company's shares of common stock dropped on that same day. In connection with the United Press Release, four lawsuits were filed against the Company. As further described below, three of the four lawsuits have been dismissed.  We are currently not able to predict the probable outcome of the remaining matter or to reasonably estimate a range of potential loss, if any.  We intend to vigorously defend ourselves against the remaining complaint.

On November 20, 2017, Eric Weiner, claiming to be a stockholderChief Executive Officer of the Company filed a complaint on behalf of stockholders who purchased the Company’s common stock between February 24, 2017 and November 3, 2017 (“Weiner Lawsuit”).  The Weiner Lawsuit was filed as a class action in the U.S. District Court for the Middle District of Tennessee, naming as defendants the Company, the Company's chief executive officer, chief financial officer and a former executive who served as both chief accounting officer and interim chief financial officer.  The complaint alleges that the defendants violated Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Exchange Act and Rule 10b-5 promulgated under the Exchange Act in making false and misleading statements and omissions related to the United Press Release.  The complaint seeks monetary damages on behalf of the purported class.  On April 3, 2018, the Court entered an order appointing the Oklahoma Firefighters Pension and Retirement System as lead plaintiff, designated counsel for the lead plaintiff, and established certain deadlines for the case.  On June 4, 2018, plaintiff filed a first amended complaint.   The Court denied the Company’s Motion to Dismiss on March 18, 2019 and the Company’s Motion to Reconsider on May 22, 2019. On January 29, 2020, the Court granted lead plaintiff’s motion to certify the class. The case is currently set for trial on May 18, 2021.

On January 26, 2018 and August 24, 2018, individuals claiming to be stockholders of the Company filed shareholder derivative actions, on behalf of the Company, in the U.S. District Court for the Middle District of Tennessee, naming the Company as a nominal defendant and certain current and former executives and directors as defendants.  On October 15, 2018, the two complaints were consolidated (the “Consolidated Derivative Lawsuit”).  On May 15, 2019, a consolidated amended complaint was filed. The consolidated amended complaint asserts claims for violation of Section 10(b), 14(a), and 29(b) of the Exchange Act, breach of fiduciary duty, waste of corporate assets, and unjust enrichment. Plaintiffs seek to recover damages on behalf of the Company, certain

22


corporate governance and internal procedural reforms, and other equitable relief. On June 14, 2019, the defendants filed a Motion to Dismiss all claims and the plaintiffs filed their opposition to the Motion to Dismiss on July 17, 2019. On October 22, 2019, the Consolidated Derivative Lawsuit was dismissed with prejudice. On November 20, 2019, plaintiffs filed a notice of appeal with the United States Circuit Court for the Sixth Circuit.  The appeal is still pending.

On March 25, 2019, Colleen Witmer, claiming to be a stockholder of the Company, filed a purported shareholder derivative action, on behalf of the Company, in the Chancery Court for Davidson County, Tennessee, naming the Company as a nominal defendant and the Company's chief executive officer, chief financial officer, a former executive who served as both chief accounting officer and interim chief financial officer, chief legal and administrative officer, certain current directors, and two former directors of the Company, as defendants. The complaint asserted claims for breach of fiduciary duty and unjust enrichment, largely tracking allegations in the Consolidated Derivative Lawsuit.  The complaint further alleged that certain defendants engaged in insider trading.  The plaintiff sought monetary damages on behalf of the Company, restitution, certain corporate governance and internal procedural reforms, and other equitable relief. With the agreement of the parties, the Tennessee Supreme Court transferred the case to the Business Court Pilot Project. On June 4, 2019, the Company, as nominal defendant, filed a motion to dismiss or stay the case pending resolution of the Consolidated Derivative Lawsuit.  On October 24, 2019, the plaintiff dismissed the case without prejudice.  In December of 2019, the Company received a letter from plaintiff demanding under Del. Ct. Ch. R. 23.1 that the Board undertake an independent internal investigation of current and former management regarding alleged breaches of fiduciary duty in connection with the claims asserted in the previously dismissed Witmer case and further commence a civil action on behalf of the Company to recover damages against such persons.

Pacific Packaging Lawsuit

On May 31, 2019, Pacific Packaging Concepts, Inc. (“Pacific Packaging”) filed a complaint in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California, Western Division, naming as defendants two subsidiaries of the Company; Nutrisystem, Inc. and Nutri/System IPHC, Inc. (“Pacific Packaging Lawsuit”). In its complaint, Pacific Packaging alleged that the defendants’ use of Pacific Packaging’s federally registered trademark, Fresh Start, in advertisements for its weight management program and shakes constitutes federal trademark infringement, counterfeit trademark infringement, false designation of origin, federal trademark dilution, unfair competition, false advertising, common law unfair competition, and common law trademark infringement. The complaint seeks injunctive relief and monetary damages in an unspecified amount.  On August 29, 2019, the defendants filed their Answer to Complaint. Given the uncertainty of litigation and the preliminary stage of the case, we are currently not able to predict the probable outcome of the matter or to reasonably estimate a range of potential loss, if any. We intend to vigorously defend ourselves against this complaint.

23


Strougo Lawsuit

On February 19, 2020, the Company issued a press release announcing its financial results for the fourth quarter and year ended December 31, 2019, which disclosed, among other things, that the Company incurred a non-cash impairment charge of $377.1 million.  The market price of the Company’s shares of common stock dropped on the following day. On February 25, 2020, Robert Strougo, claiming to be a stockholder of the Company, filed a complaint on behalf of stockholders who purchased the Company's common stock between March 8, 2019 and February 19, 2020 (the "Strougo Lawsuit").  The Strougo Lawsuit was filed as a class action in the U.S. District Court for the Middle District of Tennessee, naming the Company, the Company's chief financial officer and former chief executive officer as defendants.  The complaint alleges that the defendants violated Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Exchange Act and Rule 10b-5 promulgated under the Exchange Act in making false and misleading statements and omissions related to the acquisition of Nutrisystem.  The complaint seeks monetary damages on behalf of the purported class.  Given the uncertainty of litigation and the preliminary stage of the case, we are currently not able to predict the probable outcome of the matter or to reasonably estimate a range of potential loss, if any.  We intend to vigorously defend ourselves against this complaint.

Other

Additionally, from time to time, we are subject to contractual disputes, claims and legal proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of our business.  Some of the legal proceedings pending against us as of the date of this report are expected to be covered by insurance policies.  As these matters are subject to inherent uncertainties, our view of these matters may change in the future.  We expense legal costs as incurred.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

Information about our Executive Officers

The following table sets forth certain information regarding our executive officers as of February 27, 2020.  Executive officers of the Company serve at the pleasure of the Board of Directors of the Company.

Officer

Age

Position

 

 

 

AGE: 47

DIRECTOR SINCE: 2020

Board Committees:
None

Mr. Ashworth has served as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company and as a member of the Board since June 2020. Mr. Ashworth previously served as the President of Walgreen Co. (“Walgreens”), where he was responsible for developing the strategies and plans for all Walgreens operations including leadership, development, operations, and management of the business. Mr. Ashworth served as President of Operations of Walgreens from November 2017 to February 2020 and as President of Pharmacy and Retail Operations from 2014 to 2017. In 2013, Mr. Ashworth also led the development and delivery of the healthcare strategy for the strategic partnership with U.K.-based Alliance Boots, which Walgreens later acquired.

QUALIFICATIONS:

Mr. Ashworth’s specific skills, experience and qualifications to serve as Chief Executive Officer and a director of the Company include 28 years of experience at Walgreens, a global pharmacy-led health and wellness company, including 20 years of strategic and operational experience.  He has extensive knowledge in strategy, operations, product and business development, healthcare, pharmacy, marketing and consumer insights, and successful leadership of teams comprised of several thousand members.

Sara J. Finley

Principal of Threshold Corporate Consulting, LLC

 

 

AGE: 62

DIRECTOR SINCE: 2018

Board Committees:
Nominating and
Corporate Governance
(Chair)

Ms. Finley is the Principal of Threshold Corporate Consulting, LLC, a consulting services firm that she founded in 2015.  From 2009 to 2011, Ms. Finley served as Senior Vice President and General Counsel of CVS Health Corporation, formerly known as CVS Caremark Corporation (including its predecessor companies, “CVS Caremark”), a publicly traded pharmacy services company.  From 2007 to 2009, Ms. Finley served as Senior Vice President and General Counsel of the pharmacy benefits management division of CVS Caremark, and from 2011 until her retirement from the company in 2015, Ms. Finley served as a senior legal advisor for CVS Caremark.  From 1998 to 2007, Ms. Finley served as Senior Vice President, Assistant General Counsel and Corporate Secretary of Caremark Rx, Inc., a publicly traded company and a predecessor of CVS Caremark. Previously, she was a partner at the law firm Kutak Rock in Atlanta, Georgia.  Ms. Finley graduated from the University of Alabama and received her law degree from Vanderbilt University.  She currently serves on the board of directors of Preferred Apartment Communities, Inc., a publicly traded real estate investment trust, and she is also chair of its compensation committee and a member of its nominating and governance committee. Ms. Finley also currently serves on the board of directors of Oak Paper Products Company, Inc., a privately-held paper products, packaging and janitorial supply company based in Los Angeles, California, Studio Bank, a community bank based in Nashville, Tennessee, and Vanderbilt University Medical Center, a hospital system with locations primarily in central Tennessee.  Ms. Finley currently serves on several Nashville non-profit boards, including The Center for Nonprofit Management, The Community Foundation of Middle Tennessee, Leadership Nashville, and the Vanderbilt Law School Board of Advisors.

QUALIFICATIONS:

Ms. Finley’s specific skills, experience and qualifications to serve as a director of the Company include over 15 years of executive management experience for industry-leading health care companies; board leadership roles for corporate and nonprofit organizations; and extensive experience as a senior legal advisor for mergers and acquisitions, health care regulatory matters, corporate governance, enterprise risk management, compliance, and other matters.  We believe Ms. Finley’s experience and perspective provides our Board with valuable insight, particularly with respect to strategic, legal, compliance, and risk management matters.


Robert J. Greczyn, Jr.

68

Interim Chief Executive Officer of the Company since February 2020.Former President and Chief Executive Officer of Blue Cross Blue Shield of North Carolina

AGE: 70

DIRECTOR SINCE: 2015

Board Committees:
Compensation; Nominating and Corporate Governance

Mr. Greczyn served as the Interim Chief Executive Officer of the Company from February 18, 2020 through May 31, 2020, during which time he was not a member of any committees of the Company’s Board of Directors.  He was the Chief Executive Officer of Blue Cross Blue Shield of North Carolina (“BCBSNC”) from 2000 until 2010.his retirement in 2010, where he also served on the Board of the Blue Cross Blue Shield Association.  Since 2010, Mr. Greczyn has served as Principal Manager of Capital Food Group, LLC and RJG Restaurant Group LLC, privately held restaurant franchise operations, since 2010. Interimoperations.  From August 1998 until September 1999 he was the Chief Operating Officer of BCBSNC and became its President in September 1999.  From 1990 to 1998, he was the President and CEO of Carolina Physicians Health Plan, a health maintenance organization, which was partially acquired by Healthsource, Inc. in 1991 and fully acquired by Healthsource, Inc. in 1994, at which time it became Healthsource North Carolina.  In 1997, Cigna Corporation acquired Healthsource, Inc.  From 1986 to 1990, Mr. Greczyn was President and CEO of Health Plan of Delaware, Ltd. (which was acquired by Principal Health Care, Inc. in 1988, at which time it became Principal Health Care of Delaware, Inc.).  From March 2011 to November 2014, Mr. Greczyn served on the Board of Directors of Liposcience, Inc., a publicly traded (until its acquisition by Laboratory Corporation of America in November 2014) clinical diagnostic company, where he chaired the compensation committee and was a member of the audit committee.  He also served as the interim President and Chief Executive Officer of Liposcience, Inc. from August 2013 until February 2014.2014, during which time he resigned from his positions on the audit and compensation committees.  From October 2011 until August 2012, Mr. Greczyn served as a director of M*Modal Inc., a publicly traded (until its acquisition August 2012 by One Equity Partners) provider of interactive clinical documentation and speech understanding technology, where he was a member of the compensation and audit committees.  From 2006 to 2008, Mr. Greczyn was Chairman of the Board of the Council for Affordable Quality Care, an alliance of chief executive officers of the nation’s leading health insurers working to simplify healthcare transactions.  Mr. Greczyn also serves as vice chair of the board of Vidant Health (now ECU Health), of which he is also a member of the compensation committee, the quality committee, and the executive committee.  He formerly served as a board member of Vidant Medical Center, a not for profit large hospital.  Mr. Greczyn received an M.P.H. degree in health policy from the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill and a B.A. degree in psychology from East Carolina University.

QUALIFICATIONS:

Mr. Greczyn’s specific skills, experience and qualifications to serve as a director of the Company include over 20 years of experience as Chief Executive Officer of three health insurance companies as well as service on the compensation and audit committees of publicly traded companies.  We believe his extensive management experience and knowledge of the managed care industry and his prior public company board experience provides critical insight to our Board.


Beth M. Jacob

Former Senior Vice President, Strategic Advisor and Leadership Coach of SPS Commerce

 

 

 

AGE: 60

DIRECTOR SINCE: 2018

Board Committees:
Audit; Nominating and Corporate Governance

 

After serving in senior leadership roles since 2015 with SPS Commerce, Inc. (“SPS Commerce”), a global leader in cloud-based supply chain management solutions, Ms. Jacob retired in April 2019 from her position as Senior Vice President, Strategic Advisor and Leadership Coach of SPS Commerce, which began in March 2018, and supported the work of SPS Commerce as an independent consultant through August 2019.  From 2015 to March 2018, Ms. Jacob was the Senior Vice President, Chief Customer Success Officer, at SPS Commerce, where she created a high energy and innovative customer success organization that delivers new services and value to drive retention and growth.  From 2002 to 2014, Ms. Jacob was an executive with Target Corporation (“Target”), a leading upscale discount retailer that provides high-quality merchandise with a guest-friendly experience across store and digital channels.  At Target, she was Executive Vice President and Chief Information Officer from 2010 to 2014 and Senior Vice President and Chief Information Officer from 2008 to 2010. Ms. Jacob also was responsible for the global operations of Target India from 2011 to 2014.  From 2006 to 2008, Ms. Jacob was the Vice President of Target Financial Services, Guest Operations, leading the contact center and collection operations team that provided services to Target’s customers.  From 2003 to 2006, Ms. Jacob was Vice President of Target Financial Services, Guest Contact Centers, and from 2002 to 2003, she was the Director of Target Financial Services, Guest Contact Centers.  Prior to joining Target, Ms. Jacob spent 15 years at Ameriprise Financial, Inc. (formerly known as American Express Financial Advisors), a leading diversified financial services firm dedicated to helping customers achieve their financial goals.   Ms. Jacob graduated with a B.S. degree from the University of Minnesota in 1984 and received her Master of Business Administration degree from the University of Minnesota Carlson School of Management in 1989.  Ms. Jacob has served on several non-profit boards.

QUALIFICATIONS:

Ms. Jacob’s specific skills, experience and qualifications to serve as a director of the Company include more than 30 years of consumer-focused business experience with a broad range of responsibilities, spanning customer strategy and service, global operations, technology and data capabilities, scaling strategies for growth, and successful leadership and engagement of teams comprised of several thousand members. We believe Ms. Jacob’s experience and perspective provide our Board with valuable insight, particularly with respect to the Company’s developing digital platforms, expanded operational footprint, and strategy.


 

Adam HollandBradley S. Karro

41

Chief Financial OfficerPrincipal of the Company since June 2017.  Chief Financial Officer of Kirkland’s, Inc. (“Kirkland’s”) from February 2015 to June 2017, Chief Accounting Officer of Kirkland’s from August 2014 to February 2015 and Vice President of Finance of Kirkland’s from August 2008 to February 2015.Hillcote Advisors

 

 

 

Mary FlipseAGE: 60

DIRECTOR SINCE: 2014

Board Committees:
Compensation (Chair)

 

53Mr. Karro is a principal of Hillcote Advisors, a firm focused on investing in and restructuring healthcare companies that Mr. Karro founded in May 2007. Prior to starting Hillcote Advisors, Mr. Karro held a number of senior executive positions in the healthcare industry, including serving as Executive Vice President of Caremark Rx, a prescription benefit management company. Mr. Karro joined Medpartners (which changed its name to Caremark Rx) in 1998 and served at Caremark Rx through 2007.  During his time at Caremark Rx, Mr. Karro was responsible for mergers and acquisitions, integration planning, information technology and Medicare product development. Mr. Karro was also appointed as a charter member of the Governor’s e-Health Advisory Council in Tennessee, an organization established to coordinate Tennessee’s initiatives leading towards the adoption of electronic medical records.  He served on the Board of Directors of Sharecare, a digital health company, from 2020 until July 2021. From October 2013 to March 2017, Mr. Karro served as a member of the Board of Directors of Angiotech Pharmaceuticals, Inc., a global specialty pharmaceutical and medical device company, where he chaired the Audit Committee. Mr. Karro previously served on the Board of Directors of Emageon Inc., an information technology systems provider for hospitals, healthcare networks, and imaging facilities, from 2008 through 2009.

 

Chief LegalQUALIFICATIONS:

Mr. Karro’s specific skills, experience and Administrative Officerqualifications to serve as a director of the Company since November 2015.  General Counselare evidenced by his more than 25 years of healthcare industry experience, extensive knowledge of the Company from July 2012 to March 2016. Director, Corporate Counselhealthcare industry, executive management experience, and prior public board experience.


Stephanie M. Davis (Michelman)

Global Chief Marketing Officer of the Company from February 2012 to July 2012. Operations Counsel of the Company from August 2011 until February 2012.  Benefit Cosmetics

 

 

 

Steve JanicakAGE: 47

DIRECTOR SINCE: 2022

Board Committees:
Nominating and
Corporate Governance

 

60Ms. Michelman has served as the Global Chief Marketing Officer of Benefit Cosmetics, a brand within the Moet Hennessy Louis Vuitton (LVMH) portfolio, since April 2022.  She served as the General Manager of Bobbi Brown Cosmetics, a subsidiary of Estee Lauder Companies, Inc., from July 2019 to March 2022. From February 2015 to April 2019, she was the Chief Marketing Officer of NEST New York, a home fragrance and perfume company. She has also served as a member of the Board of Directors of M.M.LaFleur since January 2021. Ms. Michelman graduated with a B.A. degree from the University of Virginia in 1997 and received her MBA from Northwestern University, Kellogg School of Management in 2004.

 

President, Healthcare Business UnitQUALIFICATIONS:

Ms. Michelman’s specific skills, experience and qualifications to serve as a director of the Company since January 2019.  Chief Growth Officerinclude her extensive operational and marketing experience in the retail industry as well as her expertise in consumer research, insights, and mapping, data analytics, ecommerce, and digital marketing. Her understanding of the Company from September 2016dynamics of technology and online platforms and her financial literacy are a valuable asset to January 2019.  Chief Sales and Marketing Officer at CareCentrix, Inc. from July 2014 to March 2016.  our Board.


Erin L. Russell*

Former Principal of Vestar Capital Partners, LP

 

 

 

Ryan WagersAGE: 48

DIRECTOR SINCE: 2020

Board Committees:
Audit (Chair)

Compensation

 

42Since July 2021, Ms. Russell has served on the board of directors of eHealth, Inc., a publicly traded online health insurance marketplace, where she serves as a member of the audit committee.  Since January 2019, she has served as a member of the board of directors of Kadant, Inc., a global supplier of engineered systems, where she is a member of the audit and nominating and corporate governance committees and serves as the chair of the risk oversight and sustainability committee.  From August 2001 until April 2017, she was a principal of Vestar Capital Partners, LP (“Vestar”), a private equity firm specializing in management buyouts, recapitalizations, and growth equity investments. While at Vestar, Ms. Russell served on the boards of directors of a number of companies, including most recently as a director of DeVilbiss Healthcare LLC, a company that designs, manufactures and markets respiratory medical products, from 2012 until July 2015 and as a director and a member of the audit committee of 21st Century Oncology Inc., a provider of state-of-the-art radiation therapy and integrated cancer treatments, from 2008 until September 2016, including as the chair of the audit committee until 2014. She also served as a director of DynaVox Inc., a communications device manufacturer, from 2004 until 2014, including serving as the chair of its audit committee until its initial public offering in 2010. Ms. Russell is currently a member of the school advisory board of St. Thomas Aquinas Catholic School, where she has served since June 2018, and has served on the advisory boards of McIntire School of Commerce since June 2016 and the Jefferson Scholars Foundation at the University of Virginia since April 2008. Ms. Russell holds a Bachelor’s degree in commerce with a concentration in accounting from McIntire School of Commerce, University of Virginia and a Master’s in Business Administration from Harvard Business School.

 

Chief Accounting OfficerQUALIFICATIONS:

Ms. Russell’s specific skills, experience and qualifications to serve as a director of the Company since October 2018.  SVP, Chief Accounting Officerare evidenced by her experience with capital and Treasurercredit markets, as well as her extensive experience serving on the boards of Sitel Worldwide Corporation (“Sitel”) from November 2016directors of companies in the healthcare sector.  We believe her financial literacy and extensive public and private company board experience provide critical insight to October 2018.  SVP, Shared Servicesour Board.

Anthony M. Sanfilippo*

Co-founder of Sitel, from February 2016 until November 2016Sorelle Capital, Sorelle Entertainment, and Chief Accounting Officer of Sitel from 2011 to February 2016.Sorelle Hospitality

 

 

 

24


PART II

Item 5. Market forRegistrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of EquitySecurities

Market Information

OurcommonstockistradedonTheNasdaqGlobal SelectMarket(“Nasdaq”)underthesymbol"TVTY".

PerformanceGraph

The followinggraphcompares the totalstockholder returnof $100 investedonDecember 31, 2014in(a) theCompany, (b) the Nasdaq U.S. StocksBenchmark index and (c) the NasdaqHealth Care Providers index, assuming the reinvestment of all dividends.

The stock price performance shown onthis graphisnotnecessarily indicativeoffuture priceperformance.

UnregisteredSales of Equity Securities

As described in Note 11to the notes to consolidated financial statements included in this report, in 2013 we sold separate privately negotiated warrants (the “Warrants”) initially relating, in the aggregate, to approximately 7.7 million shares of our common stock.  The Warrants were call options with an initial strike price of approximately $25.95 per share.

25


Beginning on October 1, 2018, the Warrants were subject to automatic exercise on a pro rata basis each trading day continuing for a period of 160 trading days (i.e., approximately 48,000 warrants were subject to automatic exercise on each trading day), which ended in May 2019.  Therefore, as of December 31, 2019, there are no remaining Warrants outstanding.  The Warrants were net share settled by our issuing a number of shares of our common stock per Warrant with a value corresponding to the excess of the market price per share of our common stock (as measured on each warrant exercise date under the terms of the Warrants) over the applicable strike price of the Warrants. If such market price per share was less than the applicable strike price of the Warrants on any given exercise date, then the warrants subject to automatic exercise on such exercise date were not exercised but instead expired.  The Warrants met the definition of derivatives under the guidance in ASC Topic 815 "Derivatives and Hedging" ("ASC Topic 815"); however, because these instruments were determined to be indexed to our own stock and met the criteria for equity classification under ASC Topic 815, the Warrants were accounted for as an adjustment to our additional paid-in-capital.  During the year ended December 31, 2019, we did not issue any shares of common stock related to the automatic exercise of the Warrants due to the market price per share of our common stock being less than the applicable strike price of the Warrants on each exercise date during such time period.

Holders of Common Stock

At February 24, 2020, there were approximately 19,900 holders of our commonstock, including303 stockholders of record.

Dividends

We have never declared or paid a cash dividend on our commonstock.  We intend to retain any earnings to finance the growth and development of our business and do not expect to declare or pay any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.Our Board of Directorsreviews our dividend policy from time to time and maydeclare dividends at its discretion; however, our Credit Agreement placesrestrictions on the payment of dividends.For further discussion of the Credit Agreement, see Item 7. "Management's Discussion and Analysisof Financial Condition andResults of Operation- Liquidity and Capital Resources."

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

See Part III,Item 12. "Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters," for information regarding securities authorized for issuance under ourequity compensation plans, which is incorporated herein by reference.

26


Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers

ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES

 

Period

 

Total Number of Shares Purchased (1)

 

 

Average Price Paid per Share

 

 

Total Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Plans or Programs (2)

 

 

Approximate Dollar Value of Shares that May Yet Be Purchased Under the Plans or Programs (2)

 

10/1/2019 - 10/31/2019

 

 

36,902

 

 

$

15.90

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

11/1/2019 - 11/30/2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12/1/2019 - 12/31/2019

 

 

265

 

 

 

22.47

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

37,167

 

 

$

15.94

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

AGE: (1)64

Total shares purchased include shares attributable to the withholding of shares by Tivity Health to satisfy the payment of tax obligations related to the vesting of restricted shares.

DIRECTOR SINCE: (2)2020

We had no publicly announced plans or open market repurchase programs for shares of our common stock during the three months ended December 31, 2019.

Annual Report

ABoard Committees: copy of the Tivity Health, Inc. AnnualReport onForm 10-K for 2019 filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is available onthe Company's website,www.tivityhealth.com.It is alsoavailable from the Company (withoutexhibits) atno charge. Theserequests shouldbedirectedto TommyLewis, Corporate Chief Operating Officer, or Jill Meyer, Vice President – Corporate Communications, at theCompany'scorporateoffice.


27


Item 6. Selected Financial Data

The following table represents selected consolidated financial data. The table should be read in conjunction with Item 7. "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and Item 8. "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data" of this report.  As further discussed in Note 1 to the notes to the consolidated financial statements included in this report, our results from continuing operations do not include the results of the TPHS business, which we sold effective July 31, 2016.

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

 

2016

 

 

2015

 

Operating Results:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues

 

$

1,131,157

 

 

$

606,299

 

 

$

556,942

 

 

$

500,998

 

 

$

452,092

 

Cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation and

   amortization included below)

 

 

678,057

 

 

 

418,333

 

 

 

390,261

 

 

 

353,451

 

 

 

313,667

 

Marketing expenses

 

 

158,006

 

 

 

14,417

 

 

 

5,541

 

 

 

3,669

 

 

 

4,398

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

 

110,038

 

 

 

35,077

 

 

 

34,164

 

 

 

39,478

 

 

 

35,541

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

50,775

 

 

 

4,667

 

 

 

3,357

 

 

 

4,085

 

 

 

6,869

 

Impairment loss

 

 

377,100

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restructuring and related charges

 

 

7,024

 

 

 

124

 

 

 

3,223

 

 

 

4,933

 

 

 

702

 

Operating income (loss)

 

$

(249,843

)

 

$

133,681

 

 

$

120,396

 

 

$

95,382

 

 

$

90,915

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

76,566

 

 

 

8,733

 

 

 

15,613

 

 

 

17,318

 

 

 

17,996

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

$

(326,409

)

 

$

124,948

 

 

$

104,783

 

 

$

78,064

 

 

$

72,919

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax expense (benefit)

 

 

(39,588

)

 

 

27,046

 

(1)

 

43,553

 

(1)

 

21,973

 

 

 

29,285

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations

 

$

(286,821

)

 

$

97,902

 

 

$

61,230

 

 

$

56,091

 

 

$

43,634

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) from discontinued operations, net of

   income tax

 

 

 

 

 

901

 

 

 

2,485

 

 

 

(184,706

)

 

 

(74,952

)

Net income (loss)

 

$

(286,821

)

 

$

98,803

 

 

$

63,715

 

 

$

(128,615

)

 

$

(31,318

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Less: net income (loss) attributable to

   non-controlling interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

496

 

 

 

(371

)

Net income (loss) attributable to Tivity Health

 

$

(286,821

)

 

$

98,803

 

 

$

63,715

 

 

$

(129,111

)

 

$

(30,947

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic income (loss) per share attributable to

   Tivity Health:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Continuing operations

 

$

(6.17

)

 

$

2.44

 

 

$

1.56

 

 

$

1.52

 

 

$

1.22

 

Discontinued operations

 

 

 

 

 

0.02

 

 

 

0.06

 

 

 

(5.01

)

 

 

(2.08

)

Net income (loss) (2)

 

$

(6.17

)

 

$

2.47

 

 

$

1.62

 

 

$

(3.49

)

 

$

(0.86

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted income (loss) per share attributable to

   Tivity Health: (3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Continuing operations

 

$

(6.17

)

 

$

2.27

 

 

$

1.44

 

 

$

1.47

 

 

$

1.18

 

Discontinued operations

 

 

 

 

 

0.02

 

 

 

0.06

 

 

 

(4.86

)

 

 

(2.02

)

Net income (loss) (2)

 

$

(6.17

)

 

$

2.29

 

 

$

1.50

 

 

$

(3.39

)

 

$

(0.84

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares and equivalents:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

 

46,509

 

 

 

40,078

 

 

 

39,357

 

 

 

36,999

 

 

 

35,832

 

Diluted (3)

 

 

46,509

 

 

 

43,073

 

 

 

42,547

 

 

 

38,075

 

 

 

36,854

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selected Balance Sheet Data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets (4) (5) (6)

 

 

1,625,905

 

 

 

482,079

 

 

 

636,163

 

 

 

544,782

 

 

 

712,924

 

Long-term obligations (5) (7)

 

 

1,079,528

 

 

 

30,589

 

 

 

 

 

 

164,297

 

 

 

208,289

 

(1)

The Tax Cuts and Jobs Act (the “Tax Act”), which was signed into law in December 2017, resulted in a reduction of the U.S. corporate income tax rate from 35% to 21% for tax years beginning after December 31, 2017Audit.  In 2017, we incurred a non-cash charge to income tax expense of $7.4 million related to the Tax Act.  This charge related to both the re-measurement of our deferred tax assets to the lower tax rate and the requirement to recalculate the impact of repatriation of our foreign earnings, which occurred earlier in the year, under provisions of the new law. In addition, in 2017 we adopted Accounting Standards Update ("ASU") No. 2016-09, "Compensation-Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting" ("ASU 2016-09"), which requires the excess tax benefits from share-based awards to be

28


recognized on a prospective basis in income tax expense, whereas they were previously recorded to stockholders’ equity.

(2)

Figures may not add due to rounding.

(3)

The impact of potentially dilutive securities for the year ended December 31, 2019 was not considered because the impact would be anti-dilutive.

(4)

Includes assets held for sale within discontinued operations at December 31, 2015.  In addition, reflects the impact of ASU No. 2015-17, "Income Taxes: Balance Sheet Classification of Deferred Taxes", related to balance sheet classification of all deferred tax liabilities and assets as noncurrent, which was adopted in 2016 and applied prospectively.

(5)

Reflects the impact of the adoption of ASU No. 2015-03, “Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs” in fiscal 2016 related to balance sheet classification of debt issuance costs, which was applied retrospectively to all periods presented.

(6)

Balance at December 31, 2019 includes right-of-use assets of $43.2 million due to the adoption of ASU No. 2016-02, “Leases” on January 1, 2019.

(7)

Balance at December 31, 2019 includes long-term lease liabilities of $31.4 million due to the adoption of ASU No. 2016-02, “Leases” on January 1, 2019. Prior period amounts were not adjusted and continue to be reported in accordance with our historical accounting policies.

29


Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

Please read the following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations together with our consolidated financial statements and related notes included under Item 8. "Financial Statements and Supplementary Data" of this report.

Overview

Tivity Health, Inc., a leading provider of fitness, nutrition, and social connection solutions, was founded and incorporated in Delaware in 1981.  On March 8, 2019, we completed our acquisition of Nutrisystem, Inc., a provider of weight management products and services, including nutritionally balanced weight loss programs sold primarily through the Internet and telephone and multi-day kits and single items (a la carte) available at select retail locations.  The acquisition of Nutrisystem enables us to offer, at scale, an integrated portfolio of solutions to help people live longer and be healthier, including our SilverSneakers senior fitness program, Nutrisystem, South Beach Diet, Prime Fitness, WholeHealth Living, and Wisely Well (launched in 2020).  

Following the acquisition of Nutrisystem, we organize and manage our operations within two reportable segments, based on the types of products and services they offer: Healthcare and Nutrition.  The Healthcare segment is comprised of our legacy business and includes SilverSneakers, Prime Fitness and WholeHealth Living.  The Nutrition segment is comprised of Nutrisystem’s legacy business and includes Nutrisystem and the South Beach Diet.

As part of our Healthcare segment, SilverSneakers is offered to members of Medicare Advantage and Medicare Supplement plans.  We also offer Prime Fitness, a fitness facility access program, through commercial health plans, employers, and other sponsoring organizations.  Our national network of fitness centers delivers both SilverSneakers and Prime Fitness.  Our fitness networks encompass approximately 17,000 partner locations and more than 1,000 alternative locations that provide classes outside of traditional fitness centers. Through our WholeHealth Living program, which we sell primarily to health plans, we offer a continuum of services related to complementary, alternative, and physical medicine.  Our WholeHealth Living network includes relationships with approximately 80,000 complementary, alternative, and physical medicine practitioners to serve individuals through health plans and employers who seek health services such as chiropractic care, acupuncture, physical therapy, occupational therapy, massage therapy, and more.

Our Nutrition segment includes Nutrisystem and the South Beach Diet. Typically, our Nutrition segment customers purchase monthly food packages containing a four-week meal plan consisting of breakfasts, lunches, dinners, snacks and flex meals, which they supplement, depending on the program they are following, with items such as fresh fruits, fresh vegetables, lean protein and dairy. Most Nutrition segment customers order on Auto-Delivery, which means we send a four-week meal plan on an ongoing basis until notified of a customer’s cancellation. Auto-Delivery customers are offered savings off of our regular one-time rate with each order. Monthly notifications are also sent to remind customers to update order preferences. We offer pre-selected favorites or customers may personalize their meal plan by selecting their entire menu or by customizing plans to their specific tastes or dietary preference. In total, our plans feature approximately 250 food options including frozen and unfrozen ready-to-go entrees, snacks, and shakes, at different price points. Additionally, we offer unlimited counseling from our trained weight loss counselors, registered dietitians and certified diabetes educators at no cost. Counselors are available as needed, seven days a week throughout an extended day, with further support provided through our digital tools.  The Nutrition segment also offers its products through select retailers and QVC, a television shopping network.

The Company is headquartered at 701 Cool Springs Boulevard, Franklin, Tennessee 37067.

Forward-Looking Statements

This report contains forward-looking statements, which are based upon current expectations, involve a number of risks and uncertainties, and are subject to the "safe harbor" provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements include all statements that are not historical statements of fact and those regarding the intent, belief, or expectations of the Company, including, without limitation, all statements regarding the Company's future earnings, revenues, and results of operations.  Readers are cautioned that any such forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and involve significant risks and uncertainties, and

30


that actual results may vary from those in the forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including, but not limited to:

the market’s acceptance of our new products and services;

our ability to develop and implement effective strategies andtoanticipateandrespondtostrategicchanges,opportunities,andemergingtrendsinourindustryand/orbusiness, as well as toaccuratelyforecasttherelatedimpactonourrevenuesandearnings;

the risk that expected benefits, synergies and growth opportunities from the acquisition of Nutrisystem may not be achieved in a timely manner or at all, including that the acquisition may not be accretive within the expected timeframe or to the extent anticipated;

ourabilityto successfullyintegrate Nutrisystem’s business or any other neworacquiredbusinesses,services,technologies, solutions, or productsintoourbusiness andtoaccuratelyforecasttherelatedcosts;

the risk that the significant indebtedness incurred in connection with the acquisition of Nutrisystem may limit our ability to adapt to changes in the economy or market conditions, expose us to interest rate risk for the variable rate indebtedness and require a substantial portion of cash flows from operations to be dedicated to the payment of indebtedness;

ourabilitytoserviceourdebt,makeprincipalandinterestpaymentsasthosepaymentsbecomedue,andremainincompliance withourdebtcovenants;

counterparty risk associated with our interest rate swap agreements;

ourabilitytoobtainadequatefinancingtoprovidethecapitalthatmaybenecessarytosupportour current or futureoperations;

therisksassociatedwithchangesinmacroeconomicconditions, geopoliticalturmoil, widespread health epidemics or outbreaks of disease andthecontinuingthreatofdomesticorinternationalterrorism;

theimpactofany additionalimpairmentofourgoodwill,intangibleassets,orotherlong-termassets;

the risks associated with potential failures of our information systems;

therisksassociatedwithdataprivacyorsecuritybreaches,computerhacking,networkpenetrationandotherillegalintrusionsof ourinformationsystemsorthoseofthird-partyvendorsorotherserviceproviders,whichmayresultinunauthorized access by third parties, loss, misappropriation, disclosure or corruption of customer, employee or our information, or other data subject to privacy lawsand may leadto a disruption in our business, costs to modify, enhance, or remediate our cybersecurity measures, enforcement actions, fines or litigation against us, or damage to our business reputation;

theimpactofanyneworproposedlegislation,regulationsandinterpretationsrelatingtoMedicare,MedicareAdvantage, Medicare Supplement, e-commerce, advertising, and privacy and security laws;

the impact of a reduction in Medicare Advantage health plan reimbursement rates or changes in plan design;

our ability to attract, hire, or retain key personnel or other qualified employees and to control labor costs;

the effectiveness of the reorganization of our business and our ability to realize the anticipated benefits;

our ability to effectively compete againstother entities, whose financial, research, staff, and marketing resources may exceed ourresources;

theimpactoflegalproceedingsinvolvingusand/oroursubsidiaries, products, or services, including any claims related to intellectual property rights;


our ability to enforce our intellectual property rights;

the risks associated with deriving a significant concentration of our revenues from a limited number of our Healthcare segment customers, many of whom are health plans;

ourabilityand/ortheabilityofourHealthcare segment customerstoenrollparticipantsandtoaccuratelyforecasttheirlevelofenrollmentand participationinourprogramsinamannerandwithinthetimeframeanticipatedbyus;

ourabilityto sign, renew and/or maintaincontracts withour Healthcare segment customers and/or our fitness partner locations underexistingterms or to restructure thesecontracts on terms that would not havea materialnegative impacton our results of operations;

theabilityofour Healthcare segment health plan customerstomaintainthenumberofcoveredlivesenrolledinthose health plansduringthetermsofouragreements;

the impact of severe or adverse weather conditions and thepotentialemergenceofahealth pandemicor an infectiousdiseaseoutbreak on member participation in our Healthcare segment programs;

the impact of healthcare reform on our business;

the effectiveness of our marketing and advertising programs;

loss, or disruption in the business, of any of our food suppliers or our fulfillment provider, or disruptions in the shipping of our food products for our Nutrition segment;

the impact of claims that our Nutrition segment personnel are unqualified to provide proper weight loss advice;

the impact of health- or advertising-related claims by our Nutrition segment customers;

competition from other weight management industry participants or the development of more effective or more favorably perceived weight management methods;

loss of any of our Nutrition segment third-party retailer agreements and any obligations associated with such loss;

our ability to continue to develop innovative weight loss programs and enhance our existing programs, or the failure of our programs to continue to appeal to the market;

the impact of claims from our Nutrition segment competitors regarding advertising or other marketing practices;

ourabilitytodevelop and commercially introducenewproducts and services;

our ability to receive referrals from existing Nutrition segment customers, a decline in which could adversely impact our customer acquisition costs;

failure to attract spokespersons or negative publicity with respect to any of our spokespersons;

ourabilityto anticipatechangeandrespondto emergingtrendsfor customer preferences andthe impact of the same ondemandfor ourservices and products;

the seasonality of the business of our Nutrition segment, particularly with respect to diet season;

negative publicity with respect to the weight loss industry;

32


the impact of increased governmental regulation on our Nutrition segment;

a significant portion of our Nutrition segment revenue depends on our ability to sustain subscriptions of our Nutrition segment’s programs, and cancellations could impact our future operating results;

claims arising from the sale of ingested products; and

other risks detailed in this report and our other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

We undertake no obligation to update or revise any such forward-looking statements.

Critical Accounting Policies

We describe our significant accounting policies in Note 1 of the notes to the consolidated financial statements.  We prepare the consolidated financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”), which requires us to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and related disclosures at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results may differ from those estimates.

We believe the following accounting policies are the most critical in understanding the estimates and judgments that are involved in preparing our financial statements and the uncertainties that could impact our results of operations, financial condition, and cash flows. The first two policies presented below were new critical accounting policies during the three months ended March 31, 2019, which were adopted due to the acquisition of Nutrisystem.

Excess and Obsolete Inventory

We continually assess the quantities of inventory on hand to identify excess or obsolete inventory and record a provision for any estimated loss. We estimate the reserve for excess and obsolete inventory based primarily on our forecasted demand and/or our ability to sell the products, introduction of new products, future production requirements and changes in our customers’ behavior. The reserve for excess and obsolete inventory was $1.8 million and $0 at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

Acquisition Accounting

In connection with any acquisitions, we allocate the purchase price to the assets and liabilities we acquire, such as net tangible assets, deferred revenue, identifiable intangible assets such as trade names, customer lists, and customer relationships, and goodwill.  We apply significant judgments and estimates in determining the fair market value of the assets acquired and their useful lives.  For example, we estimated the fair value of existing definite-lived customer lists based on the multi-period excess earnings method under the income approach, which involved applying an attrition rate to the estimated net future cash flows from the customers that existed as of the acquisition date. We estimated the fair values of the tradenames using the relief-from-royalty method, which required significant assumptions such as the long-term growth rates of future revenues, the royalty rate for such revenue, the terminal growth rate of revenue, the tax rate, and a discount rate.  Different estimates and assumptions in valuing acquired assets could yield materially different results.

Revenue Recognition

Beginning in 2018, we account for revenue from contracts with customers in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 606 “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” (“ASC Topic 606”).  The unit of account in ASC Topic 606 is a performance obligation, which is a promise in a contract to transfer to a customer either a distinct good or service (or bundle of goods or services) or a series of distinct goods or services provided over a period of time. ASC Topic 606 requires that a contract’s transaction price, which is the amount of consideration to which an entity expects to be entitled in exchange for transferring promised goods or services to a customer, is to be allocated to each performance obligation in the contract based on relative standalone selling prices and recognized as revenue when or as the performance obligation is satisfied.

Healthcare Segment

Our Healthcare segment earns revenue from our threeprograms, SilverSneakers senior fitness, Prime Fitness andWholeHealth Living.  We provide the SilverSneakers senior fitness programto membersof Medicare

33


Advantage and MedicareSupplement plans through our contracts with those plans.  We offer Prime Fitness, a fitness facility access program, through contracts with employers, commercial health plans, and other sponsoring organizations that allow their members to individually purchase the program.  We sell our WholeHealth Living program primarily to health plans.

The significant majority of our Healthcare segment’s customer contracts contain one performance obligation - to stand ready to provide access to our network of fitness locations and fitness programming - which is satisfied over time as services are rendered each month over the contract term.  There are generally no performance obligations that are unsatisfied at the end of a particular month.  There was no material revenue recognized during the year ended December 31, 2019 from performance obligations satisfied in a prior period.

Our fees within our Healthcare segment are variable month to month and are generally billed per member per month (“PMPM”) or billed based on a combination of PMPM and member visits to a network location.  We bill PMPM fees by multiplying the contractually negotiated PMPM rate by the number of members eligible for or receiving our services during the month.  We bill for member visits approximately one month in arrears once actual member visits are known.  Payments from customers are typically due within 30 days of invoice date.  When material, we capitalize costs to obtain contracts with customers and amortize them over the expected recovery period.  

Our Healthcare segment’s customer contracts include variable consideration, which is allocated to each distinct month over the contract term based on eligible members and/or member visits each month.  The allocated consideration corresponds directly with the value to our customers of our services completed for the month.  Under the majority of our Healthcare segment’s contracts, we recognize revenue each month using the practical expedient available under ASC 606-10-55-18, which provides that revenue is recognized in the amount for which we have the right to invoice.  

Although we evaluate our financial performance and make resource allocation decisions based upon the results of our two reportable segments, we believe the following information depicts how our Healthcare segment revenues and cash flows are affected by economic factors.  For the year ended December 31, 2019, revenue from our SilverSneakers program, which is predominantly contracted with Medicare Advantage and Medicare Supplement plans, comprised approximately 78% of revenues in the Healthcare segment, while revenue from our Prime Fitness and WholeHealth Living programs comprised approximately 19% and 3%, respectively, of revenues in the Healthcare segment.

Sales and usage-based taxes are excluded from revenues.

Nutrition Segment

Our Nutrition segment earns revenue from four sources: direct to consumer, retail, QVC and other.  Revenue is measured based on the consideration specified in a contract with a customer and excludes any sales incentives and amounts collected on behalf of third parties.  As explained in more detail below, revenue is recognized upon satisfaction of the performance obligation by transferring control over a product to a Nutrition segment customer.  The estimated breakage of gift cards (estimated amount of unused gift cards) is recognized over the pattern of redemption of the gift cards, and direct-mail advertising costs are expensed as incurred.  We recognize an asset for the carrying amount of product to be returned and for costs to obtain a contract if the amortization is more than one year in duration.  We expense costs to obtain a contract as incurred if the amortization period is less than one year.

We sell pre-packaged foods directly to weight loss program participants primarily through the Internet and telephone (referred to as the direct to consumer channel), through QVC (a television shopping network), and select retailers. Pre-packaged foods are comprised of both frozen and non-frozen (ready-to-go), shelf-stable products.

Products sold through the direct to consumer channel, both frozen and non-frozen, may be sold separately (a la carte) or as part of a packaged monthly meal plan for which Nutrition segment customers pay at the point of sale. Products sold through QVC are payable by QVC upon our shipment of the product to the end consumer. For both the direct to consumer channel and QVC, we recognize revenue at a point in time, i.e., at the shipping point.  Direct to consumer customers may return unopened ready-to-go Nutrisystem products within 30 days after purchase in order to receive a refund or credit. Frozen Nutrisystem products are non-returnable and non-refundable unless the order is canceled within 14 days after delivery.  South Beach Diet products are not refundable. 

34


Products sold to retailers include both frozen and non-frozen products and are payable by the retailer upon receipt. We recognize revenue at a point in time, i.e., when the retailers take possession of the product. Certain retailers have the right to return unsold products.

We account for the shipment of frozen and non-frozen, ready-to-go products as separate performance obligations. The consideration, including variable consideration for product returns, is allocated between frozen and non-frozen products based on their standalone selling prices. The amount of revenue recognized is adjusted for expected returns, which are estimated based on historical data.

In addition to our pre-packaged foods, we sell prepaid gift cards through a wholesaler that are redeemable through the Internet or telephone. Prepaid gift cards represent grants of rights to goods to be provided in the future to gift card buyers. The wholesaler has the right to return all unsold prepaid gift cards. The wholesaler’s retail selling price of the gift cards is deferred in the balance sheet and recognized as revenue when we have satisfied our performance obligation, i.e., when a gift card holder redeems the gift card with us. We recognize breakage amounts (the estimated amount of unused gift cards) as revenue, in proportion to the actual gift card redemptions exercised by gift card holders in relation to the total expected redemptions of gift cards. We utilize historical experience in estimating the total expected breakage and period over which the gift cards will be redeemed.

Sales and other taxes assessed by a governmental authority that are both imposed on and concurrent with a specific revenue-producing transaction and collected by the Company from a Nutrition segment customer are excluded from revenue and presented on a net basis.  After control over a product has transferred to a Nutrition segment customer, shipping and handling costs associated with outbound freight are accounted for as a fulfillment cost and are included in revenue and cost of revenue in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations.

We review the reserves for our Nutrition segment customer returns at each reporting period and adjust them to reflect data available at that time. To estimate reserves for returns, we consider actual return rates in preceding periods and changes in product offerings or marketing methods that might impact returns going forward. To the extent the estimate of returns changes, we will adjust the reserve, which will impact the amount of revenue recognized in the period of the adjustment.  The provision for estimated returns for the year ended December 31, 2019 was $13.5 million. The reserve for estimated returns incurred but not received and processed was $0.8 million at December 31, 2019 and has been included in accrued liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.

Impairment of Intangible Assets and Goodwill

We reviewgoodwillfor impairment at thereportingunitlevel (operatingsegmentor onelevelbelowanoperatingsegment) on an annualbasis (duringthe fourth quarter of our fiscal year) ormore frequently wheneverevents orcircumstances indicatethat the carryingvalue may not be recoverable.  Following the acquisition of Nutrisystem in March 2019, we have two reporting units: Healthcare and Nutrition. Prior to such acquisition, we had one reporting unit.

As part of the annual impairment test, we may elect to perform a qualitative assessment to determinewhether it is more likely than not that the fair valueof a reportingunit is less thanits carrying value.If we elect not to perform a qualitativeassessment or we determine that it is more likely than not that the fair valueof a reportingunit is less thanits carrying value, we perform a quantitative review as described below.

During a quantitative review of goodwill, we estimate the fair value of each reporting unit based on a discounted cash flow model or a combination of a discounted cash flow model and market-based approaches, and we reconcile the aggregate fair value of our reporting units to our consolidated market capitalization.  If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, no impairment is indicated. If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, impairment of goodwill is measured as the excess of the carrying amount over fair value.  Estimating fair value requires significant judgments, including management's estimate of future cash flows of each reporting unit (which is dependent on internal forecasts of projected income), estimation of the long-term growth rates of future revenues for our reporting units, the terminal growth rate of revenue, the tax rate, and determination of our weighted average cost of capital, as well as relevant comparable company revenue and earnings multiples and market participant acquisition premium for the market-based approaches.  Changes in these estimates and assumptions could materially affect the estimate of fair value and potential goodwill impairment for each reporting unit.

35


Except for two tradenames that have an indefinite life and are not subject to amortization, we amortize identifiableintangible assetsover their estimated useful lives using the straight-line method.We assess the potentialimpairment of intangible assets subject to amortizationwhenever events orchanges in circumstances indicate thatthe carrying values may not be recoverable. If we determine thatthe carrying value of other identifiable intangible assetsmay not be recoverable,we calculateany impairment using an estimate of theasset's fairvalue based on the estimated price that would be receivedto sellthe asset inanorderlytransactionbetweenmarketparticipants.  

We review indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment on an annual basis (during the fourth quarter of our fiscal year) or more frequently whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. We estimate the fair value of our indefinite-lived tradenames using the relief-from-royalty method, which requires us to estimate significant assumptions such as the long-term growth rates of future revenues associated with the tradename, the royalty rate for such revenue, the terminal growth rate of revenue, the tax rate, and a discount rate.  Changes in these estimates and assumptions could materially affect the estimates of fair values for the tradenames.

Executive Overview of Results

The key financial results for the year ended December 31, 2019 are:

Revenues of $1,131.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2019, including $498.1 million attributable to the acquisition of Nutrisystem on March 8, 2019, compared to $606.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2018; and

Pre-tax income (loss) from continuing operations of $(326.4) million for the year ended December 31, 2019 compared to $124.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2018. Pre-tax loss for 2019 includes:

o

$377.1 million of impairment loss, all of which was attributable to the Nutrition segment, compared to $0 for 2018;

o

$158.0 million of marketing expenses, including $140.3 million attributable to the Nutrition segment, compared to $14.4 million for 2018;

o

$76.6 million of interest expense, compared to $8.7 million for 2018;

o

$37.1 million of acquisition, integration, and project costs compared to $3.7 million for 2018;

o

$32.4 million of amortization expense compared to $0 for 2018; and

o

$7.0 million of restructuring and related charges compared to $0.1 million for 2018.

36


Results of Operations

The following table sets forth the components of the consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017 expressed as a percentage of revenues from continuing operations.  

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

Revenues

 

 

100.0

%

 

 

100.0

%

 

 

100.0

%

Cost of revenue (exclusive of depreciation and amortization

   included below)

 

 

59.9

%

 

 

69.0

%

 

 

70.1

%

Marketing

 

 

14.0

%

 

 

2.4

%

 

 

1.0

%

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

 

9.7

%

 

 

5.8

%

 

 

6.1

%

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

4.5

%

 

 

0.8

%

 

 

0.6

%

Impairment loss

 

 

33.3

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restructuring and related charges

 

 

0.6

%

 

 

0.0

%

 

 

0.6

%

Operating income (loss) (1)

 

 

(22.1

)%

 

 

22.0

%

 

 

21.6

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

6.8

%

 

 

1.4

%

 

 

2.8

%

Income (loss) before income taxes (1)

 

 

(28.9

)%

 

 

20.6

%

 

 

18.8

%

Income tax expense (benefit)

 

 

(3.5

)%

 

 

4.5

%

 

 

7.8

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations (1)

 

 

(25.4

)%

 

 

16.1

%

 

 

11.0

%

Income from discontinued operations, net of income tax

 

 

0.0

%

 

 

0.1

%

 

 

0.4

%

Net income (loss) (1)

 

 

(25.4

)%

 

 

16.3

%

 

 

11.4

%

(1)

Figures may not add due to rounding.

Following is a discussion of the Company’s results of operations and financial condition for 2019 compared to 2018.  For a discussion of such information for 2018 compared to 2017, refer to Item 7 of Part II of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2018, filed with the SEC on February 26, 2019, which is available free of charge on the SEC's website at www.sec.gov and on the investor relations section of the Company's website at www.tivityhealth.com.

Revenues

Revenues for 2019 increased to $1,131.2 million compared to $606.3 million for 2018, primarily due to $498.1 million of revenues attributable to the acquisition of Nutrisystem.  Excluding the acquisition, revenues in the Healthcare segment increased by $26.8 million from 2018, primarily as a result of (i) an increase in Prime Fitness revenue of $19.6 million driven by an increase in average subscribers for 2019 compared to 2018 and (ii) a net increase in SilverSneakers revenue of $5.2 million, primarily due to an increase in revenue-generating visits somewhat offset by a decrease in the number of eligible lives.

For fiscal year 2020, revenues from Retail and QVC are expected to decline year over year due primarily to a reduction in orders for, and the promotion of, our products by these third parties.  In addition, revenues from South Beach Diet (which is included in direct to consumer revenue) are expected to decline in 2020 based on lower demand.  

Cost of Revenue

Cost of revenue (excluding depreciation and amortization) as a percentage of revenues decreased from 2018 (69.0%) to 2019 (59.9%), primarily due to the acquisition of Nutrisystem in the first quarter of 2019.  The Nutrition segment carries a lower cost of revenue as a percentage of revenues than the Healthcare segment.  

Cost of revenue (excluding depreciation and amortization) as a percentage of revenues for the Healthcare segment increased from 2018 (69.0%) to 2019 (70.4%), primarily due to (i) an increase in cost per visit due to certain contract renegotiations, as well as a higher number of average visits per member per month in 2019 compared to 2018 and (ii) acquisition and integration costs in 2019 related to the acquisition of Nutrisystem.

37


For fiscal year 2020, we expect a further increase in cost per visit in the Healthcare segment due to a combination of higher contractual rates and expansion into higher cost markets.  

MarketingExpenses

Marketing expenses as a percentage of revenues increased from 2018 (2.4%) to 2019 (14.0%) primarily due to the impact from the acquisition of Nutrisystem in 2019 and the significance of media and marketing expense to the Nutrition segment’s sales strategy.  For the Healthcare segment, marketing expenses as a percentage of revenues did not change materially from 2018 (2.4%) to 2019 (2.8%).

Selling, General and Administrative Expenses

Selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenues increased from 2018 (5.8%) to 2019 (9.7%) primarily due to acquisition, integration, and project costs of $31.9 million during 2019, primarily related to the acquisition of Nutrisystem.    

Depreciation and Amortization

Depreciation and amortization expense increased $46.1 million from 2018 to 2019, primarily due to amortization expense on new intangible assets recorded in connection with the acquisition of Nutrisystem as well as increased depreciation expense attributable to the acquisition of Nutrisystem’s property and equipment.  In the fourth quarter of 2019, we recorded a purchase accounting measurement period adjustment to finalize estimates related to the customer list intangible asset recorded in connection with the acquisition of Nutrisystem.  The finalization of the estimate resulted in incremental amortization expense during the fourth quarter of 2019 of $17.4 million.

Impairment Loss

During the fourth quarter of 2019, we recorded an impairment loss of $377.1 million, including $240.0 million related to the Nutrisystem tradename and $137.1 million related to goodwill allocated to the Nutrition segment.  These impairment losses resulted from a change in our long-term forecast for the Nutrition segment. See Note 13 to the notes to consolidated financial statements included in this report.

Restructuring and Related Charges

During the first quarter of 2019, we began a reorganization primarily related to integrating the Healthcare and Nutrition segments and streamlining our corporate and operations support (the "2019 Restructuring Plan"). To date and for the year ended December 31, 2019, we have incurred restructuring charges of $7.0 million related to the 2019 Restructuring Plan, of which $1.9 million related to the Healthcare segment and $5.1 million related to the Nutrition segment.  These expenses consist entirely of severance and other employee-related costs.  The 2019 Restructuring Plan is expected to result in total annualized savings in 2020 of approximately $17.5 million, with $5.9 million relating to the Healthcare segment and $11.6 million relating to the Nutrition segment.

Interest Expense

Interest expense increased $67.8 million from 2018 to 2019, primarily due to our entering into the Credit Agreement on March 8, 2019, including term loans with an initial borrowing of $1,180 million, in connection with the acquisition of Nutrisystem.    

Income Tax Expense

See Note 9 of the notes to consolidated financial statements in this report for a discussion of income tax expense for fiscal 2019 compared to fiscal 2018.  Our effective tax rate for the fourth quarter of 2019 was a benefit of 15.2%, which was less than our statutory tax benefit rate and represents a decrease compared to the first three quarters of 2019.  This decrease is primarily due to the nondeductible goodwill impairment loss of $137.1 million recorded in the fourth quarter.  

38


Liquidity and Capital Resources

Overview

As of December 31, 2019, we had a working capital deficit of $15.4 million.  Based upon the pro forma calculations of compliance with the applicable covenants under our Credit Agreement, as of December 31, 2019, we anticipate the ability to borrow under the Revolving Credit Facility (as defined below) up to a maximum of $104.6 million for the next 12 months. We believe our cash on hand, cash flows from operations and anticipated available credit under the Credit Agreement will be sufficient to fund our operations, debt payments and capital expenditures for the next 12 months.  We cannot assure you that we will be able to secure additional financing if needed and, if such funds are available, whether the terms or conditions will be favorable to us.

Credit Facility

In connection with the consummation of the acquisition of Nutrisystem, on March 8, 2019, we entered into the Credit Agreement. The Credit Agreement replaced our prior Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement, dated April 21, 2017 (the “Prior Credit Agreement”), with a group of lenders and SunTrust, as administrative agent. The Credit Agreement provides us with (i) a $350.0 million term loan A facility (“Term Loan A”), (ii) an $830.0 million term loan B facility (“Term Loan B” and, together with Term Loan A, the “Term Loans”), (iii) a $125.0 million revolving credit facility that includes a $35.0 million sublimit for swingline loans and a $50.0 million sublimit for letters of credit (the “Revolving Credit Facility”; Term Loan A, Term Loan B and the Revolving Credit Facility are sometimes herein referred to collectively as the “Credit Facilities”), and (iv) uncommitted incremental accordion facilities in an aggregate amount at any date equal to the greater of $125.0 million or 50% of our consolidated EBITDA for the then-preceding four fiscal quarters, plus additional amounts based on, among other things, satisfaction of certain financial ratio requirements.

We used the proceeds of the Term Loans, borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility and cash on hand to pay the consideration for the acquisition of Nutrisystem, to repay all of the outstanding indebtedness under the Prior Credit Agreement and all outstanding indebtedness of Nutrisystem under its credit agreement, and to pay transaction costs and expenses. Proceeds of the Revolving Credit Facility also may be used for general corporate purposes of the Company and its subsidiaries.

We are required to repay Term Loan A loans in consecutive quarterly installments, each in the amount of 2.50% of the aggregate initial amount of such loans, payable on June 30, 2019 and on the last day of each succeeding quarter thereafter until maturity on March 8, 2024, at which time the entire outstanding principal balance of such loans is due and payable in full. We are required to repay Term Loan B loans in consecutive quarterly installments, each in the amount of 0.75% of the aggregate initial amount of such loans, payable on June 30, 2019 and on the last day of each succeeding quarter thereafter until maturity on March 8, 2026, at which time the entire outstanding principal balance of such loans is due and payable in full.  We are permitted to make voluntary prepayments of borrowings under the Term Loans at any time without penalty.  From March 8, 2019 through December 31, 2019, we made payments of $105.0 million on the Term Loans, which included prepayments of all amounts due through December 31, 2020.  We are required to repay in full any outstanding swingline loans and revolving loans under the Revolving Credit Facility on March 8, 2024.  In addition, the Credit Agreement contains provisions that, beginning with fiscal 2019, may require annual excess cash flow (as defined in the Credit Agreement and generally designed to equal cash generated by our business in excess of cash used in the business) to be applied towards the Term Loans.  We are required to make prepayments on the Term Loans equal to our excess cash flow for a given fiscal year multiplied by the following excess cash flow percentages based on our net leverage ratio (as defined in the Credit Agreement) on the last day of such fiscal year: (a) 75% if the net leverage ratio is greater than 3.75:1, (b) 50% if the net leverage ratio is equal to or less than 3.75:1 but greater than 3.25:1 (c) 25% if the net leverage ratio is equal to or less than 3.25:1 but greater than 2.75:1, and (d) 0% if the net leverage ratio is equal to or less than 2.75:1.  Any such potential mandatory prepayments are reduced by voluntary prepayments.  

As of December 31, 2019, availability under the revolving credit facility totaled $104.6 million as calculated under the most restrictive covenant.

The Credit Agreement contains a financial covenant that requires us to maintain maximum ratios or levels of consolidated total net debt to consolidated adjusted EBITDA, calculated as provided in the Credit Agreement, of 5.75:1.00 for all test dates occurring on or after December 31, 2019 but prior to December 31, 2020, 5.25:1.00 for

39


all test dates occurring on or after December 31, 2020 but prior to December 31, 2021, and 4.75:1.00 for all test dates occurring on or after December 31, 2021. We were in compliance with all of the financial covenant requirements of the Credit Agreement as of December 31, 2019. 

For a detailed description of the Credit Agreement, refer to Note 11 of the notes to consolidated financial statements in this report.

Cash Flows Provided by Operating Activities

Operating activities during the year ended December 31, 2019 provided cash of $82.3 million compared to $108.7 million during the year ended December 31, 2018. The decrease in operating cash flow is primarily due to payments related to interest and acquisition and integration costs, offset by net cash flows provided by the Nutrition segment.

Cash Flows Used in Investing Activities

Investing activities during the year ended December 31, 2019 used $1,087.5 million in cash, compared to $7.6 million during the year ended December 31, 2018.  This change is primarily due to the acquisition of Nutrisystem.

Cash Flows Provided By/Used in Financing Activities

Financing activities during the year ended December 31, 2019 provided $1,005.8 million in cash, compared to cash used of $127.6 million during the year ended December 31, 2018.  This change is primarily due to net borrowings under the Credit Agreement, slightly offset by payment of deferred loan costs.

General

If contract development accelerates or acquisition opportunities arise, we may need to issue additional debt or equity securities to provide the funding for these increased growth opportunities. We may also issue debt or equity securities in connection with future acquisitions or strategic alliances.  We cannot assure you that we would be able to issue additional debt or equity securities on terms that would be favorable to us.

Any material commitments for capital expenditures are included in the "Contractual Obligations" table below.

Contractual Obligations

The following schedule summarizes our contractual cash obligations as of December 31, 2019:

 

 

Payments due by year ended December 31,

 

(in thousands)

 

2020

 

 

2021-2022

 

 

2023-2024

 

 

2025 and

After

 

 

Total

 

Debt and related interest (1)

 

 

76,566

 

 

 

264,517

 

 

 

405,853

 

 

 

742,283

 

 

 

1,489,219

 

Operating lease obligations (2)

 

 

9,402

 

 

 

16,038

 

 

 

3,850

 

 

 

29

 

 

 

29,319

 

Finance lease obligations (3)

 

 

708

 

 

 

1,129

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,837

 

Severance and related obligations

 

 

2,072

 

 

 

989

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,061

 

Other contractual cash obligations (4)

 

 

4,323

 

 

 

1,748

 

 

 

1,291

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,362

 

Total Contractual Cash Obligations

 

$

93,071

 

 

$

284,421

 

 

$

410,994

 

 

$

742,312

 

 

$

1,530,798

 

(1)

Consists of scheduled principal payments and estimated interest payments on outstanding borrowings under the Credit Agreement. Total estimated interest payments included in the table above are $76.6 million for 2020, $144.9 million for 2021 and 2022 combined, $117.5 million for 2023 and 2024 combined, and $55.5 million thereafter.

(2)

Excludes cash receipts from sublease contracts of $5.8 million in 2020, $11.4 million for 2021 and 2022 combined, $1.0 million for 2023 and 2024 combined, and $0 thereafter.

(3)

Consists of scheduled payments on finance lease obligations, including estimated interest of $84,000 in 2020 and $49,000 for 2021 and 2022 combined.  

40


(4)

Other contractual cash obligations include agreements with our internet and networking providers, payments related to marketing commitments, and a commission due to a customer.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements as of December 31, 2019.

Recent Relevant Accounting Standards

See Note 2 of the notes to consolidated financial statements included in this report for discussion of recent relevant accounting standards.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Interest Rate Risk

We are subject to market risk related to interest rate changes, primarily as a result of the Credit Agreement.                     Borrowings under the Credit Agreement bear interest at variable rates based on a margin or spread in excess of either (1) one-month, two-month, three-month or six-month LIBOR (or, with the approval of all lenders holding the particular class of loans, 12-month LIBOR), which may not be less than zero, or (2) the greatest of (a) the prime lending rate of the agent bank for the particular facility, (b) the federal funds rate plus 0.50%, and (c) one-month LIBOR plus 1.00% (the “Base Rate”), as selected by the Company. The LIBOR margin for Term Loan A loans is 4.25%, the LIBOR margin for Term Loan B loans is 5.25%, and the LIBOR margin for revolving loans varies between 3.75% and 4.25%, depending on our total net leverage ratio. The Base Rate margin for Term Loan A loans is 3.25%, the Base Rate margin for Term Loan B loans is 4.25%, and the Base Rate margin for revolving loans varies between 2.75% and 3.25%, depending on our total net leverage ratio.  Effective May 31, 2019, we maintain amortizing interest rate swap agreements with current notional amounts totaling $800.0 million, through which we receive a variable rate of interest based on LIBOR, and we pay a fixed rate of interest equal to approximately 2.2% plus a spread.  

We estimate that a one-point interest rate change in our floating rate debt would have resulted in a change in interest expense of approximately $4.0 million and $0.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

41


Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To theBoard of Directors and Stockholders of Tivity Health, Inc.

Opinions on the Financial Statements and Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Tivity Health, Inc. and its subsidiaries(the “Company”) as of December 31, 2019 and 2018,and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), changes in stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019, including the related notes (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”).We also have audited the Company's internal control over financial reporting as ofDecember 31, 2019, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework(2013)issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO).  

In our opinion, the consolidatedfinancial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2019 and 2018, and the results of itsoperations and itscash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2019in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework(2013)issued by the COSO.

Changes in Accounting Principles

As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts for leases in 2019 and the manner in which it accounts for employee share-based payments in 2017.

Basis for Opinions

The Company's management is responsible for these consolidated financial statements, for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting, and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included inManagement’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting appearing under Item 9A. Our responsibility is to express opinions on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and on the Company's internal control over financial reporting based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidatedfinancial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud, and whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.  

Our audits of the consolidated financial statements included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated financial statements. Our audit of internal control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

As described in Management’s Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting, management has excluded Nutrisystem, Inc. from its assessment of internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019 because it was acquired by the Company in a purchase business combination during 2019. We have also excluded Nutrisystem, Inc. from our audit of internal control over financial reporting. Nutrisystem, Inc. is a wholly-owned

42


subsidiary whose total assets and total revenues excluded from management’s assessment and our audit of internal control over financial reporting represent 7% and 44%, respectively, of the related consolidated financial statement amounts as of and for the year ended December 31, 2019.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

Critical Audit Matters

The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current period audit of the consolidated financial statements that were communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (i) relate to accounts or disclosures that are material to theconsolidated financial statements and (ii) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidatedfinancial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matters below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matters or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.

Acquisition of Nutrisystem, Inc. – Valuation of Indefinite-LivedTradename and Definite-Lived Customer List

As described in Notes 2 and 6 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company completed the acquisition of Nutrisystem, Inc. for consideration transferred of $1.3 billion in 2019, which resulted in the Nutrisystem indefinite-lived tradename and a definite-lived customer list intangible asset being recorded in the amount of $800.0 million and $110.0 million, respectively. As disclosed by management, fair value of the Nutrisystem indefinite-lived tradename was estimated using the relief-from-royalty method which involved the use of significant assumptions with respect to the long-term growth rates of future revenues, the terminal growth rate of revenue, the royalty rate for such revenue, the tax rate and the discount rate. Fair value of the definite-lived customer list was estimated using the multi-period excess earnings method under the income approach which involved the use of significant assumptions with respect to applying an attrition rate to the estimated net future cash flows from the customers that existed as of the acquisition date.  

The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to the valuation of the Nutrisystem indefinite-lived tradename and definite-lived customer list acquired in the Nutrisystem, Inc. acquisition is a critical audit matter are (i) there was a high degree of auditor judgment and subjectivity in applying procedures and evaluating audit evidence relating to the fair value of the Nutrisystem indefinite-lived tradename and definite-lived customer list intangible assets due to the significant amount of judgment by management when developing the estimates, (ii) significant audit effort was necessary in evaluating the significant assumptions relating to the estimates, such as the long-term growth rates of future revenues, the royalty rate for such revenue and the discount rate for the Nutrisystem indefinite-lived tradename and the attrition rate applied to the estimated net future cash flows from the customers that existed as of the acquisition date for the definite-lived customer list, and (iii) the audit effort involved the use of professionals with specialized skill and knowledge to assist in performing these procedures and evaluating the audit evidence.

Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with forming our overall opinion on the consolidated financial statements. These procedures included testing the effectiveness of controls relating to acquisition accounting, including controls over management’s valuation of the Nutrisystem

43


indefinite-lived tradename and definite-lived customer list and controls over the development of the assumptions related to the valuation of these intangible assets, including the long-term growth rates of future revenues, the royalty rate for such revenue and the discount rate for the Nutrisystem indefinite-lived tradename and the attrition rate applied to the estimated net future cash flows from customers that existed as of the acquisition date for the definite-lived customer list. These procedures also included, among others, (i) reading the purchase agreement, (ii) testing management’s process for developing the fair value estimates for the Nutrisystem indefinite-lived tradename and definite-lived customer list intangible assets, (iii) evaluating the appropriateness of the valuation models, (iv) testing the completeness, accuracy, and relevance of underlying data used in estimating the fair values, and (v) evaluating the appropriateness of the significant assumptions used by management, including the long-term growth rates of future revenues, the royalty rate for such revenue and the discount rate for the Nutrisystem indefinite-lived tradename and the attrition rate for the definite-lived customer list.  Evaluating management’s assumptions related to the long-term growth rates of future revenues and the attrition rate involved considering (i) the current and past financial performance, (ii) the consistency with external market and industry data, and (iii) whether these assumptions were consistent with evidence obtained in other areas of the audit. Professionals with specialized skill and knowledge were used to assist in the evaluation of the Company’s valuation models and certain significant assumptions, including the long-term growth rates of future revenues, the royalty rate for such revenue and the discount rate for the Nutrisystem indefinite-lived tradename and the attrition rate for the definite-lived customer list.

Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangible Asset Impairment Assessment – Nutrition Reporting Unit and Nutrisystem Indefinite-Lived Tradename

As described in Notes 1 and 6 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company’s consolidated goodwill balance was $654.6 million as of December 31, 2019, and the goodwill associated with the Nutrition reporting unit was $320.0 million. Also as described in Notes 1 and 6 to the consolidated financial statements, the Nutrisystem indefinite-lived tradename balance was $560.0 million as of December 31, 2019. Management reviews goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment during the fourth quarter of each year or more frequently whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets may not be recoverable. In the fourth quarter of 2019, management recorded impairment losses of $137.1 million related to the Nutrition reporting unit and $240.0 million related to the Nutrisystem indefinite-lived tradename. Fair value of the Nutrition reporting unit was estimated by management using a discounted cash flow model and market-based approaches. Estimating fair value for the Nutrition reporting unit required significant assumptions related to management’s estimated cash flows which is dependent upon internal forecasts of projected income, estimation of the long-term growth rates of future revenues, the terminal growth rate of revenue, the tax rate, and determination of the weighted average cost of capital, as well as relevant comparable company revenue and earnings multiples and market participant acquisition premiums for the market-based approaches used in the valuation of goodwill. Fair value of the Nutrisystem indefinite-lived tradename was estimated by management using the relief-from royalty method under the income approach. Estimating the fair value of the Nutrisystem indefinite-lived tradename required significant assumptions related to the long-term growth rates of future revenues, the terminal growth rate of revenue, the royalty rate for such revenue, the tax rate, and the discount rate.

The principal considerations for our determination that performing procedures relating to the goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible asset impairment assessments of the Nutrition reporting unit and the Nutrisystem indefinite-lived tradename is a critical audit matter are (i) there was significant judgment applied by management when developing the fair value estimates, (ii) significant auditor judgment, subjectivity, and effort in performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence related to management’s significant assumptions, including internal forecasts of projected income, the long-term growth rates of future revenues and the weighted average cost of capital, as well as relevant comparable company revenue and earnings multiples and market participant acquisition premiums for the valuation of the goodwill and the long-term growth rates of future revenues, the royalty rate for such revenue and the discount rate for the valuation of the Nutrisystem indefinite-lived tradename, and (iii) the audit effort involved the use of professionals with specialized skill and knowledge to assist in performing these procedures and evaluating the audit evidence.

Addressing the matter involved performing procedures and evaluating audit evidence in connection with

forming our overall opinion on the consolidated financial statements. These procedures included testing the effectiveness of controls relating to management’s goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible asset impairment assessments, including controls over the development of the assumptions related to the valuation of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets, including internal forecasts of projected income, the long-term growth rates of future revenues and the weighted average cost of capital, as well as relevant comparable company revenue and earnings multiples and market participant acquisition premiums for goodwill and the long-term growth rates of

44


future revenues, the royalty rate for such revenue and the discount rate for the Nutrisystem indefinite-lived tradename. These procedures also included, among others, (i) testing management’s process for developing the fair value estimate of the Nutrition reporting unit and Nutrisystem indefinite-lived tradename, (ii) evaluating the appropriateness of the valuation models, (iii) testing the completeness, accuracy, and relevance of underlying data used in estimating the fair values, and (iv) evaluating the significant assumptions used by management, including the internal forecasts of projected income, the long-term growth rates of future revenues, and the weighted average cost of capital, as well as relevant comparable company revenue and earnings multiples and market participant acquisition premiums for the valuation of the goodwill and the long-term growth rates of future revenues, the royalty rate for such revenue and the discount rate for the valuation of the Nutrisystem indefinite-lived tradename. Evaluating management’s assumptions related to the internal forecasts of projected income and the long-term growth rates of future revenues, as well as relevant comparable company revenue and earnings multiples and market participant acquisition premiums for the valuation of the goodwill and the long-term growth rates of future revenues for the valuation of the Nutrisystem indefinite-lived tradename involved evaluating whether the assumptions used by management were reasonable considering (i) the current and past financial performance, (ii) the consistency with external market and industry data, and (iii) whether these assumptions were consistent with evidence obtained in other areas of the audit. Professionals with specialized skill and knowledge were used to assist in the evaluation of the Company’s valuation models and certain significant assumptions, including the internal forecasts of projected income, the long-term growth rates of future revenues and the weighted average cost of capital, as well as relevant comparable company revenue and earnings multiples and market participant acquisition premiums for the valuation of the goodwill and the long-term growth rates of future revenues, the royalty rate for such revenue and the discount rate for the valuation of the Nutrisystem indefinite-lived tradename.

/s/ PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Nashville, Tennessee

February 27, 2020

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2014.

45


TIVITY HEALTH, INC.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(In thousands, except share and per share data)

 

 

December 31,

2019

 

 

December 31,

2018

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

2,486

 

 

$

1,933

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

 

97,596

 

 

 

67,139

 

Inventories

 

 

36,407

 

 

 

274

 

Prepaid expenses

 

 

18,255

 

 

 

3,381

 

Income taxes receivable

 

 

 

 

 

720

 

Other current assets

 

 

6,993

 

 

 

4,658

 

Total current assets

 

 

161,737

 

 

 

78,105

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net of accumulated depreciation of

   $42,510 and $30,711 respectively

 

 

52,909

 

 

 

16,341

 

Right-of-use assets, operating leases

 

 

41,518

 

 

 

 

Right-of-use assets, finance leases

 

 

1,680

 

 

 

 

Intangible assets, net

 

 

689,686

 

 

 

29,049

 

Goodwill, net

 

 

654,635

 

 

 

334,680

 

Other assets

 

 

23,740

 

 

 

23,904

 

Total assets

 

$

1,625,905

 

 

$

482,079

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$

46,480

 

 

$

29,103

 

Accrued salaries and benefits

 

 

13,071

 

 

 

6,512

 

Accrued liabilities

 

 

56,068

 

 

 

42,563

 

Deferred revenue

 

 

12,037

 

 

 

582

 

Current portion of debt

 

 

 

 

 

57

 

Current portion of operating lease liabilities

 

 

13,131

 

 

 

 

Current portion of finance lease liabilities

 

 

624

 

 

 

 

Current portion of other long-term liabilities

 

 

4,947

 

 

 

2,255

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

146,358

 

 

 

81,072

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term debt

 

 

1,048,127

 

 

 

30,589

 

Long-term operating lease liabilities

 

 

30,321

 

 

 

 

Long-term finance lease liabilities

 

 

1,080

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term deferred tax liability

 

 

160,846

 

 

 

319

 

Other long-term liabilities

 

 

12,263

 

 

 

1,098

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Commitments and contingent liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders' equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock $.001 par value, 5,000,000 shares authorized, NaN

   outstanding

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock $.001 par value, 120,000,000 shares authorized, 48,156,786

   and 41,049,418 shares outstanding, respectively

 

 

48

 

 

 

41

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

504,419

 

 

 

347,487

 

Retained earnings (accumulated deficit)

 

 

(237,284

)

 

 

49,655

 

Treasury stock, at cost, 2,254,953 shares in treasury

 

 

(28,182

)

 

 

(28,182

)

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

 

(12,091

)

 

 

 

Total stockholders' equity

 

 

226,910

 

 

 

369,001

 

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

 

$

1,625,905

 

 

$

482,079

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 


See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

47


TIVITY HEALTH, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

(In thousands, except earnings per share data)

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

Revenues:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Services

 

$

633,066

 

 

$

606,299

 

 

$

556,942

 

Products

 

 

498,091

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total revenues

 

 

1,131,157

 

 

 

606,299

 

 

 

556,942

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of revenue:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Services (exclusive of depreciation of

   $5,920, $4,109, and $2,802, respectively, included below)

 

 

445,817

 

 

 

418,333

 

 

 

390,261

 

Products (exclusive of depreciation and amortization of

   $37,988 included below)

 

 

232,240

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

 

 

678,057

 

 

 

418,333

 

 

 

390,261

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Marketing expenses

 

 

158,006

 

 

 

14,417

 

 

 

5,541

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

 

110,038

 

 

 

35,077

 

 

 

34,164

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

50,775

 

 

 

4,667

 

 

 

3,357

 

Impairment loss

 

 

377,100

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restructuring and related charges

 

 

7,024

 

 

 

124

 

 

 

3,223

 

Operating income (loss)

 

 

(249,843

)

 

 

133,681

 

 

 

120,396

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

76,566

 

 

 

8,733

 

 

 

15,613

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

 

(326,409

)

 

 

124,948

 

 

 

104,783

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax expense (benefit)

 

 

(39,588

)

 

 

27,046

 

 

 

43,553

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations

 

$

(286,821

)

 

$

97,902

 

 

$

61,230

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income from discontinued operations, net of income tax

 

 

 

 

 

901

 

 

 

2,485

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

(286,821

)

 

$

98,803

 

 

$

63,715

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) per share - basic:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Continuing operations

 

$

(6.17

)

 

$

2.44

 

 

$

1.56

 

Discontinued operations

 

$

 

 

$

0.02

 

 

$

0.06

 

Net income (loss) (1)

 

$

(6.17

)

 

$

2.47

 

 

$

1.62

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings per share – diluted: (2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Continuing operations

 

$

(6.17

)

 

$

2.27

 

 

$

1.44

 

Discontinued operations

 

$

 

 

$

0.02

 

 

$

0.06

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

(6.17

)

 

$

2.29

 

 

$

1.50

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Comprehensive income (loss)

 

$

(298,912

)

 

$

98,803

 

 

$

68,217

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average common shares and equivalents:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

 

46,509

 

 

 

40,078

 

 

 

39,357

 

Diluted (2)

 

 

46,509

 

 

 

43,073

 

 

 

42,547

 

(1)

Figures may not add due to rounding.

(2)

The impact of potentially dilutive securities for the year ended December 31, 2019 was not considered because the impact would be anti-dilutive.

48


See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

49


TIVITY HEALTH, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)

(In thousands)

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

(286,821

)

 

$

98,803

 

 

$

63,715

 

Net change in fair value of interest rate swaps, net of tax benefit of $4,147

 

 

(12,091

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation adjustment, net of tax

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,458

 

Release of cumulative translation adjustment to loss from

   discontinued operations due to substantial liquidation of

   foreign entity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,044

 

Total other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

 

$

(12,091

)

 

$

 

 

$

4,502

 

Comprehensive income (loss)

 

$

(298,912

)

 

$

98,803

 

 

$

68,217

 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

50


TIVITY HEALTH, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

(In thousands)

 

 

Preferred

Stock

 

 

Common

Stock

 

 

Additional

Paid-in

Capital

 

 

Retained

Earnings (Accumulated Deficit)

 

 

Treasury

Stock

 

 

Accumulated Other

Comprehensive

Income (Loss)

 

 

Total

 

Balance, December 31, 2016

 

$

 

 

$

39

 

 

$

341,270

 

 

$

(119,327

)

 

$

(28,182

)

 

$

(4,502

)

 

$

189,298

 

Comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

63,715

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,502

 

 

 

68,217

 

Cumulative effect of a change in

   accounting principle – adoption

   of ASU 2016-09

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

74

 

 

 

6,464

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,538

 

Exercise of stock options

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

5,722

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,723

 

Tax withholding for share-based

   compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4,481

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4,481

)

Share-based employee

   compensation expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,658

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,658

 

Balance, December 31, 2017

 

$

 

 

$

40

 

 

$

349,243

 

 

$

(49,148

)

 

$

(28,182

)

 

$

 

 

$

271,953

 

Comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

98,803

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

98,803

 

Exercise of stock options and

   Warrants

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

1,909

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,910

 

Tax withholding for share-based

   compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(9,762

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(9,762

)

Share-based employee

   compensation expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,097

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,097

 

Balance, December 31, 2018

 

$

 

 

$

41

 

 

$

347,487

 

 

$

49,655

 

 

$

(28,182

)

 

$

 

 

$

369,001

 

Comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(286,821

)

 

 

 

 

 

(12,091

)

 

 

(298,912

)

Issuance of Common Stock in connection with Merger

 

 

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

132,832

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

132,838

 

Share-based compensation Replacement Awards related to Merger and attributable to pre-combination services

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,107

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,107

 

Exercise of stock options

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

988

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

989

 

Tax withholding for share-based

   compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4,733

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4,733

)

Share-based employee

   compensation expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

18,832

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

18,832

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(94

)

 

 

(118

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(212

)

Balance, December 31, 2019

 

$

 

 

$

48

 

 

$

504,419

 

 

$

(237,284

)

 

$

(28,182

)

 

$

(12,091

)

 

$

226,910

 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

51


TIVITY HEALTH, INC.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(In thousands)

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations

 

$

(286,821

)

 

$

97,902

 

 

$

61,230

 

Income from discontinued operations

 

 

 

 

 

901

 

 

 

2,485

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash

   provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

50,775

 

 

 

4,667

 

 

 

3,357

 

Amortization and write-off of deferred loan costs

 

 

4,487

 

 

 

1,152

 

 

 

2,887

 

Amortization of debt discount

 

 

3,711

 

 

 

4,140

 

 

 

8,001

 

Share-based employee compensation expense

 

 

18,832

 

 

 

6,097

 

 

 

6,658

 

Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets

 

 

377,100

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gain on sale of MeYou Health

 

 

 

 

 

(1,416

)

 

 

 

(Gain) loss on sale of TPHS business

 

 

 

 

 

112

 

 

 

(4,733

)

Loss on release of cumulative translation adjustment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,044

 

Deferred income taxes

 

 

(52,076

)

 

 

25,485

 

 

 

40,935

 

Increase in accounts receivable, net

 

 

(8,283

)

 

 

(12,311

)

 

 

(3,939

)

Decrease in inventory

 

 

2,087

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Increase) decrease in other current assets

 

 

(426

)

 

 

1,610

 

 

 

820

 

Decrease in accounts payable

 

 

(10,052

)

 

 

(95

)

 

 

(407

)

Increase (decrease) in accrued salaries and benefits

 

 

3,608

 

 

 

(10,314

)

 

 

(6,061

)

Decrease in other current liabilities

 

 

(21,495

)

 

 

(11,802

)

 

 

(6,436

)

Decrease in deferred revenue

 

 

(1,198

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other

 

 

2,056

 

 

 

2,611

 

 

 

(2,565

)

Net cash flows provided by operating activities

 

$

82,305

 

 

$

108,739

 

 

$

105,276

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisition of property and equipment

 

$

(24,713

)

 

$

(9,053

)

 

$

(5,910

)

Proceeds from sale of MeYou Health

 

 

 

 

 

1,416

 

 

 

 

Business acquisitions, net of cash acquired

 

 

(1,062,818

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash flows used in investing activities

 

$

(1,087,531

)

 

$

(7,637

)

 

$

(5,910

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt

 

$

1,611,970

 

 

$

253,425

 

 

$

373,450

 

Payments of long-term debt

 

 

(574,329

)

 

 

(373,536

)

 

 

(449,084

)

Proceeds from settlement of cash convertible notes hedges

 

 

 

 

 

141,246

 

 

 

 

Payments related to settlement of cash conversion derivative

 

 

 

 

 

(141,246

)

 

 

 

Payments related to tax withholding for share-based compensation

 

 

(4,733

)

 

 

(9,762

)

 

 

(4,481

)

Exercise of stock options

 

 

989

 

 

 

1,910

 

 

 

5,722

��

Deferred loan costs

 

 

(30,189

)

 

 

 

 

 

(2,452

)

Principal payments related to finance leases

 

 

(274

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in cash overdraft and other

 

 

2,357

 

 

 

410

 

 

 

2,533

 

Net cash flows provided by (used in) financing activities

 

$

1,005,791

 

 

$

(127,553

)

 

$

(74,312

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash

 

$

(12

)

 

$

(56

)

 

$

1,784

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

$

553

 

 

$

(26,507

)

 

$

26,838

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period

 

 

1,933

 

 

 

28,440

 

 

 

1,602

 

Cash and cash equivalents, end of period

 

$

2,486

 

 

$

1,933

 

 

$

28,440

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for interest

 

$

67,717

 

 

$

4,099

 

 

$

4,727

 

Cash paid for income taxes, net of refunds

 

$

8,370

 

 

$

3,339

 

 

$

 

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

52


NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Years Ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017

1.

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Tivity Health, Inc. (the “Company”), a leading provider of fitness, nutrition, and social connection solutions, was founded and incorporated in Delaware in 1981.On March 8, 2019, we completed our acquisition of Nutrisystem, Inc. (“Nutrisystem”), a provider of weight management products and services, including nutritionally balanced weight loss programs sold primarily through the Internet and telephone and multi-day kits and single items (a la carte) available at select retail locations.  The acquisition of Nutrisystem enables us to offer, at scale, an integrated portfolio of fitness, nutrition and social engagement solutions to support a healthy lifestyle and to address weight management and chronic conditions. Our consolidated statements of operations include results of Nutrisystem from March 8, 2019 forward.

Our results from continuing operations do not include the results of the total population health services ("TPHS") business, which we sold effective July 31, 2016.  The TPHS business included our partnerships with Blue Zones, LLC and Dr. Dean Ornish (the Blue Zones Project by Healthways™ and Dr. Dean Ornish's Program for Reversing Heart Disease™, respectively), our joint venture with Gallup, Inc., Navvis Healthcare, LLC (“Navvis”), MeYou Health, LLC (“MeYou Health”), and our international operations, including our joint venture with SulAmérica.  While Navvis and MeYou Health were part of our TPHS business, they were sold separately to other buyers in November 2015 and June 2016, respectively.  Results of operations for the TPHS business have been classified as discontinued operations for all periods presented in the accompanying consolidated financial statements.

Our financial statements and accompanying notes are prepared in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”).  In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated financial statements of Tivity Health, Inc. and its wholly-owned subsidiaries (collectively, “Tivity Health,” the “Company,” or such terms as “we,” “us,” or “our”) reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair statement.  We have reclassified certain items in prior periods to conform to current classifications.  

a.

Principles of Consolidation – See discussion above regarding the TPHS business, including a non-controlling interest.  We have eliminated all intercompany profits, transactions, and balances.

b.

Cash and Cash Equivalents - Cash and cash equivalents primarily include cash on deposit.

c.

Accounts Receivable, net - Accounts receivable includes billed and unbilled amounts.  Billed receivables represent fees that are contractually due for services performed or products sold, net of allowances for doubtful accounts (reflected as selling, general and administrative expenses). Allowances for doubtful accounts were $0.2 million and $0 at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively. Historically, we have experienced minimal instances of customer non-payment and therefore consider our accounts receivable to be collectible; however, we provide reserves, when appropriate, for doubtful accounts on a specific identification basis.  Unbilled receivables were $29.1 million and $23.2 million at December 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively, and primarily represent fees recognized for monthly member utilization of fitness facilities under our SilverSneakers fitness solution, billed one month in arrears.

d.

Inventories - Inventories consist principally of packaged food held in external fulfillment locations. We value inventories at the lower of cost or net realizable value, with cost determined using the first-in, first-out method. We continually assess quantities of inventory on hand to identify excess or obsolete inventory and record a provision for any estimated loss. We estimate the reserve for excess and obsolete inventory primarily on forecasted demand and/or our ability to sell the products, our ability to introduce new products, future production requirements, and changes in consumer behavior. The reserve for excess and obsolete inventory was $1.8 million and $0 atDecember 31, 2019 and 2018, respectively.

e.

Property and Equipment - Property and equipment is carried at cost and includes expenditures that increase value or extend useful lives. We recognize depreciation using the straight-line method over useful lives of three to seven years for computer software and hardware and four to seven years for furniture and office equipment, and three to five years for equipment.  Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of the estimated life of the asset or the life of the lease, which ranges from two to fifteen years.  Depreciation expense, including depreciation of assets recorded under finance leases, for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017 was $18.4 million, $4.7 million, and $3.4 million, respectively.

53


f.

Other Assets - Other assets consist primarily of shares of common stock of Sharecare, Inc. which have a carrying value of $10.8 million and are accounted for as a cost method investment, and customer incentives. We have electedthe measurement alternative to measure cost method investments that do not have a readily determinable fair value at cost less impairment, adjusted by observable price changes, with any fair value changes recognized in earnings.

g.

Leases – On January 1, 2019, we adopted Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) No. 2016-02 (as discussed under “Recent Relevant Accounting Standards” in Note 3) using the modified retrospective approach. We recognize right-of-use assets and lease liabilities for leases with contractual terms longer than twelve months, and we categorize such leases as either operating or finance. Finance leases are generally those leases that allow us to substantially utilize or pay for the entire asset over its estimated life. All other leases are categorized as operating leases. Our leases generally have remaining lease terms of one to six years, some of which include options to extend the lease for additional periods. Such extension options were not considered in the value of the asset or liability since it is not probable that we will exercise the options to extend. If applicable, allocations among lease and non-lease components would be achieved using relative fair values.

Lease liabilities are recognized at the present value of the fixed lease payments, reduced by landlord incentives using a discount rate based on similarly secured borrowings available to us. Lease assets are recognized based on the initial present value of the fixed lease payments, reduced by landlord incentives, plus any direct costs from executing the leases. Leasehold improvements are capitalized at cost and amortized over the lesser of their expected useful life or the lease term.

Costs associated with right-of-use assets are recognized on a straight-line basis within operating expenses over the term of the lease. Finance lease assets are amortized within operating expenses on a straight-line basis over the shorter of the estimated useful lives of the assets or the lease term. The interest component of a finance lease is included in interest expense and recognized using the effective interest method over the lease term. See Note 10 for further information on leases.

h.

Intangible Assets - Intangible assets subject to amortization related to our Healthcare segment include customer contracts, acquired technology, and distributor and provider networks, which we amortized on a straight-line basis over estimated useful lives ranging from three to ten years. All intangible assets related to our Healthcare segment and subject to amortization were fully amortized at December 31, 2019 and 2018. In connection with our acquisition of Nutrisystem on March 8, 2019, we recorded the following intangible assets subject to amortization: trade name of the South Beach Diet brand, customer list, retail customer relationship, and noncompetition agreements. See Note 6 for further information on intangible assets.

We assess the potential impairment of intangible assets subject to amortization whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying values may not be recoverable. If we determine that the carrying value of other identifiable intangible assets may not be recoverable, we calculate any impairment using an estimate of the asset's fair value based on the estimated price that would be received to sell the asset in an orderly transaction between market participants.

Intangible assets not subject to amortization allocated to our Healthcare segment at December 31, 2019 and 2018 consist of a trade name of $29.0 million. In connection with our acquisition of Nutrisystem in March 2019, we recorded intangible assets not subject to amortization of $800.0 million for the Nutrisystem tradename. In the fourth quarter of 2019, we recorded an impairment loss of $240.0 million on the Nutrisystem tradename.

We review indefinite-lived intangible assets for impairment on an annual basis (during the fourth quarter of our fiscal year) or more frequently whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable. We estimate the fair value of our indefinite-lived tradenames using the relief-from-royalty method, which requires us to estimate significant assumptions such as the long-term growth rates of future revenues associated with the tradename, the royalty rate for such revenue, the terminal growth rate of revenue, the tax rate, and a discount rate. Changes in these estimates and assumptions could materially affect the estimates of fair values for the tradenames. See Note 6 for further information on intangible assets.

i.

Goodwill - We recognize goodwill for the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of tangible and identifiable intangible net assets of businesses that we acquire. In connection with our acquisition of Nutrisystem, we recorded $457.1 million of goodwill.  In the fourth quarter of 2019, we recorded a goodwill impairment loss of $137.1 million.

54


We reviewgoodwillfor impairment at thereportingunitlevel (operatingsegmentor onelevelbelowanoperatingsegment) on an annualbasis (duringthe fourth quarter of our fiscal year) ormore frequently wheneverevents orcircumstances indicatethat the carryingvalue may not be recoverable.  Following the acquisition of Nutrisystem in March 2019, we have 2 reporting units: Healthcare and Nutrition. Prior to such acquisition, we had 1 reporting unit.

As part of the impairment evaluation, we may elect to perform a qualitative assessment to determinewhether it is more likely than not that the fair valueof a reportingunit is less thanits carrying value.If we elect not to perform a qualitativeassessment or we determine that it is more likely than not that the fair valueof a reportingunit is less thanits carrying value, we perform a quantitative review as described below.

During a quantitative review of goodwill, we estimate the fair value of each reporting unit based on a discounted cash flow model or a combination of a discounted cash flow model and market-based approaches, and we reconcile the aggregate fair value of our reporting units to our consolidated market capitalization.  If the fair value of the reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, no impairment is indicated. If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, impairment of goodwill is measured as the excess of the carrying amount over fair value.  Estimating fair value requires significant judgments, including management's estimate of future cash flows of each reporting unit (which is dependent on internal forecasts of projected income), estimation of the long-term growth rates of future revenues for our reporting units, the terminal growth rate of revenue, the tax rate, and determination of our weighted average cost of capital, as well as relevant comparable company revenue and earnings multiples and market participant acquisition premium for the market-based approaches.  Changes in these estimates and assumptions could materially affect the estimate of fair value and potential goodwill impairment for each reporting unit. See Note 6 for further information on goodwill.

j.

Accounts Payable - Accounts payable consists of short-term trade obligations and includes cash overdrafts attributable to disbursements not yet cleared by the bank.

k.

Accrued Liabilities – Accrued liabilities primarily include amounts owed for estimated member visits to fitness network locations (which actual visit data is typically received approximately one month in arrears) and amounts owed for advertising expenses that have been incurred.  Estimated amounts accrued for member visits at December 31, 2019 and 2018 were $28.8 million and $26.1 million, respectively. Accrued advertising expenses at December 31, 2019 and 2018 were $11.3 million and $0 million, respectively.

l.

Income Taxes - We file a consolidated federal income tax return that includes all of our wholly-owned subsidiaries. U.S. GAAP generally require that we record deferred income taxes for the tax effect of differences between the book and tax bases of our assets and liabilities. We recognize the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position.  The tax benefits recognized in the financial statements from such a position are measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement.

Valuation allowances are established when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amounts that are expected to be realized. When we determine that it is more likely than not that we will be able to realize our deferred tax assets in the future, an adjustment to the deferred tax asset is made and reflected in income.

m.

Revenue Recognition - On January 1, 2018, we adopted ASU No. 2014-09 (as discussed under “Recent Relevant Accounting Standards” in Note 3) using the modified retrospective transition method applied to contracts that were not completed as of January 1, 2018.  See Note 3 for a further discussion of revenue recognition.

n.

Supplier Rebates – Some of the Nutrition segment’s suppliers provide for rebates based on purchasing levels. We account for these rebates on an accrual basis as purchases are made at a rebate percentage determined based upon the estimated total purchases from the supplier. The estimated rebate is recorded as a receivable from the supplier with a corresponding reduction in the carrying value of purchased inventory and is reflected in the consolidated statements of operations when the associated inventory is sold. For the year ended December 31, 2019, we reduced cost of revenue for these rebates by $0.8 million. A receivable of $0.2 million was recorded at December 31, 2019.

55


o.

Marketing Expense – Marketing expense includes media, advertising production, marketing, and promotional expenses and payroll-related expenses, including share-based payment arrangements, for personnel engaged in these activities. Media expense was $128.7 million, $1.0 million, and $0 million in 2019, 2018, and 2017, respectively. Internet advertising expense is recorded based on either the rate of delivery of a guaranteed number of impressions over the advertising contract term or on a cost per customer acquired, depending upon the terms. All other advertising costs are charged to expense as incurred or, in the case of production costs, the first time the advertising takes place. At December 31, 2019 and 2018, $5.0 million and $0 million, respectively, of costs have been prepaid for future advertisements and promotions.

p.

Earnings (Loss) Per Share – Beginning in 2019, we use the two-class method to calculate earnings per share (“EPS”) as the unvested restricted stock awards outstanding under our equity incentive plan are participating shares with nonforfeitable rights to dividends. Under the two-class method, we compute earnings per share of common stock by dividing the sum of distributed earnings to common stockholders (currently not applicable as we do not pay dividends) and undistributed earnings allocated to common stockholders by the weighted average number of outstanding shares of common stock for the period.  In applying the two-class method, we allocate undistributed earnings to both shares of common stock and participating securities based on the number of weighted average shares outstanding during the period. Any undistributed losses are not allocated to unvested restricted stock as the restricted stockholders are not obligated to share in the losses. See Note 16 for a reconciliation of basic and diluted earnings (loss) per share.

q.

Share-Based Compensation – We recognize all share-based payments to employees in the consolidated statements of operations over the required vesting period based on estimated fair values at the date of grant.  We adopted ASU No. 2016-09, "Compensation-Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting" on January 1, 2017.  Any excess tax benefits that were not previously recognized because the related tax deduction had not reduced current taxes payable were recorded on a modified retrospective basis through a cumulative-effect adjustment to retained earnings as of the beginning of the period of adoption, which resulted in an increase of $6.5 million to our retained earnings as of January 1, 2017.  See Note 8 for further information on share-based compensation.

r.

Management Estimates – In preparing our consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP, management must make estimates and assumptions that affect: (1) the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements; and (2) the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.  Actual results could differ from those estimates.

2.Business Combinations

On December 9, 2018, we entered into an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Merger Agreement”) with Nutrisystem, a provider of weight management products and services, and Sweet Acquisition, Inc., a wholly-owned subsidiary of Tivity Health (“Merger Sub”). The Merger Agreement provided that Merger Sub would merge with and into Nutrisystem, with Nutrisystem surviving as a wholly-owned subsidiary of Tivity Health (the “Merger”).  The Merger was completed on March 8, 2019 (“Closing”).  At Closing, except for certain excluded shares, each share of Nutrisystem common stock outstanding immediately prior to Closing was converted into the right to receive $38.75 in cash, without interest, and 0.2141 of a share of Tivity Health common stock (“Exchange Ratio”) (with cash payable in lieu of any fractional shares).  Nutrisystem shares excluded from the conversion were those shares held by Nutrisystem as treasury stock and shares with respect to which appraisal rights have been properly exercised in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

We believe that the acquisition of Nutrisystem will enable us to offer, at scale, an integrated portfolio of fitness, nutrition and social engagement solutions to support a healthy lifestyle and to address weight management and chronic conditions.  The fair value of consideration transferred at Closing was $1.3 billion (“Merger Consideration”), which includes cash consideration, the fair value of the stock consideration, and the fair value of the consideration for Nutrisystem equity awards assumed by Tivity Health that related to pre-combination services (see Note 8). The following table summarizes the components of the Merger Consideration:


(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for outstanding Nutrisystem shares (1)

 

$

1,138,143

 

Value of Tivity Health Common Stock issued in the Merger (2)

 

 

132,838

 

Value of Nutrisystem stock options (3)

 

 

6,020

 

Value of Tivity Health Replacement Awards attributable to pre-combination service (4)

 

 

9,107

 

Total Merger Consideration

 

$

1,286,108

 

(1)

Represents the total cash paid to former Nutrisystem stockholders as cash consideration.  This amount is based on the 29,370,594 shares of Nutrisystem common stock issued and outstanding as of Closing and cash consideration of $38.75 per share, plus cash payable in lieu of fractional shares.

(2)

Represents the fair value of 6.3 million shares of Tivity Health common stock issued for outstanding Nutrisystem shares as stock consideration.  This amount is based on (a) 29,370,594 Nutrisystem common shares issued and outstanding as of Closing, times (b) the Exchange Ratio of 0.2141, times (c) $21.12, which is equal to the volume-weighted averages of the trading price per share of our common stock for the five consecutive trading days up to and including March 6, 2019. 

(3)

Represents the fair value of the cash consideration paid for the net settlement of approximately 204,000 Nutrisystem stock options vested and outstanding as of the closing date.  In accordance with the Merger Agreement, each vested and outstanding Nutrisystem stock option was cancelled, and the holder received a cash payment per option equal to approximately $43.27 minus the applicable exercise price of the stock option.

(4)

Unvested restricted stock awards and performance stock units held by Nutrisystem employees were assumed by Tivity Health and converted into time-vesting restricted stock awards and time-vesting restricted stock units, respectively (“Replacement Awards”).  The value in the table represents the portion of the fair value of the Replacement Awards that relates to pre-combination services.  

We performed a valuation analysis of the fair market value of Nutrisystem’s assets and liabilities as of Closing. The following table sets forth an allocation of the Merger Consideration to the identifiable tangible and intangible assets acquired and liabilities assumed, with the excess recorded to goodwill.  During the three months ended June 30, 2019, we adjusted the preliminary purchase price allocation based on additional information obtained regarding facts and circumstances which existed as of the acquisition date. These adjustments resulted in a decrease of $15 million to the estimated fair value of intangible assets, an increase of $11.4 million to goodwill, and a decrease of $3.6 million to deferred tax liabilities.

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

Cash, cash equivalents, and short-term investments

 

$

81,217

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

22,639

 

Inventory

 

 

38,494

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

12,345

 

Property and equipment

 

 

31,233

 

Right-of-use assets

 

 

22,145

 

Intangible assets

 

 

933,000

 

Other assets/liabilities

 

 

7,161

 

Accounts payable

 

 

(25,152

)

Accrued salaries and benefits and other liabilities

 

 

(41,796

)

Deferred revenue

 

 

(13,339

)

Lease liabilities

 

 

(22,145

)

Deferred tax liabilities, net

 

 

(216,750

)

Total identifiable assets and liabilities acquired

 

$

829,052

 

Goodwill (1)

 

 

457,056

 

Total Merger Consideration

 

$

1,286,108

 

(1)

Goodwill represents the excess of Merger Consideration over the preliminary fair value of the underlying assets acquired and liabilities assumed.  Goodwill is attributable to the assembled workforce of experienced personnel at Nutrisystem and synergies expected to be achieved from the combined operations of Tivity Health and Nutrisystem.

57


We consolidated Nutrisystem’s operating results into our financial statements beginning on March 8, 2019.  Refer to Note 18 for revenue and profit recognized from the Nutrition segment during the year ended December 31, 2019.  In the fourth quarter of 2019, we recorded impairment losses of $240.0 million and $137.1 million related to the Nutrisystem tradename and goodwill, respectively (see Notes 6 and 13). Also in the fourth quarter of 2019, we recorded a purchase accounting measurement period adjustment to finalize estimates related to the customer list intangible asset recorded in connection with the acquisition of Nutrisystem.

The following financial information presents the pro forma combined company results as if the acquisition of Nutrisystem had occurred on January 1, 2018:  

(In thousands)

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

Revenue

 

$

1,264,605

 

 

$

1,297,338

 

Net income

 

$

(294,291

)

 

$

47,086

 

The above pro forma results are based on assumptions and estimates, which we believe to be reasonable.  They are not the operating results that would have been realized had the acquisition actually closed on January 1, 2018 and are not necessarily indicative of our ongoing combined operating results.  The pro forma results include adjustments related to purchase accounting, acquisition and integration costs, financing, and amortization of intangible assets.  Material non-recurring pro forma adjustments reflected in the pro forma results for the year ended December 31, 2019 include: (1) the operating results of Nutrisystem from January 1, 2019 to March 7, 2019, (2) acquisition, integration, and restructuring cost decrease of $33.4 million, and (3) income tax expense decrease of $2.7 million (see Note 9). For the year ended December 31, 2018, material non-recurring pro forma adjustments reflected in the pro forma results include: (1) cost of revenue increase of $2.8 million due to the purchase accounting mark-up of inventory, (2) acquisition, integration, and restructuring cost increase of $33.4 million, and (3) income tax increase of $2.7 million (see Note 9).

3.

Recent RelevantAccounting Standards

In August 2017, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASU No. 2017-12, “Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Targeted Improvements to Accounting for Hedging Activities” (“ASU 2017-12”), which amends the hedge accounting recognition and presentation requirements. ASU 2017-12 eliminates the concept of recognizing periodic hedge ineffectiveness for cash flow and net investment hedges and allows the entity to apply the shortcut method to partial-term fair value hedges of interest rate risk. We adopted ASU 2017-12 in May 2019 upon entering into interest rate swap agreements, as described in Note 14. The adoption of this standard did not have an impact on our financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

In October 2018, the FASB issued ASU 2018-16, "Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Inclusion of the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (SOFR) Overnight Index Swap (OIS) Rate as a Benchmark Interest Rate for Hedge Accounting Purposes" (“ASU 2018-16”), which adds the OIS rate based on SOFR as a U.S. benchmark interest rate to facilitate the LIBOR to SOFR transition and provide lead time for entities to prepare for changes to interest rate risk hedging strategies. ASU 2018-16 is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2018, and interim periods within those years, with early adoption permitted. As of December 31, 2019, the benchmark interest rate in our existing interest rate swap agreements is LIBOR. The adoption of this standard did not have an impact on our financial position, results of operations, or cash flows.

On January 1, 2019, we adopted ASU No. 2016-02, “Leases” (“ASC 842”), which requires that lessees recognize assets and liabilities for leases with lease terms greater than 12 months in the statement of financial position.  We elected to recognize the cumulative effect of initially applying the standard as an adjustment to beginning retained earnings as of January 1, 2019.  The significant majority of our leases are classified as operating leases.  As of January 1, 2019, we recognized a right-of-use asset of $27.0 million and lease liabilities of $29.7 million.In addition, we elected the following practical expedients available under ASC 842: (1) the package of practical expedients whereby we are not required to reassess upon adoption of ASC 842 (a) whether a contract is or contains a lease, (b) lease classification, and (c) initial direct costs; and (2) the short-term lease measurement and recognition exemption. ASC 842 also requires significant new disclosures about leasing activity

58


In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU No. 2017-04, “Intangibles - Goodwill and Other” (“ASU 2017-04”), which simplifies the subsequent measurement of goodwill by eliminating step two from the goodwill impairment test.  ASU 2017-04 is effective for annual and interim impairment tests in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2019 and is required to be applied prospectively. Early adoption is allowed for annual goodwill impairment tests performed on testing dates after January 1, 2017.  We adopted ASU 2017-04 on October 1, 2019.  The adoption of this standard did not have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-13, “Fair Value Measurement (Topic 820): Disclosure Framework – Changes to the Disclosure Requirements for Fair Value Measurement” (“ASU 2018-13”), which changes the fair value measurement disclosure requirements of ASC 820.  ASU 2018-13 is effective for fiscal years beginning on or after December 15, 2019, including interim periods therein, and is generally required to be applied retrospectively, except for certain components that are to be applied prospectively.  Early adoption is permitted for any eliminated or modified disclosures. We do not anticipate that adopting this standard will have a material impact on our disclosures.

In August 2018, the FASB issued ASU No. 2018-15, “Customer’s Accounting for Implementation Costs Incurred in a Cloud Computing Arrangement That Is a Service Contract,” which requires implementation costs incurred by customers in cloud computing arrangements to be deferred and recognized over the term of the arrangement, if those costs would be capitalized by the customer in a software licensing arrangement. This standard is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2019, and interim periods within those fiscal years. We do not anticipate that adopting this standard will have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In June 2016, the FASB issued ASU No. 2016-13, “Financial Instruments – Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments” (“ASU 2016-13”), which requires companies to measure credit losses for financial assets held at the reporting date utilizing a methodology that reflects current expected credit losses over the lifetime of such assets.  ASU 2016-13 is effective for the Company on January 1, 2020 and is generally required to be applied using the modified retrospective approach, with limited exceptions for specific instruments.  We do not anticipate that adopting this standard will have an impact on our consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

4.  Revenue Recognition

Beginning in 2018, we account for revenue from contracts with customers in accordance with ASC Topic 606.  The unit of account in ASC Topic 606 is a performance obligation, which is a promise in a contract to transfer to a customer either a distinct good or service (or bundle of goods or services) or a series of distinct goods or services provided over a period of time. ASC Topic 606 requires that a contract's transaction price, which is the amount of consideration to which an entity expects to be entitled in exchange for transferring promised goods or services to a customer, is to be allocated to each performance obligation in the contract based on relative standalone selling prices and recognized as revenue when or as the performance obligation is satisfied.

Healthcare Segment

Our Healthcare segment earns revenue from 3 programs, SilverSneakers senior fitness, Prime Fitness and WholeHealth LivingTM.  We provide the SilverSneakers senior fitness program to members of Medicare Advantage and Medicare Supplement plans through our contracts with such plans.  We offer Prime Fitness, a fitness facility access program, through contracts with employers, commercial health plans, and other sponsoring organizations that allow their members to individually purchase the program.  We sell our WholeHealth Living program primarily to health plans.

Except for Prime Fitness, our Healthcare segment’s customer contracts generally have initial terms of approximately three years.  Some contracts allow the customer to terminate early and/or determine on an annual basis to which of their members they will offer our programs.For Prime Fitness, our contracts with employers, commercial health plans, and other sponsoring organizations generally have initial terms of approximately three years, while individuals who purchase the Prime Fitness program through these organizations may cancel at any time (on a monthly basis) after an initial period of one to three months.  The significant majority of our Healthcare segment’s customer contracts contain 1 performance obligation - to stand ready to provide access to our network of fitness locations and fitness programming - which is satisfied over time as services are rendered each month over the contract term.  There are generally 0 performance obligations that are unsatisfied at the end of a

59


particular month.  There was 0 material revenue recognized during the year ended December 31, 2019 from performance obligations satisfied in a prior period.

Our fees within the Healthcare segment are variable month to month and are generally billed per member per month (“PMPM”) or billed based on a combination of PMPM and member visits to a network location.  We bill PMPM fees by multiplying the contractually negotiated PMPM rate by the number of members eligible for or receiving our services during the month.  We bill for member visits approximately one month in arrears once actual member visits are known.  Payments from customers are typically due within 30 days of invoice date.  When material, we capitalize costs to obtain contracts with customers and amortize them over the expected recovery period. At December 31, 2019 and 2018, $0.5 million and $0 million, respectively, of such costs were capitalized. During the year ended December 31, 2019, the amortization ofsuch capitalized costs was immaterial. NaN such capitalized costs were amortized during the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017.

Our Healthcare segment’s customer contracts include variable consideration, which is allocated to each distinct month over the contract term based on eligible members and/or member visits each month.  The allocated consideration corresponds directly with the value to our customers of our services completed for the month.  Under the majority of our Healthcare segment’s contracts, we recognize revenue each month using the practical expedient available under ASC 606-10-55-18, which provides that revenue is recognized in the amount for which we have the right to invoice. 

Although we evaluate our financial performance and make resource allocation decisions based upon the results of our 2 reportable segments, we believe the following information depicts how our Healthcare segment revenues and cash flows are affected by economic factors.  

The following table sets forth Healthcare revenue disaggregated by program.  Revenue from our SilverSneakers program is predominantly contracted with Medicare Advantage and Medicare Supplement plans.

(In thousands)

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

SilverSneakers

 

$

492,778

 

 

$

487,559

 

Prime Fitness

 

 

120,949

 

 

 

101,391

 

WholeHealth Living

 

 

18,511

 

 

 

16,835

 

Other

 

 

828

 

 

 

514

 

 

 

$

633,066

 

 

$

606,299

 

Sales and usage-based taxes are excluded from revenues.

Nutrition Segment

Our Nutrition segment earns revenue from 4 sources: direct to consumer, retail, QVC and other.  Revenue is measured based on the consideration specified in a contract with a customer and excludes any sales incentives and amounts collected on behalf of third parties.  As explained in more detail below, revenue is recognized upon satisfaction of the performance obligation by transferring control over a product to a Nutrition segment customer.  The estimated breakage of gift cards (estimated amount of unused gift cards) is recognized over the pattern of redemption of the gift cards, and direct-mail advertising costs are expensed as incurred.  We recognize an asset for the carrying amount of product to be returned and for costs to obtain a contract if the amortization is more than one year in duration.  We expense costs to obtain a contract as incurred if the amortization period is less than one year.

We sell pre-packaged foods directly to weight loss program participants primarily through the Internet and telephone (referred to as the direct to consumer channel), through QVC (a television shopping network), and select retailers. Pre-packaged foods include both frozen and non-frozen (ready-to-go), shelf-stable products.

Products sold through the direct to consumer channel, both frozen and non-frozen, may be sold separately (a la carte) or as part of a packaged monthly meal plan for which Nutrition segment customers pay at the point of sale. Products sold through QVC are payable by QVC upon our shipment of the product to the end consumer. For both the direct to consumer channel and QVC, we recognize revenue at a point in time, i.e., at the shipping point.  Direct to consumer customers may return unopened ready-to-go Nutrisystem products within 30 days after purchase in order to receive a refund or credit. Frozen Nutrisystem products are refundable only if the order is canceled within 14 days after delivery.  South Beach Diet products are not refundable.   


Products sold to retailers include both frozen and non-frozen products and are payable by the retailer upon receipt. We recognize revenue at a point in time, i.e., when the retailers take possession of the product. Certain retailers have the right to return unsold products.

We account for the shipment of frozen and non-frozen, ready-to-go products as separate performance obligations. The consideration, including variable consideration for product returns, is allocated between frozen and non-frozen products based on their standalone selling prices. The amount of revenue recognized is adjusted for expected returns, which are estimated based on historical data.

In addition to our pre-packaged foods, we sell prepaid gift cards through a wholesaler that are redeemable through the Internet or telephone. Prepaid gift cards represent grants of rights to goods to be provided in the future to gift card buyers. The wholesaler has the right to return all unsold prepaid gift cards. The wholesaler’s retail selling price of the gift cards is deferred in the balance sheet and recognized as revenue when we have satisfied our performance obligation, i.e., when a gift card holder redeems the gift card with us. We recognize breakage amounts (the estimated amount of unused gift cards) as revenue, in proportion to the actual gift card redemptions exercised by gift card holders in relation to the total expected redemptions of gift cards. We utilize historical experience in estimating the total expected breakage and period over which the gift cards will be redeemed.

Sales and other taxes assessed by a governmental authority that are both imposed on and concurrent with a specific revenue-producing transaction and collected by the Company from a Nutrition segment customer are excluded from revenue and presented on a net basis.  After control over a product has transferred to a Nutrition segment customer, shipping and handling costs associated with outbound freight are accounted for as a fulfillment cost and are included in revenue and cost of revenue in the accompanying consolidated statements of operations. Revenue from shipping and handling charges for the year ended December 31, 2019 was $17.5 million.

The following table sets forth Nutrition segment revenue, from March 8, 2019 forward, disaggregated by the source of revenue:

(In thousands)

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2019

 

Direct to consumer

 

$

463,496

 

Retail

 

 

26,128

 

QVC

 

 

7,916

 

Other

 

 

551

 

 

 

$

498,091

 

The following table provides information about receivables, contract assets and contract liabilities from contracts with customers:

(In thousands)

 

December 31,

2019

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contract assets

 

$

95

 

Contract liabilities

 

$

10,911

 

The contract assets primarily relate to unbilled accounts receivable and are included as other current assets in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet. The contract liabilities (deferred revenue) primarily relate to sale of prepaid gift cards and unshipped foods, which are deferred until such time as the Company has satisfied its performance obligations.

Significant changes in the contract liabilities (deferred revenue) balance during the period are as follows:

61


 

 

For the Year Ended

December 31,

 

(In thousands)

 

2019

 

Revenue recognized that was included in the contract liability (deferred revenue) balance on March 8, 2019

 

$

(7,156

)

Increases due to cash received for prepaid gift cards sold or unshipped food, excluding amounts recognized as revenue

 

$

4,730

 

The following table includes estimated revenue from the prepaid gift cards expected to be recognized in the future related to performance obligations that are unsatisfied (or partially satisfied) at the end of the reporting period:

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

2020

 

$

4,497

 

2021

 

 

1,834

 

2022

 

 

664

 

2023

 

 

296

 

2024

 

 

192

 

2025

 

 

178

 

 

 

$

7,661

 

We apply the practical expedient in subtopic ASC 606-10-50-14 and do not disclose information about remaining performance obligations that have original expected durations of one year or less.

We review the reserves for our Nutrition segment customer returns at each reporting period and adjust them to reflect data available at that time. To estimate reserves for returns, we consider actual return rates in preceding periods and changes in product offerings or marketing methods that might impact returns going forward. To the extent the estimate of returns changes, we will adjust the reserve, which will impact the amount of revenue recognized in the period of the adjustment. The provision for estimated returns for the year ended December 31, 2019 was $13.5 million. The reserve for estimated returns incurred but not received and processed was $0.8 million at December 31, 2019 and has been included in accrued liabilities in the accompanying consolidated balance sheet.  

5.

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment at December 31, 2019 and 2018 consisted of the following:

(In thousands)

 

December 31, 2019

 

 

December 31, 2018

 

Leasehold improvements

 

$

12,085

 

 

$

10,404

 

Computer equipment and related software

 

 

53,252

 

 

 

22,200

 

Furniture and office equipment

 

 

6,676

 

 

 

8,053

 

Equipment

 

 

8,618

 

 

 

 

Capital projects in process

 

 

14,788

 

 

 

6,395

 

Total property and equipment at cost

 

$

95,419

 

 

$

47,052

 

Less: accumulated depreciation

 

 

(42,510

)

 

 

(30,711

)

Total property and equipment, net

 

$

52,909

 

 

$

16,341

 

62


6.

Intangible Assets andGoodwill

We amortize intangible assets subject to amortization on a straight-line or accelerated basis based on the period for which the economic benefits of the asset are expected to be realized. In connection with our acquisition of Nutrisystem on March 8, 2019, we recorded the following amounts of intangible assets and goodwill. All of the goodwill was recorded to the Nutrition segment, and none of the goodwill is deductible for tax purposes.

(In thousands)

 

Fair Value

 

 

Estimated Useful Life (in years)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Intangible assets subject to amortization:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tradename - South Beach Diet

 

 

9,000

 

 

 

15

 

Customer list

 

 

110,000

 

 

 

7

 

Retail customer relationship

 

 

8,000

 

 

 

10

 

Noncompetition agreements

 

 

6,000

 

 

 

5

 

Subtotal

 

$

133,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Intangible assets not subject to amortization:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tradename - Nutrisystem

 

 

800,000

 

 

n/a

 

Total intangible assets

 

$

933,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill

 

 

457,056

 

 

n/a

 

In the fourth quarter of 2019, we recorded impairment losses of $240.0 million and $137.1 million related to the Nutrisystem tradename and goodwill, respectively (see Note 13).

A reconciliation of our goodwill balance is as follows:

(In thousands)

 

Healthcare

December 31,

 

 

Nutrition

December 31,

 

 

Consolidated

December 31,

 

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2019

 

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

Beginning balance, gross

 

$

517,040

 

 

$

517,040

 

 

$

 

 

$

517,040

 

 

$

517,040

 

Accumulated impairment

 

 

(182,360

)

 

 

(182,360

)

 

 

 

 

 

(182,360

)

 

 

(182,360

)

Beginning balance, net

 

$

334,680

 

 

$

334,680

 

 

$

 

 

$

334,680

 

 

$

334,680

 

Acquisition of Nutrisystem

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

445,671

 

 

 

445,671

 

 

 

 

Measurement period adjustment (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11,384

 

 

 

11,384

 

 

 

 

Goodwill impairment (2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(137,100

)

 

 

(137,100

)

 

 

 

Ending balance, gross

 

$

517,040

 

 

$

517,040

 

 

$

457,055

 

 

$

974,095

 

 

$

517,040

 

Accumulated impairment

 

 

(182,360

)

 

 

(182,360

)

 

 

(137,100

)

 

 

(319,460

)

 

 

(182,360

)

Ending balance, net

 

$

334,680

 

 

$

334,680

 

 

$

319,955

 

 

$

654,635

 

 

$

334,680

 

(1)

See Note 2 for explanation.

(2)

See Note 13 for explanation.

63


Intangible assets subject to amortization at December 31, 2019 consisted of the following:

(In thousands)

 

Gross

Carrying

Amount

 

 

Accumulated

Amortization

 

 

Net

 

Acquired technology

 

$

1,483

 

 

$

(1,483

)

 

 

 

Distributor and provider networks

 

 

8,709

 

 

 

(8,709

)

 

 

 

Tradename

 

 

9,000

 

 

 

(489

)

 

 

8,511

 

Customer list

 

 

110,000

 

 

 

(30,245

)

 

 

79,755

 

Retail customer relationship

 

 

8,000

 

 

 

(652

)

 

 

7,348

 

Noncompetition agreements

 

 

6,000

 

 

 

(977

)

 

 

5,023

 

Total

 

$

143,192

 

 

$

(42,555

)

 

$

100,637

 

Intangible assets subject to amortization at December 31, 2018 consisted of the following:

(In thousands)

 

Gross

Carrying

Amount

 

 

Accumulated

Amortization

 

 

Net

 

Acquired technology

 

$

1,483

 

 

$

(1,483

)

 

 

 

Distributor and provider networks

 

 

8,709

 

 

 

(8,709

)

 

 

 

Total

 

$

10,192

 

 

$

(10,192

)

 

$

 

Total amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017 was $32.4 million, $0, and $0, respectively. Expected future amortization expense of intangible assets for each of the next five years and thereafter is as follows:

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

Year ending December 31,

 

 

 

 

2020

 

$

30,351

 

2021

 

 

22,864

 

2022

 

 

16,924

 

2023

 

 

11,559

 

2024

 

 

6,969

 

Thereafter

 

 

11,970

 

Total

 

$

100,637

 

At December 31, 2019 and 2018, intangible assets not subject to amortization consist of tradenames of $589.0 million and $29.0 million, respectively.

7.

Marketing Expenses

Marketing expense includes media, advertising production, marketing and promotional expenses and payroll-related expenses, including share-based payment arrangements, for personnel engaged in these activities.  Media expense was $128.7 million, $1.0 million, and $0 in 2019, 2018, and 2017, respectively.  Internet advertising expense is recorded based on either the rate of delivery of a guaranteed number of impressions over the advertising contract term or on the cost per customer acquired, depending upon the terms.  All other advertising costs are charged to expense as incurred or, in the case of production costs, the first time the advertising takes place. At December 31, 2019 and 2018, $5.0 million and $0, respectively, of costs have been prepaid for future advertisements and promotions.

Prior to the acquisition of Nutrisystem, Tivity Health historically classified marketing expenses within cost of revenue and selling, general, and administrative expenses, while Nutrisystem presented marketing expenses in a separate line item.  Because marketing expense is material to the combined company and for purposes of comparability, we have reclassified historical Tivity Health marketing expenses to a separate line for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017.

64


8.

Share-Based Compensation

We currently have4 types of share-based awardsoutstandingto our employees and directors:stock options, restrictedstock units, performance-based stock units, and restricted stock awards.  All market stock units that were outstanding at the beginning of 2019 were forfeited and are no longer outstanding as of December 31, 2019.  We believethatourshare-basedawards alignthe interests of our employees anddirectors withthoseofourstockholders.

We grant options under our stock incentive plan at fair value on the date of grant. The options generally vest over three or four years based on service conditions and expire ten years from the date of grant. Restricted stock units generally vest over three or four years. Performance-based stock units have a multi-year performance period and vest approximately three years from the grant date.

In March 2019, we granted the following Replacement Awards: (i) approximately 258,000time-vesting restricted stock awards at a fair value of $19.42 per share and (ii) approximately 919,000time-vestingrestricted stock units at a fair value of $19.42 per share.  Approximately $9.1 million of the fair value of the Replacement Awards was attributable to pre-combination service and was included in the purchase price of Nutrisystem (see Note 2).  During the year ended December 31, 2019, $9.9 million of post-combination expense related to the Replacement Awards was recognized. Additionally, as of December 31, 2019, $1.7 million of post-combination expense related to the Replacement Awards is expected to be recognized over the remaining post-combination requisite service period (a weighted average period of 1.06 years).

We recognize share-based compensation expense for options, restricted stock units, performance-based stock units, and restricted stock awards on a straight-line basis over the vesting period. We account for forfeitures as they occur. We recognize share-based compensation expense for market stock units if the requisite service period is rendered, even if the market condition is never satisfied. All awards generally provide for accelerated vesting upon a change in control or normal or early retirement (as defined in the applicable equity award agreement or stock incentive plan). At December 31, 2019, we had reserved approximately 2.7 million shares for future equity grants under our stock incentive plans.

Following are certain amounts recognized in the consolidated statements of operations for share-based compensation arrangements for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017. We did not capitalize any share-based compensation costs during these periods.

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

(In millions)

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

Share-based compensation included in cost of services

 

$

2.4

 

 

$

2.3

 

 

$

2.2

 

Share-based compensation included in selling, general and

   administrative expenses

 

 

14.9

 

 

 

3.8

 

 

 

4.4

 

Share-based compensation included in restructuring and related

   charges

 

 

1.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

0.1

 

Total share-based compensation

 

$

18.8

 

 

$

6.1

 

 

$

6.7

 

Total income tax benefit recognized

 

 

4.6

 

 

 

1.6

 

 

 

2.6

 

As of December 31, 2019, there was $9.6 million of total unrecognized compensation cost related to nonvested share-based compensation arrangements granted under the stock incentive plans, including $1.7 million related to the Replacement Awards. That total cost is expected to be recognized over a weighted average period of 1.4 years.

Stock Options

We use a lattice-based binomial option valuation model ("lattice binomial model") to estimate the fair values of stock options. We base expected volatility on historical volatility due to the low volume of traded options on our stock. The expected term of options granted is derived from the output of the lattice binomial model and represents the period of time that options granted are expected to be outstanding.  We used historical data to estimate expected option exercise and post-vesting employment termination behavior within the lattice binomial model.

65


The following table sets forth the weighted average grant-date fair values of options and the weighted average assumptions we used to develop the fair value estimates for the year ended December 31, 2018.  There were 0 stock options granted during fiscal 2019 or 2017.

 

 

Year Ended

December 31,

2018

 

Weighted average grant-date fair value

   of options per share

 

$

20.21

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assumptions:

 

 

 

 

Expected volatility

 

 

56.2

%

Expected dividends

 

 

 

Expected term (in years)

 

6.7

 

Risk-free rate

 

 

2.8

%

A summary of options as of December 31, 2019 and the activity during the year then ended is presented below:

Options

 

Shares

(In thousands)

 

 

Weighted

Average

Exercise

Price

Per Share

 

 

Weighted

Average

Remaining

Contractual

Term

 

 

Aggregate

Intrinsic Value

(In thousands)

 

Outstanding at January 1, 2019

 

 

431

 

 

$

17.83

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

 

(89

)

 

 

12.73

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited

 

 

(23

)

 

 

37.89

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2019

 

 

319

 

 

$

17.85

 

 

 

3.7

 

 

$

1,795,728

 

Exercisable at December 31, 2019

 

 

282

 

 

$

15.22

 

 

 

3.1

 

 

$

1,795,728

 

The total intrinsic value, which represents the difference between the market price of the underlying common stock and the option's exercise price, of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017 was $0.6 million, $3.9 million, and $10.5 million, respectively.

Cash received from option exercises under all share-based payment arrangements during 2019 was $1.0 million. The actual tax benefit realized during 2019 for the tax deductions from option exercise totaled $0.1 million.   We issue new shares of common stock upon exercise of stock options or vesting of restricted stock units, restricted stock awards, performance-based stock units, and market stock units.

Nonvested Shares

The fair value of restricted stock units is determined based on the closing bid price of the Company's common stock on the grant date.  The weighted average grant-date fair value of restricted stock units granted during the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017 was $19.68, $38.12, and $32.06, respectively. The fair value of market stock units is determined based on the closing bid price of the Company's common stock on the grant date, except that the Monte Carlo simulation valuation model is used to determine the fair value of market stock units with a market condition. NaN market stock units were granted during 2019, 2018 or 2017.  

The four tables below set forth a summary of our nonvested shares as of December 31, 2019 as well as activity during the year then ended. The total grant-date fair value of shares vested during the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017 was $23.5 million, $7.6 million, and $5.7 million, respectively.

66


The following table shows a summary of our restricted stock awards as of December 31, 2019, as well as activity during the year then ended:

 

 

Restricted Stock Awards

 

 

 

Shares

(In thousands)

 

 

Weighted-

Average

Grant Date

Fair Value

 

Nonvested at January 1, 2019

 

 

 

 

$

 

Replacement Awards

 

 

258

 

 

 

19.42

 

Vested

 

 

(130

)

 

 

19.42

 

Forfeited

 

 

(1

)

 

 

19.42

 

Nonvested at December 31, 2019

 

 

127

 

 

$

19.42

 

The following table shows a summary of our restricted stock units as of December 31, 2019 as well as activity during the year then ended:

 

 

Restricted Stock Units

 

 

 

Shares

(In thousands)

 

 

Weighted-

Average

Grant Date

Fair Value

 

Nonvested at January 1, 2019

 

 

271

 

 

$

24.07

 

Granted

 

 

419

 

 

 

19.68

 

Replacement Awards

 

 

919

 

 

 

19.42

 

Vested

 

 

(1,038

)

 

 

19.78

 

Forfeited

 

 

(178

)

 

 

21.17

 

Nonvested at December 31, 2019

 

 

393

 

 

$

21.16

 

The following table shows a summary of our performance-based stock units as of December 31, 2019, as well as activity during the year then ended:

 

 

Performance Stock Units

 

 

 

Shares

(In thousands)

 

 

Weighted-

Average

Grant Date

Fair Value

 

Nonvested at January 1, 2019

 

 

 

 

$

 

Granted

 

 

814

 

 

 

20.20

 

Shares adjustment for performance (1)

 

 

(121

)

 

 

20.34

 

Vested

 

 

(25

)

 

 

19.42

 

Forfeited

 

 

(261

)

 

 

20.06

 

Nonvested at December 31, 2019

 

 

407

 

 

$

20.29

 

(1)Represents the number of shares at target for certain performance-based stock units that are no longer eligible to be earned based on fiscal 2019 performance. These awards are included in the number of shares granted above.

67


The following table shows a summary of our market stock units as of December 31, 2019 as well as activity during the year then ended:

 

 

Market Stock Units

 

 

 

Shares

(In thousands)

 

 

Weighted-

Average

Grant Date

Fair Value

 

Nonvested at January 1, 2019

 

 

45

 

 

$

18.25

 

Granted

 

 

 

 

 

 

Vested

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited

 

 

(45

)

 

 

18.25

 

Nonvested at December 31, 2019

 

 

 

 

$

 

9.

Income Taxes

Income tax expense (benefit) is comprised of the following:

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

(In thousands)

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

Current taxes:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

$

9,832

 

 

$

29

 

 

$

771

 

State

 

 

2,656

 

 

 

1,857

 

 

 

373

 

Deferred taxes:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

 

(46,972

)

 

 

20,136

 

 

 

37,565

 

State

 

 

(5,104

)

 

 

5,024

 

 

 

4,844

 

Total

 

$

(39,588

)

 

$

27,046

 

 

$

43,553

 

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes.  The following table sets forth the significant components of our net deferred tax asset and liability as of December 31, 2019 and 2018:

(In thousands)

 

December 31,

2019

 

 

December 31,

2018

 

Deferred tax asset:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accruals and reserves

 

$

1,913

 

 

$

769

 

Deferred compensation

 

 

787

 

 

 

496

 

Share-based payments

 

 

5,035

 

 

 

2,111

 

Lease liability

 

 

9,262

 

 

 

 

Section 163(j) interest limitation

 

 

5,647

 

 

 

 

Interest rate swap

 

 

4,147

 

 

 

 

Net operating loss carryforwards

 

 

9,301

 

 

 

9,430

 

Capital loss carryforwards

 

 

7,844

 

 

 

7,620

 

Tax credits

 

 

 

 

 

6,437

 

 

 

 

43,936

 

 

 

26,863

 

Valuation allowance

 

 

(14,435

)

 

 

(10,457

)

 

 

$

29,501

 

 

$

16,406

 

Deferred tax liability:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property and equipment

 

$

(8,161

)

 

$

(2,600

)

Intangible assets

 

 

(170,894

)

 

 

(14,125

)

Right-of-use assets

 

 

(10,779

)

 

 

 

Prepaid expenses

 

 

(513

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(190,347

)

 

 

(16,725

)

Net long-term deferred tax liability

 

$

(160,846

)

 

$

(319

)

68


In 2019, upon closing of the Nutrisystem Merger, we evaluated the realizability of beginning-of-the-year deferred tax assets and increased the valuation allowance on deferred tax assets related to state net operating loss carryforwards by $1.8 million. We also recorded a $0.9 million reduction in deferred tax assets related to state income tax credits.  These two adjustments increased our income tax expense for 2019 by approximately $2.7 million.

At December 31, 2019, we provided valuation allowances for $2.4 million of deferred tax assets associated with our international net operating loss carryforwards, $4.2 million of deferred tax assets associated with our state net operating loss carryforwards, and $7.8 million for deferred tax assets related to capital loss carryforwards. We recorded a total increase in our valuation allowance of $4.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2019.  Of the total increase in valuation allowance for 2019, $0.8 million related to valuation allowances on deferred tax assets acquired from Nutrisystem.  The remaining increase in valuation allowance of $3.2 million, which is reflected in income tax expense, is primarily related to state net operating loss carryforwards we do not expect to utilize prior to expiration. Our valuation allowance at December 31, 2019 totaled $14.4 million.

At December 31, 2019, we had international net operating loss carryforwards totaling approximately $8.1 million, $8.0 million of which have an indefinite carryforward period, approximately $119.0 million of state net operating loss carryforwards expiring between 2021 and 2038, and approximately $30.7 million of capital loss carryforwards expiring between 2021 and 2023.

We recorded a tax effect of $4.1 million in 2019 related to our interest rate swap agreements to stockholder’s equity as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss).          

We accounted for the effects of the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act of 2017 (the “Tax Act”) as of December 31, 2017.  We recorded $5.0 million of tax expense to revalue our deferred tax assets and liabilities at the new 21% federal rate.  In 2017, our undistributed foreign earnings were subject to the mandatory deemed repatriation (“toll charge”) provision included in the Tax Act, and we repatriated these earnings during 2017.  Due to the mandatory deemed repatriation, we recorded $2.5 million of tax expense in continuing operations as of the date of enactment.  We had 0 undistributed earnings at December 31, 2019 or 2018 as our foreign operations are no longer active.  

The difference between income tax expense computed using the statutory federal income tax rate and the effective rate is as follows:

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

(In thousands)

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

Statutory federal income tax (benefit)

 

$

(68,546

)

 

$

26,239

 

 

$

36,674

 

State income taxes, less federal income tax benefit

 

 

(5,103

)

 

 

6,261

 

 

 

5,119

 

Permanent items

 

 

1,653

 

 

 

1,496

 

 

 

1,750

 

Goodwill impairment

 

 

28,771

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in valuation allowance

 

 

2,968

 

 

 

(1,005

)

 

 

 

Share-based compensation

 

 

304

 

 

 

(6,378

)

 

 

(6,441

)

Tax Act adjustments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,442

 

Change in uncertain tax position liability

 

 

55

 

 

 

(644

)

 

 

 

Prior year tax adjustments

 

 

(494

)

 

 

(590

)

 

 

(544

)

Net impact of foreign operations

 

 

(9

)

 

 

990

 

 

 

 

State income tax credits

 

 

813

 

 

 

677

 

 

 

(447

)

Income tax expense (benefit)

 

$

(39,588

)

 

$

27,046

 

 

$

43,553

 

Uncertain Tax Positions

During 2019, we recorded a $1.1 million increase to unrecognized tax benefits primarily related to the unrecognized tax benefits acquired from Nutrisystem.  As of December 31, 2019, we had 0 unrecognized tax benefits that would affect our effective tax rate. Our policy is to include interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense.

69


The aggregate changes in the balance of unrecognized tax benefits, exclusive of interest, were as follows:

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

Unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2017

 

$

644

 

Decreases based upon settlements with tax authorities

 

 

(644

)

Unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2018

 

$

 

Increases related to Nutrisystem Merger

 

 

1,006

 

Increases related to current year tax positions

 

 

8

 

Increases related to prior year tax positions

 

 

66

 

Decreases due to lapse of statute of limitations

 

 

(19

)

Unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2019

 

$

1,061

 

We file income tax returns in the U.S. Federal jurisdiction and in various state and foreign jurisdictions.  Tax years remaining subject to examination in the U.S. Federal jurisdiction include 2016 to present.

10.

Leases

On January 1, 2019, we adopted ASC 842 using the modified retrospective approach. Therefore, the comparative information for periods ended prior to January 1, 2019 was not restated. Leases with an initial term of 12 months or less are considered short-term and are not recorded on the balance sheet. We recognize lease expense for these short-term leases on a straight-line basis over the lease term. With the exception of two finance leases related to a network server and office equipment, all of our leases are classified as operating leases.  We maintain lease agreements principally for our office spaces and certain equipment. In addition, certain of our contracts, such as those with our fulfillment vendor related to our warehouse space or contracts with certain equipment vendors, contain embedded leases.  We maintain 3 sublease agreements with respect to two of our office locations, each of which continues through the initial term of our master lease agreement.  Such sublease income and payments, while they reduce our rent expense, are not considered in the value of the right-of-use asset or lease liability.  In the aggregate, our leases generally have remaining lease terms of one to six years, some of which include options to extend the lease for additional periods.  Such extension options were not considered in the value of the right-of-use asset or lease liability because it is not probable that we will exercise the options to extend.  If applicable, allocations among lease and non-lease components would be achieved using relative standalone selling prices.

Upon adoption of ASC 842, we determined our estimated discount rate for existing leases as of January 1, 2019 based on the incremental borrowing rate that most closely aligned with the remaining lease term and payment schedule, as provided by our financial institution. The discount rates for leases entered into after January 1, 2019 were determined based on similarly secured borrowings available to us as of lease inception. The discount rate for leases in the Nutrition segment was estimated as of the Closing date of the Merger.  

The following table shows the right-of-use assets and lease liabilities recorded on the balance sheet:

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

Right-of-use assets:

 

 

 

 

Operating

 

$

41,518

 

Finance

 

 

1,680

 

Total leased assets

 

$

43,198

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lease liabilities:

 

 

 

 

Current

 

 

 

 

  Operating

 

$

13,131

 

  Finance

 

 

624

 

Non-current

 

 

 

 

  Operating

 

$

30,321

 

  Finance

 

 

1,080

 

Total lease liabilities

 

$

45,156

 

70


The following table shows the components of lease expense:

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

(In thousands)

 

2019

 

Finance lease cost:

 

 

 

 

Amortization of leased assets

 

$

298

 

Interest of lease liabilities

 

 

51

 

Operating lease cost

 

 

14,217

 

Short-term lease cost

 

 

428

 

Total lease cost before subleases

 

$

14,994

 

Sublease income

 

 

(5,479

)

Total lease cost, net

 

$

9,515

 

The following provides information related to the lease term and discount rate as of December 31, 2019:

Weighted Average Remaining Lease Term (years)

 

Mr. Sanfilippo has been Chairman of the Board since April 2020.  He is the co-founder of Sorelle Capital, Sorelle Entertainment and Sorelle Hospitality, a series of firms focused on investing in and helping grow companies with entrepreneurs in hospitality sectors and related real estate ventures.  Mr. Sanfilippo served as Chief Executive Officer and member of the board of directors (including chairman of the board from May 2017 until October 2018) of Pinnacle Entertainment Inc. (“Pinnacle”), a publicly traded gaming hospitality company with 16 casino locations in 10 states across the U.S., from March 2010 until October 2018, at which time Pinnacle was acquired by Penn National Gaming.  Prior to joining Pinnacle, Mr. Sanfilippo served as President, Chief Executive Officer and board member of Multimedia Games Inc., a publicly traded creator and supplier of comprehensive technology systems, content and electronic gaming devices for various segments of the gaming industry.  Prior to joining Multimedia Games, Inc., he served as Division President at Harrah’s Entertainment Inc., currently known as Caesars Entertainment Inc., including serving as President and Chief Operating Officer for Harrah’s New Orleans and a board member of Jazz Casino Corporation.  Mr. Sanfilippo is a member of the board of directors of Papa John’s International, where he chairs the compensation committee and also serves on its corporate governance and nominating committee.

 

QUALIFICATIONS:

Operating leases

3.3

Finance leases

2.6

Weighted Average Discount Rate

Operating leases

5.5

%

Finance leases

5.8

%

As of December 31, 2019, maturities of lease liabilities for each of the next five years and thereafter were as follows:Mr. Sanfilippo’s specific skills, experience and qualifications to serve as a director of the Company include his extensive operational, strategic, and senior leadership experience in the hospitality industry, including casinos, hotels, restaurants and entertainment businesses.  We believe his leadership and board experience provides our Board with valuable insight.

 

 

 

Operating Leases

 

 

Financing

 

(In thousands)

 

Lease Payments

 

Sublease Receipts

 

Net

 

 

Leases

 

2020

 

$

15,169

 

$

(5,767

)

$

9,402

 

 

$

708

 

2021

 

 

14,731

 

 

(5,699

)

 

9,032

 

 

 

708

 

2022

 

 

12,738

 

 

(5,732

)

 

7,006

 

 

 

421

 

2023

 

 

3,372

 

 

(957

)

 

2,415

 

 

 

 

2024

 

 

1,435

 

 

 

 

1,435

 

 

 

 

2025 and thereafter

 

 

29

 

 

 

 

29

 

 

 

 

Total lease payments

 

 

47,474

 

$

(18,155

)

$

29,319

 

 

 

1,837

 

Less: interest

 

 

(4,022

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(133

)

Present value of lease liabilities

 

$

43,452

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

1,704

 

71


Supplemental cash flow information related to leases was as follows:

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

(In thousands)

 

2019

 

Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities

 

 

 

 

Operating cash flow attributable to operating leases

 

$

(9,978

)

Operating cash flow attributable to finance leases

 

 

(51

)

Financing cash flow attributable to finance leases

 

 

(274

)

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental noncash information:

 

 

 

 

Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for operating lease liabilities (1)

 

 

53,683

 

Right-of-use assets obtained in exchange for finance lease liabilities (2)

 

 

1,978

 

(1)

No new operating leases were entered into during the year ended December 31, 2019.  Amount shown is due to the adoption of ASC 842 and one lease modification that resulted in a noncash remeasurement of the related right-of-use asset and operating lease liability. Amount shown reflects balance as of January 1, 2019 for the Healthcare segment (adjusted for lease modification) and as of March 8, 2019 for the Nutrition segment (i.e., the date of our acquisition of Nutrisystem).

(2)

Amount shown is due to the adoption of ASC 842 and one new finance lease for $1.8 million entered into during the year ended December 31, 2019. In addition to such lease, amount shown reflects balance as of January 1, 2019 for the Healthcare segment. The Nutrition segment does not maintain any finance leases.

As of December 31, 2018, future minimum lease payments, net of total cash receipts from subleases of $23.7 million, under all non-cancelable operating leases for each of the next five years and thereafter were as follows.  As of December 31, 2018, future minimum lease payments under capital leases were not material.

(In thousands)

 

Operating

 

Year ending December 31,

 

Leases

 

2019

 

$

4,022

 

2020

 

 

2,040

 

2021

 

 

910

 

2022

 

 

827

 

2023

 

 

136

 

2024 and thereafter

 

 

 

Total minimum lease payments

 

$

7,935

 

72


11.

Debt

The Company's debt, net of unamortized deferred loan costs and original issue discount, consisted of the following at December 31, 2019 and 2018:

(In thousands)

 

December 31,

2019

 

 

December 31,

2018

 

Term Loan A

 

$

288,750

 

 

$

 

Term Loan B

 

 

786,250

 

 

 

 

Delayed draw term loan

 

 

 

 

 

25,000

 

Revolving credit facility

 

 

19,850

 

 

 

5,450

 

Capital lease obligations and other (1)

 

 

 

 

 

196

 

 

 

 

1,094,850

 

 

 

30,646

 

Less: deferred loan costs and original issue discount ("OID")

 

 

(46,723

)

 

 

 

Total debt

 

 

1,048,127

 

 

 

30,646

 

Less: current portion

 

 

 

 

 

(57

)

Long-term debt

 

$

1,048,127

 

 

$

30,589

 

(1)

Prior to the adoption of ASC 842 on January 1, 2019, our capital leases were recorded as part of debt.  Beginning on January 1, 2019, they are classified as financing leases under ASC 842 and are recorded as part of lease liabilities.  

Credit Facility

In connection with the consummation of the Merger, on March 8, 2019, we entered into a new Credit and Guaranty Agreement (the “Credit Agreement”) with a group of lenders, Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands Branch, (“Credit Suisse”), as general administrative agent, term facility agent and collateral agent, and SunTrust Bank, (“SunTrust”), as revolving facility agent and swing line lender. The Credit Agreement replaced our prior Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement, dated April 21, 2017 (the “Prior Credit Agreement”), with a group of lenders and SunTrust, as administrative agent. The Credit Agreement provides us with (i) a $350.0 million term loan A facility (“Term Loan A”), (ii) an $830.0 million term loan B facility (“Term Loan B” and, together with Term Loan A, the “Term Loans”), (iii) a $125.0 million revolving credit facility that includes a $35.0 million sublimit for swingline loans and a $50.0 million sublimit for letters of credit (the “Revolving Credit Facility”; Term Loan A, Term Loan B and the Revolving Credit Facility are sometimes herein referred to collectively as the “Credit Facilities”), and (iv) uncommitted incremental accordion facilities in an aggregate amount at any date equal to the greater of $125.0 million or 50% of our consolidated EBITDA for the then-preceding four fiscal quarters, plus additional amounts based on, among other things, satisfaction of certain financial ratio requirements.

We used the proceeds of the Term Loans, borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility and cash on hand to pay the Merger Consideration, to repay all of the outstanding indebtedness under the Prior Credit Agreement and all outstanding indebtedness of Nutrisystem under its credit agreement, and to pay transaction costs and expenses. Proceeds of the Revolving Credit Facility also may be used for general corporate purposes of the Company and its subsidiaries.

We are required to repay Term Loan A loans in consecutive quarterly installments, each in the amount of 2.50% of the aggregate initial amount of such loans, payable on June 30, 2019 and on the last day of each succeeding quarter thereafter until maturity on March 8, 2024, at which time the entire outstanding principal balance of such loans is due and payable in full. We are required to repay Term Loan B loans in consecutive quarterly installments, each in the amount of 0.75% of the aggregate initial amount of such loans, payable on June 30, 2019 and on the last day of each succeeding quarter thereafter until maturity on March 8, 2026, at which time the entire outstanding principal balance of such loans is due and payable in full.  We are permitted to make voluntary prepayments of borrowings under the Term Loans at any time without penalty.  From March 8, 2019 through December 31, 2019, we made payments of $105.0 million on the Term Loans, which included prepayments of all amounts due through December 31, 2020.  We are required to repay in full any outstanding swingline loans and revolving loans under the Revolving Credit Facility on March 8, 2024.  In addition, the Credit Agreement contains provisions that, beginning with fiscal 2019, may require annual excess cash flow (as defined in the Credit Agreement and generally designed to equal cash generated by our business in excess of cash used in the

73


business) to be applied towards the Term Loans.  We are required to make prepayments on the Term Loans equal to our excess cash flow for a given fiscal year multiplied by the following excess cash flow percentages based on our net leverage ratio (as defined in the Credit Agreement) on the last day of such fiscal year: (a) 75% if the net leverage ratio is greater than 3.75:1, (b) 50% if the net leverage ratio is equal to or less than 3.75:1 but greater than 3.25:1 (c) 25% if the net leverage ratio is equal to or less than 3.25:1 but greater than 2.75:1, and (d) 0% if the net leverage ratio is equal to or less than 2.75:1.  Any such potential mandatory prepayments are reduced by voluntary prepayments.

Borrowings under the Credit Agreement bear interest at variable rates based on a margin or spread in excess of either (1) one-month, two-month, three-month or six-month LIBOR (or, with the approval of all lenders holding the particular class of loans, 12-month LIBOR), which may not be less than 0, or (2) the greatest of (a) the prime lending rate of the agent bank for the particular facility, (b) the federal funds rate plus 0.50%, and (c) one-month LIBOR plus 1.00% (the “Base Rate”), as selected by the Company. The LIBOR margin for Term Loan A loans is 4.25%, the LIBOR margin for Term Loan B loans is 5.25% and the LIBOR margin for revolving loans varies between 3.75% and 4.25%, depending on our total net leverage ratio. The Base Rate margin for Term Loan A loans is 3.25%, the Base Rate margin for Term Loan B loans is 4.25% and the Base Rate margin for revolving loans varies between 2.75% and 3.25%, depending on our total net leverage ratio. In May 2019, we entered into 8 amortizing interest rate swap agreements, each of which matures in May 2024.  Under these agreements, we receive a variable rate of interest based on LIBOR, and we pay a fixed rate of interest equal to approximately 2.2% plus a spread, as described in the preceding sentences.  As of December 31, 2019, these interest rate swap agreements had current notional amounts totaling $800.0 million. For the year ended December 31, 2019, our effective interest rates for Term Loan A and Term Loan B were 5.45% and 6.26%, respectively.

The Credit Agreement also provides for annual commitment fees ranging between 0.250% and 0.500% of the unused commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility, depending on our total net leverage ratio, and annual letter of credit fees on the daily outstanding availability under outstanding letters of credit at the applicable LIBOR margin for the Revolving Credit Facility, depending on our total net leverage ratio. During the year ended December 31, 2019, we incurred total such commitment fees of $0.5 million.

Extensions of credit under the Credit Agreement are secured by guarantees from substantially all of the Company’s active material domestic subsidiaries and by security interests in substantially all of the Company’s and such subsidiaries’ assets.  

The Credit Agreement contains a financial covenant that requires us to maintain maximum ratios or levels of consolidated total net debt to consolidated adjusted EBITDA, calculated as provided in the Credit Agreement. Our failure to comply with such covenant could result in an event of default that, if not cured or waived, could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations or debt service capability. The Credit Agreement also contains various other affirmative and negative covenants customary for financings of this type that, subject to certain exceptions, impose restrictions and limitations on us and certain of our subsidiaries with respect to, among other things, indebtedness; liens; negative pledges; restricted payments (including dividends, distributions, buybacks, redemptions, repurchases with respect to equity interests, and payments, redemptions, retirements, purchases, acquisitions, defeasance, exchange, conversion, cancellation or termination with respect to junior lien, subordinated or unsecured debt); restrictions on subsidiary distributions; loans, advances, guarantees, acquisitions and other investments; mergers and other fundamental changes; sales and other dispositions of assets (including equity interests in subsidiaries); sale/leaseback transactions; transactions with affiliates; conduct of business; amendments and waivers of organizational documents and material junior debt agreements; and changes to fiscal year.

The following table summarizes the minimum annual principal payments and repayments of the revolving advances under the Credit Agreement for each of the next five years and thereafter:

74


(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

Year ending December 31,

 

 

 

 

2020

 

$

 

2021

 

 

59,725

 

2022

 

 

59,900

 

2023

 

 

59,900

 

2024

 

 

228,500

 

2025 and thereafter

 

 

686,825

 

Total

 

$

1,094,850

 

Warrants

In July 2013, we sold separate privately negotiated warrants (the “Warrants”) initially relating, in the aggregate, to approximately 7.7 million shares of our common stock. The Warrants are call options with an initial strike price of approximately $25.95 per share.  Beginning on October 1, 2018, the Warrants were subject to automatic exercise on a pro rata basis each trading day continuing for a period of 160 trading days (i.e., approximately 48,000 warrants were subject to automatic exercise on each trading day), which ended in May 2019.  Therefore, as of December 31, 2019, there are 0 remaining Warrants outstanding.  The Warrants were net share settled by our issuing a number of shares of our common stock per Warrant with a value corresponding to the excess of the market price per share of our common stock (as measured on each warrant exercise date under the terms of the Warrants) over the applicable strike price of the Warrants. If such market price per share was less than the applicable strike price of the Warrants on any given exercise date, then the warrants subject to automatic exercise on such exercise date were not exercised but instead expired.  The Warrants met the definition of derivatives under the guidance in ASC Topic 815 “Derivatives and Hedging” (“ASC Topic 815”); however, because these instruments were determined to be indexed to our own stock and met the criteria for equity classification under ASC Topic 815, the Warrants were accounted for as an adjustment to our additional paid-in-capital.  During the year ended December 31, 2019, we did 0t issue any shares of common stock related to the automatic exercise of the Warrants due to the market price per share of our common stock being less than the applicable strike price of the Warrants on each exercise date during such time period.

When the market value per share of our common stock exceeded the strike price of the Warrants, the Warrants had a dilutive effect on net income per share, and the "treasury stock" method was used in calculating the dilutive effect on earnings per share.  See Note 16 for additional information on such dilutive effect.

12.

Commitments and Contingencies

Weiner Lawsuit, Consolidated Derivative Lawsuit and Witmer Lawsuit

On November 6, 2017, United Healthcare issued a press release announcing expansion of its fitness benefits (“United Press Release”), and the market price of the Company's shares of common stock dropped on that same day. In connection with the United Press Release, 4 lawsuits were filed against the Company. As further described below, 3 of the four lawsuits have been dismissed.  We are currently not able to predict the probable outcome of the remaining matter or to reasonably estimate a range of potential loss, if any.  We intend to vigorously defend ourselves against the remaining complaint.

On November 20, 2017, Eric Weiner, claiming to be a stockholder of the Company, filed a complaint on behalf of stockholders who purchased the Company’s common stock between February 24, 2017 and November 3, 2017 (“Weiner Lawsuit”).  The Weiner Lawsuit was filed as a class action in the U.S. District Court for the Middle District of Tennessee, naming as defendants the Company, the Company's chief executive officer, chief financial officer and a former executive who served as both chief accounting officer and interim chief financial officer.  The complaint alleges that the defendants violated Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Exchange Act and Rule 10b-5 promulgated under the Exchange Act in making false and misleading statements and omissions related to the United Press Release.  The complaint seeks monetary damages on behalf of the purported class.  On April 3, 2018, the Court entered an order appointing the Oklahoma Firefighters Pension and Retirement System as lead plaintiff, designated counsel for the lead plaintiff, and established certain deadlines for the case.  On June 4, 2018, plaintiff filed a first amended complaint.   The Court denied the Company’s Motion to Dismiss on March 18, 2019 and the Company’s Motion to Reconsider on May 22, 2019. On January 29, 2020, the Court granted lead plaintiff’s motion to certify the class. The case is currently set for trial on May 18, 2021.

75


On January 26, 2018 and August 24, 2018, individuals claiming to be stockholders of the Company filed shareholder derivative actions, on behalf of the Company, in the U.S. District Court for the Middle District of Tennessee, naming the Company as a nominal defendant and certain current and former executives and directors as defendants.  On October 15, 2018, the two complaints were consolidated (the “Consolidated Derivative Lawsuit”).  On May 15, 2019, a consolidated amended complaint was filed. The consolidated amended complaint asserts claims for violation of Section 10(b), 14(a), and 29(b) of the Exchange Act, breach of fiduciary duty, waste of corporate assets, and unjust enrichment. Plaintiffs seek to recover damages on behalf of the Company, certain corporate governance and internal procedural reforms, and other equitable relief. On June 14, 2019, the defendants filed a Motion to Dismiss all claims and the plaintiffs filed their opposition to the Motion to Dismiss on July 17, 2019. On October 22, 2019, the Consolidated Derivative Lawsuit was dismissed with prejudice. On November 20, 2019, plaintiffs filed a notice of appeal with the United States Circuit Court for the Sixth Circuit.  The appeal is still pending.

On March 25, 2019, Colleen Witmer, claiming to be a stockholder of the Company, filed a purported shareholder derivative action, on behalf of the Company, in the Chancery Court for Davidson County, Tennessee, naming the Company as a nominal defendant and the Company's chief executive officer, chief financial officer, a former executive who served as both chief accounting officer and interim chief financial officer, chief legal and administrative officer, certain current directors, and two former directors of the Company, as defendants. The complaint asserted claims for breach of fiduciary duty and unjust enrichment, largely tracking allegations in the Consolidated Derivative Lawsuit.  The complaint further alleged that certain defendants engaged in insider trading.  The plaintiff sought monetary damages on behalf of the Company, restitution, certain corporate governance and internal procedural reforms, and other equitable relief. With the agreement of the parties, the Tennessee Supreme Court transferred the case to the Business Court Pilot Project. On June 4, 2019, the Company, as nominal defendant, filed a motion to dismiss or stay the case pending resolution of the Consolidated Derivative Lawsuit.  On October 24, 2019, the plaintiff dismissed the case without prejudice.  In December of 2019, the Company received a letter from plaintiff demanding under Del. Ct. Ch. R. 23.1 that the Board undertake an independent internal investigation of current and former management regarding alleged breaches of fiduciary duty in connection with the claims asserted in the previously dismissed Witmer case and further commence a civil action on behalf of the Company to recover damages against such persons.

Pacific Packaging Lawsuit

On May 31, 2019, Pacific Packaging Concepts, Inc. (“Pacific Packaging”) filed a complaint in the U.S. District Court for the Central District of California, Western Division, naming as defendants two subsidiaries of the Company; Nutrisystem, Inc. and Nutri/System IPHC, Inc. (“Pacific Packaging Lawsuit”). In its complaint, Pacific Packaging alleged that the defendants’ use of Pacific Packaging’s federally registered trademark, Fresh Start, in advertisements for its weight management program and shakes constitutes federal trademark infringement, counterfeit trademark infringement, false designation of origin, federal trademark dilution, unfair competition, false advertising, common law unfair competition, and common law trademark infringement. The complaint seeks injunctive relief and monetary damages in an unspecified amount.  On August 29, 2019, the defendants filed their Answer to Complaint. Given the uncertainty of litigation and the preliminary stage of the case, we are currently not able to predict the probable outcome of the matter or to reasonably estimate a range of potential loss, if any. We intend to vigorously defend ourselves against this complaint.

76


Strougo Lawsuit

On February 19, 2020, the Company issued a press release announcing its financial results for the fourth quarter and year ended December 31, 2019, which disclosed, among other things, that the Company incurred a non-cash impairment charge of $377.1 million.  The market price of the Company’s shares of common stock dropped on the following day. On February 25, 2020, Robert Strougo, claiming to be a stockholder of the Company, filed a complaint on behalf of stockholders who purchased the Company's common stock between March 8, 2019 and February 19, 2020 (the "Strougo Lawsuit").  The Strougo Lawsuit was filed as a class action in the U.S. District Court for the Middle District of Tennessee, naming the Company, the Company's chief financial officer and former chief executive officer as defendants.  The complaint alleges that the defendants violated Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the Exchange Act and Rule 10b-5 promulgated under the Exchange Act in making false and misleading statements and omissions related to the acquisition of Nutrisystem.  The complaint seeks monetary damages on behalf of the purported class.  Given the uncertainty of litigation and the preliminary stage of the case, we are currently not able to predict the probable outcome of the matter or to reasonably estimate a range of potential loss, if any.  We intend to vigorously defend ourselves against this complaint.

Other

Additionally, from time to time, we are subject to contractual disputes, claims and legal proceedings that arise in the ordinary course of our business.  Some of the legal proceedings pending against us as of the date of this report are expected to be covered by insurance policies.  As these matters are subject to inherent uncertainties, our view of these matters may change in the future.  We expense legal costs as incurred.

13.

Fair ValueMeasurements

We account for certain assets and liabilities at fair value. Fair value is defined as the price that would be received upon sale of an asset or paid upon transfer of a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date, assuming the transaction occurs in the principal or most advantageous market for that asset or liability.

Fair Value Hierarchy

The hierarchy below lists three levels of fair value based on the extent to which inputs used in measuring fair value are observable in the market. We categorize each of our fair value measurements in one of these three levels based on the lowest level input that is significant to the fair value measurement in its entirety. These levels are:

Level 1:

Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities;

Level 2:

Quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets; quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active; and model-based valuation techniques in which all significant assumptions are observable in the market or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities; and

Level 3:

Unobservable inputs that are supported by little or no market activity and typically reflect management's estimates of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability.

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Non-Recurring Basis

We measure certain assets at fair value on a nonrecurring basis in the fourth quarter of each year, including the following:

reporting units measured at fair value as part of a goodwill impairment test; and

indefinite-lived intangible assets measured at fair value for impairment assessment.

Each of these assets above is classified as Level 3 within the fair value hierarchy.

The fair value of a reporting unit is the price that would be received upon a sale of the unit as a whole in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date.  During the fourth quarter of 2019, we

77


reviewed goodwill for impairment at the reporting unit level (operating segment or one level below an operating segment). We have 2 reporting units: Healthcare and Nutrition.  

We estimatedthefair value of eachreporting unit using a combination of a discounted cash flow model and a market-based approach, and we reconciled the aggregate fair value of our reporting units to our consolidated market capitalization. Estimating fair value requires significant judgments, including management’s estimate of future cash flows of each reporting unit (which is dependent on internal forecasts of projected income), estimation of the long-term growth rates of future revenues for our reporting units, the terminal growth rate of revenue, the tax rate, and determination of our weighted average cost of capital, as well as relevant comparable company revenue and earnings multiples and market participant acquisition premium for the market-based approaches. Changes in these estimates and assumptions could materially affect the estimate of fair value and goodwill impairment for each reporting unit.

During the fourth quarter of 2019, the Nutrition reporting unit fell short of its expected operating results, primarily due to lower revenue and margins in the direct to consumer business attributed to fewer customer starts and heavier promotional pricing than expected. As compared to our internal multi-year operating forecast, these trends continued into January and February 2020, the start of diet season. In the weight loss industry, revenue is typically greatest in the first calendar quarter, and a shortfall in expected results in the first quarter can often result in lower performance for the remainder of the year. In addition, we determined in January 2020 that our forecasted revenues from QVC were expected to decline in 2020 primarily due to a reduction in orders for, and the promotion of, our products.  As a result of all of the above factors, we reduced our multi-year operating forecast for the Nutrition reporting unit and established lower expectations of future operating results.  We performed a quantitative impairment analysis as described above and determined the carrying value of goodwill for the Nutrition reporting unit was impaired.  As a result, we recorded a $137.1 million goodwill impairment loss related to goodwill assigned to the Nutrition reporting unit.  None of the impaired goodwill is deductible for tax purposes, and there is no cash tax benefit related to the impairment.  For the Healthcare reporting unit, because the fair value of the reporting unit exceeded its carrying amount, we determined that the carrying value of goodwill was not impaired.

Also during the fourth quarter of 2019, we estimated the fair value of indefinite-lived intangible assets, which consisted of 2 tradenames (the Nutrisystem tradename and the SilverSneakers tradename), using the relief-from-royalty method, which required significant assumptions such as the long-term growth rate of future revenues, the royalty rate for such revenue, and a discount rate. Changes in these estimates and assumptions could materially affect the estimate of fair value for the tradenames.

Based on the revised long-range revenue forecast for the Nutrition reporting unit, we determined the carrying value of the Nutrisystem tradename in our Nutrition segment was impaired. As a result, we recorded a $240.0 million impairment loss related to the Nutrisystem tradename. None of this impairment loss is deductible for tax purposes, and there is no cash tax benefit related to the impairment.  However, based on our impairment assessment of the SilverSneakers tradename, we determined that the carrying value of the tradename was not impaired as of the measurement date.

Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

The following table presents our financial instruments measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2019.  There were 0 assets and liabilitiesmeasuredat fair valueon arecurring basis at December 31, 2018.

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2019

 

Level 2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

Interest rate swap agreements

 

$

16,238

 

 

78


The fair values of interest rate swap agreements are primarily determined based on the present value of future cash flows using third-party pricing services with observable inputs, including interest rates, yield curves and applicable credit spreads.

Fair Value of Other Financial Instruments

The estimatedfair value of eachclass of financial instruments at December 31, 2019 was as follows:

Cash and cash equivalents – The carrying amount of $2.5 million approximates fair value because of the short maturity of those instruments (less than three months).

Debt – The estimated fair value of outstanding borrowings under the Credit Agreement, which includes a revolving credit facility and a term loan facility (see Note 9), are determined based on the fair value hierarchy as discussed above.

The Term Loans are activelytradedandthereforeareclassifiedasLevel1valuations.Theestimatedfair valueisbasedonthe last quoted price of the Term Loans through December 31, 2019. The Revolving Credit Facility is not actively traded and therefore is classified as a Level 2 valuation based on the market for similar instruments.  The estimated net fair value and net carrying amount of outstanding borrowings under the Term Loans at December 31, 2019 were $1,030 million and $1,028 million, respectively.  The estimated fair value and carrying amount of outstanding borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility at December 31, 2019 were $19.4 million and $19.9 million, respectively. 

14.

Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities

We use derivative instruments to manage differences in the amount, timing, and duration of our known or expected cash payments related to our outstanding debt (i.e., interest rate risk).  These derivatives are designated and qualify as a hedge of the exposure to variability in expected future cash flows and are therefore considered cash flow hedges.  We account for derivatives in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 815, which establishes accounting and reporting standards requiring that derivative instruments be recorded on the balance sheet at fair value as either an asset or liability.  The accounting for changes in the fair value of derivatives depends on the intended use of the derivative, whether we have elected to designate a derivative in a hedging relationship and apply hedge accounting, and whether the hedging relationship has satisfied the criteria necessary to apply hedge accounting.  We classify cash flows from settlement of our cash flow hedges in the same category as the cash flows from the related hedged items, generally within the operating activities in the consolidated statements of cash flows.  We do not use derivatives for trading or speculative purposes and currently do not have any derivatives that are not designated as hedges.

Cash Flow Hedges of Interest Rate Risk

Our objectives in using interest rate derivatives are to add stability to interest expense and to manage our exposure to interest rate movements. To accomplish these objectives, we primarily use interest rate swaps as part of our interest rate risk management strategy.  The counterparties to the interest rate swap agreements expose us to credit risk in the event of nonperformance by such counterparties. However, at December 31, 2019, we do not anticipate nonperformance by these counterparties.  Our interest rate swap agreements with each of the counterparties contain a provision whereby if we either default or are capable of being declared in default on any of our indebtedness, whether or not such default results in repayment of the indebtedness being accelerated by the lender, then we could also be declared in default on our derivative obligations.

Interest rate swaps designated as cash flow hedges involve the receipt of variable amounts from a counterparty in exchange for our making fixed-rate payments over the life of the agreements without exchange of the underlying notional amount.  In May 2019, we entered into 8 amortizing interest rate swap agreements, each of which matures in May 2024.  Under these agreements, we receive a variable rate of interest based on LIBOR, and we pay a fixed rate of interest equal to approximately 2.2% plus a spread (see Note 11).  As of December 31, 2019, these interest rate swap agreements had current notional amounts totaling $800.0 million.  

We record derivatives that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges at estimated fair value in the consolidated balance sheet, with the related gains and losses recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income or loss ("accumulated OCI") and subsequently reclassified into interest expense in the same period(s) during which

79


the hedged transaction affects earnings.  Amounts reported in accumulated OCI related to derivatives will be reclassified to interest expense as we make interest payments on our variable-rate debt.  As of December 31, 2019, we expect to reclassify $5.0 million from accumulated OCI as an increase to interest expense within the next 12 months due to the scheduled payment of interest associated with our debt.

The estimated gross fair values of derivative instruments and their classification on the consolidated balance sheet at December 31, 2019 and 2018 were as follows:

(In thousands)

 

December 31,

2019

 

 

December 31,

2018

 

Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivatives designated as hedging

   instruments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current portion of long-term liabilities

 

$

4,947

 

 

$

 

Other long-term liabilities

 

 

11,291

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

16,238

 

 

$

 

The following table presents the effect of cash flow hedge accounting on accumulated OCI as of December 31, 2019 and 2018:

(In thousands)

 

For the Year Ended

 

Derivatives in Cash Flow Hedging Relationships

 

December 31, 2019

 

 

December 31,

2018

 

Loss related to effective portion of derivatives

   recognized in accumulated OCI, gross of

   tax effect

 

$

16,930

 

 

 

 

Loss related to effective portion of derivatives

   reclassified from accumulated OCI to interest

   expense, gross of tax effect

 

$

(692

)

 

 

 

15.

Restructuring and Related Charges

During the first quarter of 2019, we began a reorganization primarily related to integrating the Healthcare and Nutrition segments and streamlining our corporate and operations support (the "2019 Restructuring Plan"). As of and for the year ended December 31, 2019, we have incurred cumulative restructuring charges of $7.0 million related to the 2019 Restructuring Plan, of which $1.9 million related to the Healthcare segment and $5.1 million related to the Nutrition segment.  These expenses consist entirely of severance and other employee-related costs.  The 2019 Restructuring Plan is expected to result in total annualized savings in 2020 of approximately $17.5 million, with $5.9 million relating to the Healthcare segment and $11.6 million relating to the Nutrition segment.

The following table shows the activity in accrued restructuring and related charges for the year ended December 31, 2019 related to the 2019 Restructuring Plan:

(In thousands)

 

Severance and Other

Employee-Related

Costs

 

Accrued restructuring and related charges liability as of January 1, 2019

 

$

 

Restructuring charges

 

 

5,476

 

Payments

 

 

(2,453

)

Accrued restructuring and related charges liability as of December 31, 2019

 

$

3,023

 

80


16.

Earnings (Loss) Per Share

Beginning in March 2019, we use the two-class method to calculate earnings per share as the unvested restricted stock awards outstanding under our equity incentive plan are participating shares with nonforfeitable rights to dividends. Under the two-class method, we compute earnings per share of common stock by dividing the sum of distributed earnings to common stockholders (currently not applicable as we do not pay dividends) and undistributed earnings allocated to common stockholders by the weighted average number of outstanding shares of common stock for the period.  In applying the two-class method, we allocate undistributed earnings to both shares of common stock and participating securities based on the number of weighted average shares outstanding during the period. Any undistributed losses are not allocated to unvested restricted stock as the restricted stockholders are not obligated to share in the losses.  Thefollowingisareconciliationofthenumeratoranddenominatorofbasicanddilutedearnings(loss)persharefortheyears ended December 31, 2019, 2018, and 2017:

(In thousands except per share data)

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

Numerator:

 

2019

 

 

2018

 

 

2017

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations attributable to Tivity Health,

   Inc. - numerator for earnings (loss) per share

 

$

(286,821

)

 

$

97,902

 

 

$

61,230

 

Net income from discontinued operations attributable to

   Tivity Health, Inc. - numerator for earnings (loss) per share

 

 

 

 

 

901

 

 

 

2,485

 

Net income (loss) attributable to Tivity Health, Inc. - numerator for

   earnings (loss) per share

 

$

(286,821

)

 

$

98,803

 

 

$

63,715

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Denominator:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Shares used for basic income (loss) per share

 

 

46,509

 

 

 

40,078

 

 

 

39,357

 

Effect of dilutive stock options and restricted stock units

   outstanding:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-qualified stock options

 

 

 

 

 

264

 

 

 

436

 

Restricted stock units

 

 

 

 

 

299

 

 

 

549

 

Warrants related to Cash Convertible Notes

 

 

 

 

 

2,013

 

 

 

1,709

 

Market stock units

 

 

 

 

 

419

 

 

 

496

 

Shares used for diluted income (loss) per share (1)

 

 

46,509

 

 

 

43,073

 

 

 

42,547

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) per share attributable to Tivity Health, Inc. - basic:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Continuing operations

 

$

(6.17

)

 

$

2.44

 

 

$

1.56

 

Discontinued operations

 

$

 

 

$

0.02

 

 

$

0.06

 

Net income (loss) (2)

 

$

(6.17

)

 

$

2.47

 

 

$

1.62

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) per share attributable to Tivity Health, Inc. -

   diluted: (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Continuing operations

 

$

(6.17

)

 

$

2.27

 

 

$

1.44

 

Discontinued operations

 

$

 

 

$

0.02

 

 

$

0.06

 

Net income (loss)

 

$

(6.17

)

 

$

2.29

 

 

$

1.50

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dilutive securities outstanding not included in the computation of

   earnings (loss) per share because their effect is anti-dilutive:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-qualified stock options

 

 

159

 

 

 

56

 

 

 

4

 

Restricted stock units

 

 

681

 

 

 

36

 

 

 

12

 

Restricted stock awards

 

 

102

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Performance-based stock units

 

 

15

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

The impact of potentially dilutive securities for the year ended December 31, 2019 was not considered because the impact would be anti-dilutive.

(2)

Figures may not add due to rounding.

81


Market stock units and performance-based stock units outstanding are considered contingently issuable shares, and certain of these market stock units were excluded from the calculations of diluted earnings per share for all periods presented because the performance criteria had not been met as of the end of the reporting periods.

17.

Accumulated OCI

The following tables summarize the changes in accumulated OCI, net of tax, for the year ended December 31, 2019. There were no changes in accumulated OCI for the year ended December 31, 2018.  

(In thousands)

 

Net

Change in

Fair Value

of Interest

Rate Swaps

 

 

Accumulated OCI, net of tax, as of January 1, 2019

 

$

 

 

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications, net of tax of $4,324

 

 

(12,606

)

 

Amounts reclassified from accumulated OCI, net of tax of $177

 

 

515

 

 

Accumulated OCI, net of tax, as of December 31, 2019

 

$

(12,091

)

 

The following table presents details about reclassifications out of accumulated OCI for the year ended December 31, 2019:

(In thousands)

 

Year Ended

December 31, 2019

 

 

Statement of

Operations

Classification

Interest rate swaps

 

$

692

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

 

(177

)

 

Income tax

 

 

$

515

 

 

Net of tax


 

 

82


18.

Segment Disclosures and Concentrations of Risk

Background*Ms. Russell and Basis of Organization

Following the acquisition of Nutrisystem in March 2019, we organize and manage our operations within 2 reportable segments, based on the types of products and services they offer: Healthcare and Nutrition.  The Healthcare segment derives its revenues from SilverSneakerssenior fitness, Prime Fitness and WholeHealth Living.  The Nutrition segment provides weight management products and services and derives its revenues from Nutrisystem and South Beach Diet products. PriorMr. Sanfilippo were appointed to the acquisition of Nutrisystem, we had 1 reportable segment.

Segment Revenues, Profit or Loss, and Assets

Our chief operating decision maker evaluates performance and allocates resources based on each segment’s EBITDA excluding acquisition and integration costs and restructuring and related charges.  The accounting policies of the reportable segments are the same as those describedBoard in the summary of significant accounting policies.  There are no intersegment revenues or costs.  Transactions between the segments consist of payments made by one segment on behalf of the other segment, which are recorded as current assets and eliminated in consolidation.  The following table presents information about reported segment revenues, profit or loss, and assets, as well asconnection with a reconciliation of each such amount to consolidated totals:

(In thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2019

 

 

 

 

Healthcare

 

 

Nutrition

 

 

Total Segments

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues

 

$

633,066

 

 

$

498,091

 

 

$

1,131,157

 

(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Consolidated income (loss) before income taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

(326,409

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Acquisition and integration costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

37,068

 

 

Impairment loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

377,100

 

 

Restructuring and related charges

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,024

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

76,566

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

50,775

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

 

$

142,561

 

 

$

79,563

 

 

$

222,124

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total assets as of December 31, 2019

 

$

526,013

 

 

$

1,099,892

 

 

$

1,625,905

 

(1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Share-based employee compensation expense

 

$

5,602

 

 

$

13,230

 

 

 

18,832

 

(1)

Expenditures for long-lived assets

 

 

14,545

 

 

 

10,168

 

 

 

24,713

 

(1)

(1)

The figure for total segments equals the consolidated figure for each such item.

Geographic Information

Approximately 99.8% of our consolidated revenue from external customers was generated in the United States for the year ended December 31, 2019, and 100% of such revenue was generated in the United States for the years ended December 31, 2018 and 2017.

Major Customers

During 2019, we had 1 customer in our Healthcare segment that comprised approximately 13% of our consolidated revenues for 2019. No other customer accounted for 10% or more of our consolidated revenues in

83


2019. In addition, at December 31, 2019, we had 2 customers that each accounted for 10% or more of our consolidated accounts receivable, net and individually comprised approximately 16% and 31% of our consolidated accounts receivable, net at December 31, 2019.

During 2018, we had 3 customers that each accounted for 10% or more of our consolidated revenues and individually comprised approximately 20.0%, 14.6%, and 10.0%, respectively, of our revenues for 2018.  No other customer accounted for 10% or more of our consolidated revenues in 2018. In addition, at December 31, 2018, we had 2 customers that each accounted for 10% or more or our consolidated accounts receivable, net and individually comprised approximately 26% and 13% of our consolidated accounts receivable, net at December 31, 2018.

Dependence on Suppliers

In 2019, approximately 12% of inventory purchases in the Nutrition segment were from a single supplier. In the Nutrition segment, we outsource 100% of our fulfillment operations to a third-party provider. Additionally, approximately 97.5% of our direct to consumer orders are shipped by one third-party provider and approximately 91.2% of our orders for the retail programs are shipped by another third-party provider.


84


19.

QuarterlyFinancial Information (unaudited)

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2019

 

First

 

 

Second

 

 

Third

 

 

Fourth (1)

 

Revenues

 

$

214,094

 

 

$

340,377

 

 

$

303,897

 

 

$

272,789

 

Gross margin

 

 

71,748

 

 

 

138,255

 

 

 

117,387

 

 

 

81,802

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

 

9,582

 

 

 

26,252

 

 

 

18,593

 

 

 

(380,837

)

Net income (loss)

 

 

4,214

 

 

 

18,137

 

 

 

13,920

 

 

 

(323,092

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings (loss) per share (2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic

 

$

0.10

 

 

$

0.38

 

 

$

0.29

 

 

$

(6.69

)

Diluted

 

$

0.10

 

 

$

0.37

 

 

$

0.29

 

 

$

(6.69

)

(In thousands, except per share data)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31, 2018

 

First

 

 

Second

 

 

Third

 

 

Fourth (4)

 

Revenues

 

$

149,930

 

 

$

151,865

 

 

$

151,467

 

 

$

153,037

 

Gross margin

 

 

43,559

 

 

 

46,454

 

 

 

46,718

 

 

 

47,126

 

Income before income taxes

 

 

28,493

 

 

 

30,352

 

 

 

34,386

 

 

 

31,717

 

Income from continuing operations

 

 

21,336

 

 

 

22,683

 

 

 

25,357

 

 

 

28,526

 

Income from discontinued operations,

   net of income tax

 

 

 

 

 

901

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

 

21,336

 

 

 

23,584

 

 

 

25,357

 

 

 

28,526

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings per share – basic:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Continuing operations (2)

 

$

0.54

 

 

$

0.57

 

 

$

0.63

 

 

$

0.70

 

Discontinued operations (2)

 

$

 

 

$

0.02

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Net income (2) (3)

 

$

0.54

 

 

$

0.59

 

 

$

0.63

 

 

$

0.70

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Earnings per share – diluted:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Continuing operations (2)

 

$

0.49

 

 

$

0.52

 

 

$

0.59

 

 

$

0.67

 

Discontinued operations (2)

 

$

 

 

$

0.02

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Net income (2) (3)

 

$

0.49

 

 

$

0.54

 

 

$

0.59

 

 

$

0.67

 

(1)

During the fourth quarter of 2019, we recorded an impairment loss of $377.1 million related to the Nutrisystem tradename and the goodwill allocated to the Nutrition segment.  In addition, we incurred acquisition, integration, and project costs totaling $5.8 million, which were primarily recorded to selling, general, and administrative expenses (see Note 18 for full year amounts).  Also in the fourth quarter of 2019, we recorded a purchase accounting measurement period adjustment to finalize estimates related to the customer list intangible asset recorded in connection with the acquisition of Nutrisystem.  The finalization of the estimate resulted in incremental amortization expense during the fourth quarter of 2019 of $17.4 million. Our effective tax rate for the fourth quarter of 2019 was a benefit of 15.2%, which was less than our statutory tax benefit rate and represents a decrease compared to the first three quarters of 2019.  This decrease is primarily due to the nondeductible goodwill impairment loss of $137.1 million recorded in the fourth quarter. Finally, the impact of potentially dilutive securities for the three months ended December 31, 2019 was not considered because the impact would be anti-dilutive.

(2)

We calculated earnings per share for each of the quarters based on the weighted average number of shares and dilutive securities outstanding for each period. Accordingly, the sum of the quarters may not necessarily be equal to the full year income per share.  

(3)

Figures may not add due to rounding.

(4)

During the fourth quarter of 2018, we incurred $3.3 million of project costs in connection with potential and pending acquisitions, which were recorded to selling, general, and administrative expenses.  In addition, our effective tax rate for the fourth quarter of 2018 of 10.1% was lower than our statutory rate primarily due to positive tax benefits of $4.6 million related to the vesting of stock-based compensation awards during the quarter.

85


Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

Not applicable.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

The Company's principal executive officer and principal financial officer have reviewed and evaluated the effectiveness of the Company's disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) promulgated under the Exchange Act) as of December 31, 2019. Based on that evaluation, the principal executive officer and principal financial officer have concluded that the Company's disclosure controls and procedures are effective as of December 31, 2019.  They are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed bycooperation agreement the Company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC's rules and forms and to ensure that information required to be disclosed by the Company in the reports that it files or submits under the Exchange Act is accumulated and communicatedentered into with HG Vora Capital Management, LLC (“HG Vora”) on February 25, 2020 (the “HG Vora Agreement”).  Pursuant to the Company's management, includingHG Vora Agreement, HG Vora had the principal executive officer and principal financial officer,right to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.

Management's Annual Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Management, including the principal executive officer and principal financial officer, is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting.  Internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subjectappoint two individuals (“New Directors”) to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of complianceBoard with the policies and procedures may deteriorate.

Management has performed an assessment of the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019 based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the "COSO framework"), and believes that the COSO framework is a suitable framework for such an evaluation.  Based on this assessment, management has concluded that the Company's internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2019.

As permitted by SEC guidance, the scope of management’s assessment of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2019 excluded Nutrisystem, Inc., which we acquired in a business combination during 2019. This acquired business comprised 44% of our consolidated net revenues for fiscal 2019 and 7% of our consolidated total assetsterm expiring at December 31, 2019.

PricewaterhouseCoopers, LLP, the independent registered public accounting firm that audited the Company's consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2019, has audited the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting, as stated in their report which appears herein.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There have been no changes in the Company's internal controls over financial reporting during the quarter ended December 31, 2019 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company's internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B. Other Information

Not applicable.

86


PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Information concerning our directors, director nomination procedures, audit committee, audit committee financial experts, code of ethics, and compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act will be included under the headings "Election of Directors," "Code of Conduct," "Corporate Governance," and "Delinquent Section 16(a) Reports" in our Proxy Statement for the 2020 Annual Meeting of StockholdersStockholders. HG Vora appointed Mr. Sanfilippo and Ms. Russell, each of whom was re-elected at the 2020 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. During the term of the HG Vora Agreement, at least one New Director was to be heldserve on May 21, 2020each of the Audit Committee of the Board, the Strategic Review Committee of the Board (dissolved in April 2020), and is incorporated herein by reference.the CEO Search Committee (dissolved upon Mr. Ashworth’s appointment as President and CEO). The HG Vora Agreement expired pursuant to its terms in January 2021.

Executive Officers

Pursuant to General Instruction G(3) of Form 10-K, information concerning our executive officers is included in Part I of this report,the Original Form 10-K, under the caption "Information about our Executive Officers.Officers."


Corporate Governance

Delinquent Section 16(a) Reports

Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act requires our officers and directors, and persons who own more than 10% of a registered class of our equity securities, to file reports of ownership and changes in ownership with the Commission.  Officers, directors, and greater than 10% stockholders are required by regulation of the Commission to furnish us with copies of all Section 16(a) forms they file.

Based solely on a review of the Forms 3, 4, and 5 and amendments thereto and certain written representations furnished to us, to our knowledge, all Section 16 reporting requirements applicable to our officers, directors and greater than 10% beneficial owners were complied with during 2021, except for (i) late Form 3 filings for Messrs. Lewis and Bilbao filed on April 13, 2021 related to each of them being designated as Section 16 officers of the Company effective March 31, 2021; and (ii) late Form 4 filings for Messrs. Holland, Lewis, Bilbao, and Wagers on November 12, 2021 related to a certification by the Compensation Committee on February 3, 2021 that certain performance metrics under previously granted performance stock units had been satisfied.  

Code of Conduct

Our Code of Business Conduct applies to all employees (including officers) and non-employee directors (collectively, “colleagues”).  The purpose of the Code of Business Conduct is to provide written standards that are reasonably designed to promote: honest and ethical conduct; full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable disclosure in reports and documents we file with the Commission and other public communications we make; compliance with applicable governmental laws, rules and regulations; prompt internal reporting of violations of the Code of Business Conduct; and accountability for adherence to the Code of Business Conduct, and to deter wrongdoing.  A copy of our Code of Business Conduct, as well as any amendments thereto, is available on our website at www.tivityhealth.com. We intend to post any waiver of a provision of the Code of Business Conduct granted to any principal executive, financial, or accounting officer or any material amendment to the Code of Business Conduct on our website. We did not grant any waivers to the Code of Business Conduct in 2021.

Audit Committee

During 2021, the Audit Committee was composed of Mss. Jacob and Russell for the entire year.  In addition, Dr. Peter Hudson was a member of the Audit Committee from the beginning of the year until the 2021 Annual Meeting of Stockholders (at which time he did not stand for re-election to the Board), and Mr. Sanfilippo has been a member of the Audit Committee since the 2021 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.  It was chaired by Ms. Russell. All of the directors on the Audit Committee are “independent directors” as defined under the Nasdaq listing standards, and satisfy the heightened independence criteria applicable to members of the Audit Committee under the Nasdaq listing standards and Rule 10A-3(b)(1) under the Exchange Act.  We have at least one member of the Audit Committee who has past employment experience in finance or accounting and requisite professional certification in accounting or other comparable experience that results in the individual’s financial sophistication.  The Board has determined that each of Ms. Russell and Mr. Sanfilippo qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert”, as defined by the regulations of the Commission.  The Audit Committee meets with our independent registered public accounting firm and management to review our consolidated financial statements, the quality and integrity of our accounting, auditing and financial reporting process, and our systems of internal controls.  The Audit Committee’s Charter, which is reviewed annually by the Audit Committee and is available on our website at www.tivityhealth.com, provides a detailed description of the Audit Committee’s duties and responsibilities.



Item 11. Executive Compensation

Information required by this item will be included under

COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

EXECUTIVE SUMMARY

In 2021, our Named Executive Officers (“NEOs”) were as follows:

Name

Position

Richard Ashworth

President and Chief Executive Officer

Adam Holland

Chief Financial Officer

Thomas Lewis (1)

Chief Operating Officer

Raymond Bilbao (1)

Chief Legal Officer

Ryan Wagers

Chief Accounting Officer

(1)

Messrs. Lewis and Bilbao were appointed as executive officers of the Company effective March 31, 2021.  Each of them was employed by the Company for all of fiscal 2021.

Key Compensation Actions for 2021

The Committee believes that the headings "Executive Compensation"Company’s 2021 executive compensation program was effective in attracting, retaining, and "Director Compensation" inproviding appropriate incentives for our Proxy Statement forNEOs.  After considering the 2020positive say-on-pay vote received from our stockholders at the 2021 Annual Meeting of Stockholders regarding our 2020 executive compensation program, input from our independent compensation consultant Frederic W. Cook & Co., Inc. (“FW Cook”), pay relative to the market and the 2021 Peer Group (if applicable), and competitive and best practices, the Committee made the following key decisions with respect to executive compensation for 2021:

Effective February 2021, the Committee approved base salary merit increases for each of Messrs. Holland and Wagers, and the CEO approved and informed the Committee of base salary merit increases for each of Messrs. Lewis and Bilbao, who were not executive officers of the Company at the time of such approval.

In February 2021, the Committee approved the short-term incentive program for 2021, which was based solely on the achievement of adjusted EBITDA.  Based on actual adjusted EBITDA for 2021, each NEO earned a short-term incentive award equal to 115% of target.

In March 2021, the Committee approved annual LTI awards to be granted effective March 22, 2021.  (Mr. Ashworth did not receive an annual LTI award in 2021 due to having received an equity award in June 2020 intended as compensation for fiscal years 2020 through 2022). The Committee designed the LTI program to be generally consistent with the 2020 LTI program, such that 50% of the grant date fair value of each eligible NEO’s LTI grant consisted of “premium priced” stock options having an exercise price equal to 110% of the closing price of the Common Stock on the grant date and becoming exercisable on the third anniversary of the grant date.The remaining 50% of the grant date fair value of each eligible NEO’s LTI grant consisted of RSUs that vest one-third per year on each anniversary of the grant date.

In September 2021, the Committee adopted a separation benefits program (the “Separation Benefits Program”) applicable to the Company’s Section 16 Officers, including the NEOs.  

The Committee is committed to designing and maintaining an executive compensation program that is performance-based, competitive, and clear in its design and objectives, and that aligns the interests of management with those of the Company’s stockholders.  The Committee considers the results of the previous year’s “say-on-pay” advisory vote on executive compensation and other feedback the Company


receives from its stockholders in determining the Company’s executive compensation policies and decisions.  

Summary of Compensation Practices

Below are the key features of our executive compensation program that we believe drive sustainable results, encourage executive retention, and align executive and stockholder interests.  We also highlight certain practices we do not do because we believe they do not align with our stockholders’ long-term interests.

What We Do

What We Don’t Do

  Reinforce our pay-for-performance philosophy by designing the majority of total target executive compensation to be variable, through linkage to our financial or market results

  Mitigate undue risk by having caps on incentive awards and a recoupment policy with respect to all performance-based compensation, including performance-based equity

  Maintain meaningful stock ownership and retention requirements

  Engage an independent compensation consultant who reports directly to the Committee and does not provide any other services to the Company

  Require double trigger change in control provisions for acceleration of equity awards in all equity awards for executive officers

  Balance incentives to reward the achievement of short-term operating goals and long-term stockholder value creation

  Periodically, and at least annually, seek stockholder feedback on our executive compensation

    No excise tax gross-ups upon a change in control for employment agreements

    No tax gross-ups on ongoing benefits (which do not include benefits associated with one-time events such as relocation) for current or future executive officers

    No granting of discounted stock options

    No repricing of stock options without stockholder approval

    No hedging or short sales of Company securities

    No pledging of Company securities   

Impact of Say-on-Pay Vote Results

At the 2021 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, 76.8% of the shares that were actually voted on the proposal to approve the compensation of the Company’s NEOs were in support of our executive compensation program as disclosed in the proxy statement relating to that meeting. The Committee has considered the outcome of the vote on executive compensation and believes it affirms our stockholders’ support of our overall approach to executive compensation. Accordingly, we have endeavored, to the extent possible in light of the changes in our business and our senior leadership and evaluation of the Company’s strategy, to maintain that overall approach to executive compensation.


The Committee’s Processes and Analyses

Role of Compensation Committee

The Committee sets and administers the policies that govern compensation of our executive officers, including:

Annually evaluating the performance of the CEO and other executive officers and determining the compensation level, including short- and long-term incentive compensation, for each such person based on this evaluation;

Reviewing and approving any changes in executive officer incentive compensation plans and equity-based compensation plans; and

Reviewing and approving all equity-based compensation plans of the Company and granting equity-based awards pursuant to such plans.

Only independent directors serve on the Committee. Based on the Committee’s charter, the Committee may delegate any of its responsibilities to a subcommittee as long as such subcommittee is solely composed of one or more members of the Committee.  The Committee may also delegate to one or more executive officers the authority to make grants of equity-based awards to individuals who are not executive officers.

Executive Compensation Philosophy and Objectives

We seek to attract, retain, and motivate talented individuals who are committed to the Company’s mission and core values.  The Committee is committed to designing and maintaining an executive compensation program that is performance-based, competitive, clear in its design and objectives, and aligns the interests of management with those of the Company’s stockholders by rewarding executive officers when the Company achieves financial success.

The Committee believes that performance-based pay is key to achieving our financial and strategic objectives and meeting stockholder expectations.  The direct effect of this performance-based philosophy is that a majority of the total target compensation (excluding benefits and perquisites) that is set at the beginning of the year for an NEO is variable.  We consider compensation to be variable if the ultimate value realized may differ from the intended target compensation.  Variable compensation includes both our annual short-term incentive awards and long-term incentive awards.

The Committee strives to align executive compensation with the unique talent and business needs of the Company, without encouraging excessive or unnecessary risk-taking, through the following objectives:

To attract, retain and motivate talented executives by providing overall compensation that is performance-based, fair to the executives and the stockholders, and takes into consideration both individual contribution and corporate performance;

To closely align the interests of executives with the long-term interests of the Company and its stockholders through a significant portion of each executive’s total compensation opportunity based on long-term equity incentives tied to financial performance, stock price performance, and/or operational performance; and

To provide appropriate incentives for executives to work toward the achievement of our overall business goals with payouts tied directly to the successful achievement of such goals.


The Committee strives to design total compensation opportunities for the Company’s executives that are competitive, but not excessive, as compared to market practice.  Market practice is generally defined as median compensation levels found among companies of comparable size and business relative to the Company.  Individual compensation targets may be above or below market based on the following factors:

The individual skills and experience of the executive;

The difficulty of attracting or replacing the executive; and

The importance of the position to the Company’s success.

In addition, actual compensation earned may be above or below market levels depending on the performance of the executive and the Company as a whole.  

We use the following compensation vehicles to meet the above-described objectives:

Base salaries;

Short-term incentives, based upon achieving clearly-defined financial and/or operational targets; and

Long-term incentives based on the achievement of financial performance, stock price performance, and/or operational performance. To focus our executives on the Company’s sustained performance over the long term, a majority of our target executive compensation is weighted toward long-term incentives.

The compensation vehicles may vary by executive based on role, responsibilities, and the executive’s ability to influence Company performance and the achievement of key short- and long-term objectives.

On an annual basis, or more frequently as needed, the Committee reviews:

The Company’s compensation philosophy, ensuring proper alignment with the Company’s principal business objectives;

Our executive compensation policies in light of our financial performance, annual budget, long-term objectives, and competitive and best practices; and

The compensation of each individual executive in light of such executive’s contribution and performance, market practice for the executive’s role, and the Committee’s executive compensation policies for that year.

The Committee believes that our executive compensation program and governance policies do not encourage our management or colleagues to take risks reasonably likely to have a material adverse effect on our business.  This belief is based on the following factors: our balance of short- and long-term incentives; our use of different types of equity compensation awards that provide a balance of incentives; our cap on incentive awards; our recoupment policy (which permits the Committee, in its discretion, to recover incentive-based compensation from our executive officers in the event of a restatement of our financial results or non-compliance with our Code of Business Conduct to the material detriment of the Company); our anti-hedging and anti-pledging policies; and our stock ownership guidelines.

The Committee also believes that our compensation strategies are aligned with our compensation philosophy, long-term performance, and Company culture, which places significant value on high-performing individuals, and that those strategies promote individual responsibility for collective long-term success of the Company.


As discussed in further detail throughout this Compensation Discussion and Analysis section, the Committee believes that the 2021 executive compensation program was reasonable and appropriate.

Setting Compensation

In addition to its annual review of executive compensation, the Committee retains an independent compensation consultant to review the Company’s executive compensation practices.  The Committee has engaged FW Cook since 2013 to provide independent executive compensation advisory services.  The independent compensation consultant reports directly to the Committee and provides no other services to the Company.  The Committee also employs several tools to set executive compensation targets that meet the Company’s objectives, including the following:

Assessment of individual performance

o

At least once per year, the Committee meets with the CEO to review and approve performance objectives for the upcoming year for each NEO.  After the end of the year, the CEO delivers to the Committee individual performance evaluations and compensation recommendations for each NEO, excluding himself (“other NEOs”).  The Committee determines compensation adjustments for each other NEO based on a variety of factors, such as a competitive compensation analysis; the Committee’s assessment of each other NEO’s individual performance, taking into account the CEO’s input; the Company’s performance; and the Committee’s judgment based on such NEO’s interactions with the Board.

o

After the end of the year, the CEO also presents to the Committee a self-assessment of his performance for the year based on his established performance objectives.  The Committee conducts a confidential review of the CEO’s performance for the previous year and discusses any compensation adjustment based on the competitive compensation analysis, its assessment of the CEO’s performance in light of the pre-approved performance objectives, the Company’s performance, and the level of CEO compensation relative to the other NEOs.

Assessment of Company performance

o

In addition to each NEO’s individual performance, the Committee also considers the Company’s overall performance in determining executive compensation.  When evaluating the relationship between the CEO’s pay and Company performance, the Committee considers both reported pay (as reflected in the Summary Compensation Table) and realized pay for the CEO in recent years (as applicable).

Compensation market data

o

The Committee reviews NEO compensation against external references to help guide compensation decisions.  The Committee does not use particular formulas or target specific market pay positions when determining compensation levels of a particular officer position but instead uses external comparisons to provide a point of reference.  The external references may include peer group analysis (see below) and/or commercially available, broad-based, comparative market compensation survey reports developed by independent professional organizations (collectively, the “Survey Reports”).  The Survey Reports cover a significant number of companies across a broad range of industries.  To support the Committee’s review and evaluation, management, and if applicable, an independent compensation consultant, provides the Committee with information compiled from the Survey Reports.

o

The Committee recognizes that the Company competes locally and nationally for talent with companies much larger than those included in our compensation peer group.  These larger companies aggressively recruit for the best qualified talent in particularly critical functions.  As a result, to attract and retain talent, the Committee may from time to time


determine that it isin the best interests of the Company and its stockholders to provide compensation packages that deviate from the external market references.

Executive Compensation for 2021

Program Elements

The 2021 executive compensation program consisted of:

Base salaries;

Short-term cash incentive awards, based on achieving clearly-defined financial, operational, or financial reporting targets; and

LTI awards that are based on service and/or Company performance.  To focus our executives on the Company’s sustained performance over the long term, a meaningful portion of our target executive compensation is weighted toward long-term incentives.

2021 Peer Group

In late 2020, FW Cook conducted a review of our peer group in light of our business and size.  FW Cook applied certain criteria in developing the 2021 Peer Group (as defined below) such as industry sectors, revenues, enterprise value, and our historical peers.  With regard to revenue and enterprise value, FW Cook evaluated comparable companies with revenues ranging from approximately one-fourth to four times our pro-forma annual revenues and favored companies with 12-month average enterprise values ranging from approximately one-fourth to four times our enterprise value.  Our 2021 peer group consists of the following companies (the “2021 Peer Group”), whose compensation levels were used as competitive comparisons when reviewing our NEO compensation for 2021.  

Addus HomeCare, Inc.

CorVel Corporation

Planet Fitness, Inc.

Allscripts Healthcare Solutions, Inc.

Evolent Health, Inc.

Premier, Inc.

Apollo Medical Holdings, Inc.

HMS Holdings Corp.

Providence Service Corp.

BioTelemetry, Inc.

NextGen Healthcare, Inc.

Tabula Rasa HealthCare, Inc.

Computer Programs and Systems, Inc.

Omnicell, Inc.

U.S. Physical Therapy, Inc.

The median revenue for the latest four quarters and the median 12-month average enterprise value as of September 30, 2020 for companies in our 2021 Peer Group were $0.6 million and $1.4 billion, respectively.

Compensation Decisions for 2021

Based on the positive say-on-pay support received from our stockholders at the 2021 Annual Meeting of Stockholders regarding our 2020 executive compensation program, input from our independent compensation consultant FW Cook, and competitive and best practices, the Committee maintained a performance-based compensation philosophy when designing the 2021 executive compensation program.  

The Committee believes that the Company’s 2021 executive compensation program was instrumental in attracting, retaining, and providing appropriate incentives for our NEOs.  The Committee remains committed to designing and maintaining an executive compensation program that is performance-based, competitive, and clear in its design and objectives, and that aligns the interests of management with those of the Company’s stockholders.


In general, and based on the methodology described under the heading “Compensation market data”, the Committee believes compensation levels for the NEOs were appropriate.

Base Salary

In establishing base salaries for 2021, the Committee considered each NEO's performance and responsibilities, recommendations of the CEO, internal pay equity, pay relative to the market, and the date of each NEO’s last salary increase.      

Effective February 22, 2021, each of the NEOs except for Mr. Ashworth received a merit increase in his base salary.  Base salaries for the NEOs were as follows:

Annualized Base Salary ($000s)

Name

 

 

2021

Base Salary

 

 

 

 

2020

Base Salary

(at end of year)

 

 

 

 

Percentage

Increase

 

 

 

 

Date of

Previous

Increase

Richard Ashworth

 

 

$

900

 

 

 

 

$

900

 

 

 

 

0.0%

 

 

 

 

n/a

Adam Holland

 

 

$

424

 

 

 

 

$

412

 

 

 

 

3.0%

 

 

 

 

02/2020

Thomas Lewis

 

 

$

425

 

 

 

 

$

380

 

 

 

 

11.8%

 

 

 

 

12/2020

Ray Bilbao

 

 

$

309

 

 

 

 

$

300

 

 

 

 

3.0%

 

 

 

 

12/2020

Ryan Wagers

 

 

$

300

 

 

 

 

$

283

 

 

 

 

5.9%

 

 

 

 

02/2020

Short-term Cash Incentive Awards

We offer short-term cash incentive awards to NEOs to align their annual compensation with the Company’s financial and operational objectives for the current year.  For fiscal year 2021, the performance factor for the short-term cash incentive award was Adjusted EBITDA (weighted 100%). Actual payouts were calculated using the following formula: (Base Salary * Bonus Target Percentage * Performance Factor Achievement). The maximum amount that each NEO could earn for the full year was 200% of target.  Short-term cash incentive awards earned are described in further detail below and were paid in mid-March 2022.

Short-Term Cash Incentive Target Percentages

Short-term cash incentive targets (expressed as a percentage of base salary) were set based on target percentages that correspond with each NEO’s internal job grade and/or market comparisons.  The Committee believes that the short-term cash incentive targets are market competitive and that they establish the appropriate level of at-risk annual cash incentive and drive the achievement of annual performance goals.

Short-term Cash Incentive Targets (as a percentage of base salary)

 

 

As of December 31,

 

Name

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Richard Ashworth

 

100%

 

 

100%

 

Adam Holland

 

50%

 

 

50%

 

Thomas Lewis

 

50%

 

 

50%

 

Raymond Bilbao

 

50%

 

 

50%

 

Ryan Wagers

 

40%

 

 

40%

 


Adjusted EBITDA (100% of Total Bonus Target)

Generally consistent with 2014 through 2020, the predominant performance metric for short-term cash incentive awards for 2021 was Adjusted EBITDA, which was used as a metric for both earning and funding short-term cash incentive awards (the “Adjusted EBITDA Bonus”).  “Adjusted EBITDA” was defined as earnings from continuing operations before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization excluding certain pre-defined costs, losses, and expenses, including but not limited to loss on extinguishment and modification of debt, other income (loss) related to the Company’s investment in Sharecare, Inc., other income (loss) related to mark-to-market adjustments on certain interest rate swaps that do not qualify for hedge accounting treatment, and integration and CEO transition costs.  The Committee believes that Adjusted EBITDA provides a specific measure of operating and financial performance and aligns our executives with our short-term business goals for EBITDA growth.  The Adjusted EBITDA Bonus comprised 100% of each NEO’s total bonus target for 2021.

Each NEO’s Adjusted EBITDA Bonus was based on the Company’s achievement of Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations.  The short-term cash incentive pool for the NEOs (“NEO Bonus Pool”) began funding when Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations exceeded $156 million (the “Adjusted EBITDA Threshold”).  The following table outlines the threshold and target Adjusted EBITDA goals, along with the Adjusted EBITDA achieved and the corresponding payout as a percent of target for each NEO.

 

Threshold

 

 

Target

 

 

Actual

 

 

Payout (% of

Target)

 

Adjusted EBITDA ($mil.)

$

156.0

 

 

$

162.3

 

 

$

166.1

 

 

 

115.0

%

Based on actual Adjusted EBITDA (before accruing the Adjusted EBITDA Bonus described herein) of $166.1 million for 2021, each NEO earned an Adjusted EBITDA Bonus of 115% of the target applicable to such NEO.  

Short-Term Cash Incentive Payouts for 2021 ($000s)

 

Name

 

2021

at

Target

 

 

2021

Actual

Payout

 

Richard Ashworth

 

$

900

 

 

$

1,037

 

Adam Holland

 

$

211

 

 

$

243

 

Thomas Lewis

 

$

209

 

 

$

241

 

Raymond Bilbao

 

$

154

 

 

$

177

 

Ryan Wagers

 

$

119

 

 

$

137

 

Long-Term Incentive Awards

The Committee believes that our LTI compensation is a key component of our retention strategy and is integral to our ability to achieve our performance goals.  LTI awards are generally granted annually to eligible employees, including our NEOs.  LTI awards are typically made during the first quarter or shortly thereafter once the Committee has had the opportunity to review the previous year’s full year results, expected performance for the current year, and the Company’s long-range business plan (to the extent a sufficient number of shares is available under the Company’s equity incentive plan).  The Committee may also approve additional equity-based awards in certain special circumstances, such as upon an officer’s initial employment with the Company, the promotion of an officer to a new position or in recognition of special contributions made by an officer.


The table below summarizes the types of long-term incentives granted to the NEOs in recent years intended to incentivize performance and the objective for using each of the incentives in supporting the interests of the stockholders.

Incentive

Objective

RSUs

Encourage executive retention and align management and stockholder interests

MSUs

Align management and stockholder interests and reward achievement of certain total shareholder return goals

PSUs

Align management and stockholder interests and reward achievement of the Company’s financial goals

Stock options

Reward share price appreciation

Annual Equity Awards

As described above, one of our key compensation objectives is to provide long-term incentive compensation to strengthen and align the interests of our NEOs with those of our stockholders.  Each NEO’s target LTI value was set based on the NEO’s internal job grade and/or market comparisons.  To meet this objective, the Committee designed the LTI program for 2021 such that 50% of the grant date fair value of each eligible NEO’s LTI grant consisted of “premium priced” stock options having an exercise price equal to 110% of the closing price of the Common Stock on the grant date.  The remaining 50% of the grant date fair value of each eligible NEO’s LTI grant consisted of RSUs. Effective March 22, 2021, each NEO except for Mr. Ashworth received an annual equity award. Mr. Ashworth was not eligible for an LTI grant in 2021 due to having received an equity award effective June 2020 granted as compensation for fiscal years 2020 through 2022.  

Name

 

 

RSUs (1)

 

 

 

Grant Date

Fair Value

of RSUs

 

 

 

Premium

Priced

Stock

Options (2)

 

 

 

Grant Date

Fair Value

of Premium

Priced Stock

Options

 

Adam Holland

 

 

 

13,598

 

 

 

$

324,992

 

 

 

 

24,603

 

 

 

$

325,006

 

Thomas Lewis

 

 

 

9,937

 

 

 

$

237,494

 

 

 

 

17,979

 

 

 

$

237,503

 

Raymond Bilbao

 

 

 

5,126

 

 

 

$

122,511

 

 

 

 

9,273

 

 

 

$

122,496

 

Ryan Wagers

 

 

 

3,661

 

 

 

$

87,498

 

 

 

 

6,624

 

 

 

$

87,503

 

(1)

The RSUs vest in three equal annual installments over three years.

(2)

Premium priced stock options become exercisable on March 22, 2024.

Stock Ownership and Retention Guidelines

Our stock ownership and retention guidelines require currently employed NEOs to maintain a minimum ownership in the Company’s stock calculated as a multiple of their base salary aligned with their job responsibility (for 2021, at least 3.75 times base salary for Mr. Ashworth, 2.0 times base salary for Messrs. Holland and Lewis, 1.8 times base salary for Mr. Bilbao, and 1.2 times base salary for Mr. Wagers). NEOs must retain 75% of the net number of shares acquired (after payment of exercise price, if any, and taxes) upon the exercise of all stock options and upon the vesting of all RSUs, PSUs, and MSUs granted until they achieve the required multiple of base salary.  NEOs who do not comply with the guidelines may not be eligible for future equity awards.  All of the NEOs are currently in compliance with the guidelines.


401(k) Plan

The Committee believes that an important aspect of attracting and retaining qualified individuals to serve as NEOs involves providing a means to save for retirement.  As part of the Company’s Retirement Savings Plan (the “401(k) Plan”), which is based on a calendar year, during 2021 the Company matched 50 cents of each dollar of a participant’s voluntary salary contributions (up to a maximum of 6% of base salary).  The annual maximum participant voluntary salary contribution, which is established by the Internal Revenue Service, was $19,500 for 2021, plus a “catch-up” contribution limit for those over 50 years old of $6,500.  With respect to the 2021 plan year, all of the Company’s matching contributions were in cash.  Employees are credited with approximately 33% vesting in Company contributions each year during their first three years of service such that after three years of service, employees are fully vested in all prior and future Company matching contributions to the 401(k) Plan.  All of the NEOs were eligible to participate in the 401(k) Plan during 2021.

Severance and Change in Control Benefits

The Committee believes that reasonable severance and change in control benefits are necessary in order to recruit and retain effective executives and compete for executive talent within our industry.  In addition, the Committee also believes that a change in control arrangement provides an appropriate level of security to an executive that will likely reduce the reluctance of that executive to pursue a change in control transaction that could be in the best interests of our stockholders.  Although the Committee independently reviews the potential severance and change in control payments in light of their reasonableness as part of negotiating employment agreements or offer letters with our executive officers, the Committee typically does not consider the value of potential severance and change in control payments when assessing annual compensation because severance payments as a result of a change in control are contingent in nature and have primary purposes unrelated to ordinary compensation.  For a detailed discussion of potential severance and change in control benefits as well as an estimate of the amounts that would have been payable had they been triggered as of the end of 2021, see “Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control of the Company”.

Perquisites and Other Benefits

NEOs are eligible for benefits generally available to and on the same terms as the Company’s employees who are categorized as exempt for purposes of the Fair Labor Standards Act.  Those benefits include health, disability, dental and life insurance. These payments are discussed in the footnotes to the Summary Compensation Table.

Tax Deductibility of Compensation

Prior to the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act enacted in December 2017 (the “Tax Act”), Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code limited the Company’s ability to deduct on its tax return compensation over $1 million to the NEOs, other than the CFO, serving at the end of the year unless, in general, the compensation was paid pursuant to a plan that was performance-related, non-discretionary, and approved by the Company’s stockholders (“performance-based compensation”).

The Tax Act substantially modified Section 162(m) and, among other things, eliminated the performance-based compensation exception to the $1 million deduction limit with respect to taxable years beginning after December 31, 2017.  Accordingly, effective beginning in fiscal 2018, compensation paid to our NEOs (including our CFO) will be subject to the limitations on deductibility under Section 162(m) for any year in which compensation is paid to them (even years following their separation from service), and we will no longer be able to deduct “performance-based compensation” to such officers who receive annual compensation in excess of $1 million.  However, the Tax Act


provides that awards that were made and subject to binding written contracts in effect on November 2, 2017 are “grandfathered” under prior law and can still qualify as deductible “performance-based compensation,” even if paid in future years. The Committee will continue to monitor these awards and Internal Revenue Service guidance to determine whether they are deductible if and when paid.  The Committee has determined, however, that the Company will not necessarily seek to limit executive compensation to amounts deductible under Section 162(m) if the Committee believes such limitation is not in the best interest of the Company’s stockholders. While considering the tax implications of its compensation decisions, the Committee believes its primary focus should be to attract, retain, and motivate executives, and align the executives’ interest with those of the Company’s stockholders.

Compensation Decisions for 2022

For 2022 and beyond, the Committee remains committed to designing and maintaining an executive compensation program that is performance-based, competitive, and clear in its design and objectives, and that aligns the interests of management with those of the Company’s stockholders. The Committee will continue to evaluate the executive compensation program each year in light of market competitiveness and new facts and circumstances to ensure that our executive compensation strategies are aligned with our pay-for-performance compensation philosophy and our business objectives.

2022 Peer Group

In September 2021, FW Cook conducted a review of our peer group.  FW Cook applied certain criteria in developing the 2022 Peer Group (as defined below) such as industry sectors, revenues, enterprise value, and our historical peers.  With regard to revenue and enterprise value, FW Cook evaluated comparable companies with revenues ranging from approximately one-fourth to four times our pro-forma annual revenues and favored companies with 12-month average enterprise values ranging from approximately one-fourth to four times our enterprise value.  Our 2022 peer group consists of the following companies (the “2022 Peer Group”), whose compensation levels were used as competitive comparisons when reviewing our NEO compensation for 2022.  The median revenue for the latest four quarters and the median enterprise value as of August 31, 2021 for companies in our 2022 Peer Group were $0.7 million and $2.2 billion, respectively.

Addus HomeCare, Inc.

Evolent Health, Inc.

Planet Fitness, Inc.

Allscripts Healthcare Solutions, Inc.

Hanger, Inc.

Premier, Inc.

Apollo Medical Holdings, Inc.

ModivCare Inc.

Progyny, Inc.

Computer Programs and Systems, Inc.

NextGen Healthcare, Inc.

Tabula Rasa HealthCare, Inc.

CorVel Corporation

Omnicell, Inc.

U.S. Physical Therapy, Inc.

Following is a summary of compensation decisions with respect to the NEOs for 2022:

Base Salaries

In establishing base salaries for 2022, the Committee considered each NEO’s performance and responsibilities, CEO recommendations, internal pay equity, pay relative to the market and the 2022 Peer Group, and date of the last salary increase.  The Committee determined that the NEOs’ base salaries would be equal to the amounts set forth below effective February 21, 2022:


Annualized Base Salary ($000s)

Name

 

 

2022

Base Salary

 

 

 

2021

Base Salary

(at end of year)

 

 

 

Percentage

Increase

 

 

 

Date of

Previous

Increase

Richard Ashworth

 

 

$

900

 

 

 

$

900

 

 

 

0.0%

 

 

 

n/a

Adam Holland

 

 

$

438

 

 

 

$

424

 

 

 

3.2%

 

 

 

02/2021

Thomas Lewis

 

 

$

445

 

 

 

$

425

 

 

 

4.7%

 

 

 

02/2021

Ray Bilbao

 

 

$

330

 

 

 

$

309

 

 

 

6.8%

 

 

 

02/2021

Ryan Wagers

 

 

$

311

 

 

 

$

300

 

 

 

3.5%

 

 

 

02/2021

Short-Term Incentive Awards

For 2022, 80% of each NEO’s short-term incentive target is based on Company achievement of financial goals, specifically Adjusted EBITDA.  The remaining 20% of each NEO’s short-term incentive target is based on Company achievement of an operational and strategic goal, specifically virtual visits.  There were no changes to any of the NEOs’ individual short-term incentive targets from the levels established at the end of 2021.  The NEOs’ potential award payouts are capped at 190% of the target award amount.

Short-Term Incentive Targets for 2022 (as a percentage of base salary)

Name

Short-term

Incentive

Richard Ashworth

100%

Adam Holland

50%

Thomas Lewis

50%

Raymond Bilbao

50%

Ryan Wagers

40%

Long-Term Incentive Awards

The Committee granted annual equity awards in March 2022.  Similar to 2020 and 2021, the Committee designed the LTI program for 2021 such that 50% of the grant date fair value of each NEO’s LTI grant consisted of “premium priced” stock options having an exercise price equal to 110% of the closing price of the Common Stock on the grant date.  The stock options become exercisable on the third anniversary of the grant date.  The remaining 50% of the grant date fair value of each NEO’s LTI grant consisted of RSUs that are subject to vesting in three equal installments over three years.  Mr. Ashworth was not eligible for an annual LTI grant in 2021 due to having received an equity award in June 2020 granted ascompensation for fiscal years 2020 through 2022.

Special Incentive Bonus Award

On February 11, 2022, the Company entered into a Special Incentive Bonus Award Agreement (the “Special Incentive Bonus Award Agreement”) with Mr. Ashworth, pursuant to which Mr. Ashworth will be entitled to a cash payment in the amount of $5,000,000 on February 11, 2027 (the “Vesting Date”), as long as Mr. Ashworth is serving as an employee of the Company on the Vesting Date.  


If Mr. Ashworth’s employment with the Company is involuntarily terminated by the Company for any reason other than termination for cause, or is terminated by Mr. Ashworth for good reason, then, subject to Mr. Ashworth’s execution of the release of claims in favor of the Company, any portion of the Special Incentive Bonus Award that has not vested prior to the date of termination of Mr. Ashworth’s employment will immediately vest. If Mr. Ashworth’s employment with the Company terminates by reason of death or disability, then any portion of the Special Incentive Bonus Award that has not vested prior to the date of termination of Mr. Ashworth’s employment will immediately vest. If Mr. Ashworth’s employment with the Company is involuntarily terminated for cause or Mr. Ashworth is terminated for any other reason not already described above, then any portion of the Special Incentive Bonus Award that has not vested prior to the date on which Mr. Ashworth’s employment is terminated will immediately be forfeited and Mr. Ashworth shall have no further rights with respect to such Special Incentive Bonus Award. In the event of a change in control, the Special Incentive Bonus Award will vest as follows: (a) 50% of the Special Incentive Bonus Award will immediately vest on the date of the change in control, and (b) 50% of the Special Incentive Bonus Award will vest on the first anniversary of the date of the change in control.  

Compensation Committee Report

The following Report of the Compensation Committee does not constitute soliciting material and should not be deemed filed for any purpose, including for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act, or otherwise subject to the liabilities of that Section, or incorporated by reference into any other Company filing under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), or the Exchange Act, except to the extent the Company specifically incorporates this Report by reference therein.

The Compensation Committee has reviewed and discussed the Compensation Discussion and Analysis section with management and, based on such review and discussions, recommended to the Board that the Compensation Discussion and Analysis section be included in this Form 10-K/A.

Respectfully submitted,

Bradley S. Karro, Chair

Robert J. Greczyn, Jr.

Erin L. Russell

COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION

During 2021, the Compensation Committee was composed of Messrs. Karro and Greczyn for the entire year.  Ms. Jacob was a member of the Committee from the beginning of the year until the 2021 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.  Ms. Russell has been a member of the Committee since the 2021 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. Except for Mr. Greczyn, who served as the interim CEO of the Company from February 2020 through May 2020, none of these persons has at any time been an officer or employee of the Company or any of the Company’s subsidiaries.  In addition, there are no relationships among the Company’s executive officers, members of the Committee or entities whose executives serve on the Board or the Committee that require disclosure under applicable Commission regulations.


Summary Compensation Table

The following table provides information regarding compensation to our NEOs.

Name and

Principal

Position

Year

 

Salary

($)

 

Bonus

($)

 

Stock

Awards

($)

 

Option

Awards

($)

 

Non-Equity

Incentive Plan

Compensation

($)

 

All Other

Compensation ($)

 

Total

($)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

 

(1)

 

(2)

 

(3)

 

 

 

Richard Ashworth

2021

 

 

$

900,000

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

$

1,036,894

 

 

 

 

$

10,779

 

 

 

 

$

1,947,673

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

2020

 

 

$

421,247

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

$

10,154,429

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

$

900,000

 

 

 

 

$

77,288

 

 

 

 

$

11,552,964

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adam Holland

2021

 

 

$

422,696

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

$

324,992

 

 

 

 

$

325,006

 

 

 

 

$

243,495

 

 

 

 

$

10,779

 

 

 

 

$

1,326,968

 

Chief Financial Officer

2020

 

 

$

338,186

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

$

669,540

 

 

 

 

$

324,999

 

 

 

 

$

63,787

 

 

 

 

$

9,937

 

 

 

 

$

1,406,449

 

 

2019

 

 

$

389,231

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

$

874,996

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

$

127,566

 

 

 

 

$

10,364

 

 

 

 

$

1,402,157

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thomas Lewis

2021

 

 

$

418,942

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

$

237,494

 

 

 

 

$

237,503

 

 

 

 

$

241,333

 

 

 

 

$

11,779

 

 

 

 

$

1,147,051

 

Chief Operating Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Raymond Bilbao

2021

 

 

$

307,789

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

$

122,511

 

 

 

 

$

122,496

 

 

 

 

$

177,302

 

 

 

 

$

1,930

 

 

 

 

$

732,028

 

Chief Legal Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ryan Wagers

2021

 

 

$

297,745

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

$

87,498

 

 

 

 

$

87,503

 

 

 

 

$

137,213

 

 

 

 

$

10,607

 

 

 

 

$

620,566

 

Chief Accounting Officer

2020

 

 

$

232,503

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

$

249,155

 

 

 

 

$

87,502

 

 

 

 

$

54,275

 

 

 

 

$

7,385

 

 

 

 

$

630,820

 

 

2019

 

 

$

272,365

 

 

 

 

$

10,000

 

 

 

 

$

275,002

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

$

69,314

 

 

 

 

$

10,918

 

 

 

 

$

637,599

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Reflects the aggregate grant date fair value of stock and option awards granted during the respective period calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718, consistent with our estimate of the aggregate compensation cost to be recognized for performance-based and market-based stock awards assuming 100% of target shares are earned. For additional detail regarding the assumptions used in the calculation of these fair value amounts, see Note 7 to our audited financial statements for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2021, included in the Form 10-K filed with the Commission on February 25, 2022.

In 2020, stock awards for Mr. Ashworth included an inducement award consisting of 500,000 RSUs vesting 50%, 25%, and 25% on each of the first, second, and third anniversaries of the grant date, respectively, to replace compensation forfeited from Mr. Ashworth’s former employer and to induce Mr. Ashworth to join the Company (“CEO Inducement Award”).  The CEO Inducement Award had a grant date fair value of $5,550,000. In addition, in 2020 Mr. Ashworth was granted 150,000 RSUs (“CEO RSU Award”) and 150,000 MSUs (at target performance) (“CEO MSU Award”), each of which were intended as compensation for fiscal years 2020 through 2022, and which had an aggregate grant date fair value of $4,491,000.  With respect to the MSUs, the table above includes the aggregate compensation cost ($2,826,000) to be recognized for the MSU award based on the Monte Carlo valuation of the award.  Assuming the highest level of performance conditions will be achieved, the value of the award at the grant date (i.e., the maximum potential shares multiplied by the fair value per share of $11.10 on the grant date) is $4,995,000. 

In 2019, stock awards for Mr. Holland include $687,501 aggregate compensation costs to be recognized for PSU awards assuming 100% would be earned at the end of the two-year performance period. Based on actual performance as measured following the end of the performance period, the aggregate compensation cost to be recognized for PSU awards granted to Mr. Holland in 2019 is $443,493.  

In 2019, stock awards for Mr. Wagers include $231,249 aggregate compensation costs to be recognized for PSU awards assuming 100% would be earned at the end of the two-year performance period. Based on actual performance as measured following the end of the performance period, the aggregate compensation cost to be recognized for PSU awards granted to Mr. Wagers in 2019 is $163,915.


(2)

Non-equity incentive plan compensation in 2021 includes short-term cash incentive awards.  

See the section titled “Short-term Cash Incentive Awards” in the “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” section for details on the short-term cash incentive awards.  

(3)

The amounts in this column for 2021 reflect Company contributions to the 401(k) Plan and the NEO’s health savings account and insurance premiums the Company paid with respect to life insurance for the benefit of each NEO.

The table does not include medical benefits coverage and disability insurance that are offered through programs available to substantially all of our salaried employees.



Grants of Plan-Based Awards in 2021

The following table sets forth the plan-based awards granted to the Company’s NEOs during 2021.

 

 

 

Estimated Future Payouts

Under Non-Equity Incentive

Plan Awards

(2)

 

 

 

Estimated Future Payouts

Under Equity Incentive Plan

Awards

 

All Other

Stock

Awards:

Number of

Shares of

 

 

All Other

Option

Awards:

Number of

Securities of

 

 

Exercise

or Base

Price of

 

 

Grant Date

Fair Value

of Stock

and

 

Name

Grant

Type

(1)

Grant

Date (3)

Threshold

($)

 

 

Target

($)

 

 

Maximum

($)

 

 

 

Threshold

(#)

 

Target

(#)

 

Max-

imum

(#)

 

Stock or

Units

(#)

 

 

Underlying

Options

(#)

 

 

Option

Awards

($/Sh)

 

 

Option

Awards

($)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4)

 

 

(5)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(6)

 

Richard Ashworth (7)

STC

 

$

 

 

$

900,000

 

 

$

1,800,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adam Holland (7)

STC

 

$

 

 

$

211,348

 

 

$

422,696

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adam Holland

RSU

03/22/21

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

13,598

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

324,992

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adam Holland

NQ

03/22/21

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

24,603

 

 

$

26.29

 

 

$

325,006

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thomas Lewis (7)

STC

 

 

 

 

 

$

209,471

 

 

$

418,942

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thomas Lewis

RSU

03/22/21

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,937

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

237,494

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thomas Lewis

NQ

03/22/21

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

17,979

 

 

$

26.29

 

 

$

237,503

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Raymond Bilbao (7)

STC

 

 

 

 

 

$

153,894

 

 

$

307,788

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Raymond Bilbao

RSU

03/22/21

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,126

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

122,511

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Raymond Bilbao

NQ

03/22/21

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9,273

 

 

$

26.29

 

 

$

122,496

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ryan Wagers (7)

STC

 

 

 

 

 

$

119,098

 

 

$

238,196

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ryan Wagers

RSU

03/22/21

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,661

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

87,498

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ryan Wagers

NQ

03/22/21

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6,624

 

 

$

26.29

 

 

$

87,503

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

STC: Represents cash awards under the short-term cash incentive program discussed in footnote (7) below.

RSU: Represents RSUs granted under the Second Amended and Restated 2014 Plan.

NQ: Represents premium-priced, non-qualified stock options granted under the Second Amended and Restated 2014 Plan.


(2)

Non-equity incentive plan awards include short-term cash incentive awards.  These columns set forth the target and maximum payouts for performance under these awards.  

Under the short-term cash incentive program, potential bonus payouts range from 0% to 200% of the target.  There was no threshold amount for the short-term cash incentive awards.  See the section titled “Short-term Cash Incentive Awards” in the “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” section for details of actual payouts compared to the target.

(3)

Grant approval occurred on the grant date.

(4)

RSUs vest in three equal annual installments.    

(5)

Stock options vest on the three-year anniversary of the grant date.

(6)

These amounts represent the aggregate grant date fair value of the awards calculated in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718.  These amounts are reflected in the Summary Compensation Table in the “Stock Awards” and “Option Awards” columns.

(7)

Under the 2021 short-term cash incentive program, Mr. Ashworth was eligible to receive an award up to 100% of his base earnings, each of Messrs. Holland, Lewis, and Bilbao was eligible to receive an award up to 50% of his base earnings, and Mr. Wagers was eligible to receive an award up to 40% of his base earnings.  The maximum short-term incentive award payout that each NEO could earn for 2021 was equal to 200% of his annual short-term cash incentive target amount.  See the section titled “Short-term Cash Incentive Awards” in the “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” section for a detailed discussion of targets and actual payouts.

Compensation Programs for Fiscal 2021

As reflected in the above Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table, the primary components of our 2021 executive compensation program were base salary, short-term cash incentive compensation, LTI awards, and awards under retirement plans.  For a detailed discussion of each of these components, see the “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” section.


Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End

The following tables provide information with respect to outstanding stock options, MSUs, and RSUs held by the NEOs as of December 31, 2021.

 

 

OPTION AWARDS

 

 

Name

 

Option

Grant

Date

 

 

Number

of

Securities

Underlying

Unexercised

Options

(#)

Exercisable

 

 

Number

of

Securities

Underlying

Unexercised

Options

(#)

Unexercisable

 

 

Option

Exercise

Price

($)

 

 

Option

Expiration

Date

 

 

Richard Ashworth

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adam Holland

 

6/15/18

 

 

 

10,910

 

 

 

 

 

$

34.42

 

 

6/15/28

 

 

 

 

11/10/20

 

 

 

 

 

39,634 (1)

 

 

$

16.78

 

 

11/10/27

 

 

 

 

3/22/21

 

 

 

 

 

24,603 (2)

 

 

$

26.29

 

 

3/22/28

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thomas Lewis

 

11/10/20

 

 

 

 

 

24,390 (1)

 

 

$

16.78

 

 

11/10/27

 

 

 

 

3/22/21

 

 

 

 

 

19,979 (2)

 

 

$

26.29

 

 

3/22/28

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Raymond Bilbao

 

7/2/18

 

 

 

1,477

 

 

 

 

 

$

35.75

 

 

7/2/28

 

 

 

 

11/10/20

 

 

 

 

 

14,939 (1)

 

 

$

16.78

 

 

11/10/27

 

 

 

 

3/22/21

 

 

 

 

 

9,273 (2)

 

 

$

26.29

 

 

3/22/28

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ryan Wagers

 

10/17/18

 

 

 

1,266

 

 

 

 

 

$

33.36

 

 

3/31/21

 

 

 

 

11/10/20

 

 

 

 

 

10,671 (1)

 

 

$

16.78

 

 

11/10/27

 

 

 

 

3/22/21

 

 

 

 

 

6,624 (2)

 

 

$

26.29

 

 

3/22/28

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

Options vest in full on May 10, 2023.

(2)

Options vest in full on March 22, 2024.

Stock options granted as part of the Company’s LTI program have an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the Company’s Common Stock on the date of grant or, in the case of premium-priced options, equal to 110% of the closing price of the Company’s common stock on the grant date. The options generally vest over or at the end of three years based on service conditions and expire seven or ten years from the date of grant.  


 

STOCK AWARDS

 

 

Name

Stock Award

Grant Date

Number of

Shares or

Units of

Stock That

Have Not

Vested

(#)

 

 

 

Market

Value of

Shares or

Units of

Stock That

Have Not

Vested

($)

 

 

 

 

Equity

Incentive

Plan

Awards:

Number of

Unearned

Shares,

Units or

Other

Rights That

Have Not

Vested

(#)

 

 

 

 

Equity

Incentive

Plan

Awards:

Market or

Payout

Value of

Unearned

Shares,

Units or

Other

Rights That

Have Not

Vested

($)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3)

 

 

Richard Ashworth

6/1/20

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

150,000

 

(4)

 

 

$

3,966,000

 

 

 

6/1/20

 

100,000

 

(5)

 

$

2,644,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

6/1/20

 

250,000

 

(6)

 

$

6,610,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adam Holland

4/11/19

 

3,070

 

(5)

 

$

81,171

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11/10/20

 

14,207

 

(7)

 

$

375,633

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3/22/21

 

13,598

 

(5)

 

$

359,531

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thomas Lewis

4/11/19

 

512

 

(5)

 

$

13,537

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11/10/20

 

8,743

 

(7)

 

$

231,165

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3/22/21

 

9,937

 

(5)

 

$

262,734

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Raymond Bilbao

4/11/19

 

307

 

(5)

 

$

8,117

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11/10/20

 

5,355

 

(7)

 

$

141,586

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3/22/21

 

5,126

 

(5)

 

$

135,531

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ryan Wagers

4/11/19

 

717

 

(5)

 

$

18,957

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11/10/20

 

3,825

 

(7)

 

$

101,133

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3/22/21

 

3,661

 

(5)

 

$

96,797

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3)

Market value was calculated by multiplying the number of shares underlying the award in the previous column that have not vested as of December 31, 2021 times the closing price of the Common Stock on December 31, 2021 of $26.44 per share.

(4)

Award represents the target number of MSUs granted under the Second Amended and Restated 2014 Plan. Award vests at the end of three years only upon the achievement of certain compounded annual TSR goals over the three-year period from the grant date.

(5)

RSU award vests in three equal annual installments on each of the first three anniversaries of the grant date.

(6)

RSU award vests 50% on the first anniversary of the grant date, 25% on the second anniversary of the grant date, and 25% on the third anniversary of the grant date.

(7)

RSU award vests one-third on each of the following dates: November 10, 2021; May 10, 2022; and May 10, 2023.


Option Exercises and Stock Vested in 2021

The following table provides information regarding the vesting of RSUs and PSUs during 2021, and the exercise of stock options by our NEOs during 2021.

 

 

 

Option Awards

 

 

 

 

Stock Awards

 

Name

 

Number of

Shares

Acquired

on Exercise

(#)

 

Value

Realized

on Exercise

($)

 

Number of

Shares

Acquired

on Vesting

(#)

 

Value

Realized

on Vesting

($) (1)

 

Richard Ashworth

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

306,887

 

 

 

 

$

8,035,054

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Adam Holland

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

70,480

 

 

 

 

$

1,761,528

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Thomas Lewis

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

14,697

 

 

 

 

$

386,568

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Raymond Bilbao

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

21,878

 

 

 

 

$

538,897

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ryan Wagers

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

27,588

 

 

 

 

$

681,937

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

The value realized upon vesting is calculated based on the closing price of our Common Stock on the applicable vesting date. Such value may differ from the actual value realized upon distribution.

Employment Agreements for NEOs

Messrs. Ashworth and Holland are currently employed pursuant to written employment agreements with the Company effective on the following dates:

Mr. Ashworth – May 20, 2020

Mr. Holland – May 22, 2017

Collectively, the employment agreements with Messrs. Ashworth and Holland are referred to as the “NEO Employment Agreements”.  The employments of each of Messrs. Lewis, Bilbao, and Wagers were subject to offer of employment letters executed on the following dates (the “NEO Offer Letters”), which do not contain a stated term, constituting at-will employment:  

Mr. Lewis – October 4, 2018 (and subsequent amendments dated April 1, 2019 and October 30, 2020) (collectively, the “Lewis Offer Letter”)

Mr. Bilbao – October 30, 2020 (the “Bilbao Offer Letter)

Mr. Wagers – September 14, 2018 (the “Wagers Offer Letter”)

Mr. Ashworth’s employment agreement expires on June 1, 2023 and renews for successive one-year periods thereafter, unless either party gives written notice to the other party of its intention not to renew the agreement at least 90 days prior to the end of the then current term.  A non-renewal of the CEO’s employment agreement by the Company will be treated as a termination without “cause”, and a non-renewal of the employment agreement by Mr. Ashworth will be treated as a termination without “good reason.”

Mr. Holland’s employment agreement provides for an initial term of one year (which expired on June 14, 2018) and thereafter renews for continuous periods of one year each.  

Each NEO Employment Agreement and NEO Offer Letter provides for an annual base salary as well as participation in all applicable benefit plans maintained by the Company. Base salary payable under each


NEO Employment Agreement is subject to annual review and may be increased by the Board, or a committee thereof, as it may deem advisable.  The NEO Employment Agreements and NEO Offer Letters generally provide for the participation of each NEO in short-term and long-term incentive awards, if any, as determined by the Board, or a committee thereof comprised solely of independent directors.  

The NEO Employment Agreements and NEO Offer Letters provide for certain potential severance and change in control benefits.  In addition, in September 2021, the Compensation Committee adopted a separation benefits program (the “Separation Benefits Program”) that provides for severance and change in control benefits and is applicable to the Company’s NEOs. The NEOs are not entitled to participate in the Separation Benefits Program to the extent they are entitled to any severance payments or benefits from another program or agreement with the Company (for example, an employment agreement or offer of employment letter) that provides greater severance payments or more favorable terms than the Separation Benefits Program. As such, Mr. Bilbao is the only NEO entitled to participate in the Separation Benefits Program.  The potential severance and change in control benefits to which the NEOs are entitled under the NEO Employment Agreements, the NEO Offer Letters, or the Separation Benefits Program, as applicable, are discussed in detail under “Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control of the Company.”

Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control ofthe Company

Potential payments for each of the NEOs upon termination or a change in control of the Company are discussed below.  

Each of the NEO Employment Agreements contain restrictive provisions relating to the use of confidential information, competing against the Company and soliciting any customers or employees of the Company during the term of employment and for a period up to 24 months thereafter (in the case of Mr. Ashworth) or 12 months thereafter (in the case of Mr. Holland).  The NEO Employment Agreements provide that employment may be terminated at any time by the mutual written agreement of the Company and the NEO.  The employment of the NEOs also could have been terminated as of December 31, 2021 under the following circumstances:

1)

Involuntary without Cause – the Company may terminate each NEO’s employment without cause at any time by delivery of a written notice of termination to the executive.

2)

Voluntary for Good Reason – the NEO may resign by delivery of a written notice of resignation to the Company within 60 days (or, in the case of Mr. Bilbao, 30 days) of the occurrence of any of the following events:

a.

Reduction in base salary - (i) in the case of Mr. Ashworth, a reduction in his base salary unless such reduction is part of an across the board reduction affecting all senior officers of the Company; (ii) in the case of Messrs. Holland, Lewis and Wagers, a material reduction in the NEO’s base salary unless such reduction is part of an across the board reduction affecting all Company executives with a comparable role or title; or (iii), in the case of Mr. Bilbao, a material reduction in his base salary unless all Section 16 officers of the Company are required to take a salary reduction that is equal to or less than 25% of their base salary;

b.

Relocation -  (i) in the case of Messrs. Ashworth and Holland, a requirement by the Company to relocate the NEO to a location that is more than 25 miles from the location of the NEO’s current office (except for relocation to the Nashville, Tennessee metropolitan area in the case of Mr. Ashworth); (ii) in the case of Messrs. Lewis and Wagers, a requirement by the Company to relocate his residence, unless such relocation is mutually agreed upon by him


and the Company; or (iii) in the case of Mr. Bilbao, a requirement by the Company to move more than 50 miles from his home address as of September 22, 2021;

c.

Change in control - in connection with a change in control (as defined below), the failure by the successor or the Company’s Board to honor the NEO’s employment agreement or offer such NEO an employment agreement containing substantially similar or otherwise satisfactory terms, in the case of Messrs. Ashworth and Holland; or

d.

Change in status or responsibilities - in the case of Mr. Ashworth, a material reduction in his title, or a material and adverse change in his status and responsibilities, or the assignment to him of duties or responsibilities which are materially inconsistent with his title and responsibilities, including following a change in control, if Mr. Ashworth no longer serves as the CEO of the acquiring or successor company reporting to the board of directors (or other governing body) of such entity.

Upon receipt of an NEO’s written notice that one or more of the above-identified events has occurred, the Company shall have a 60-day period (30 days in the case of Mr. Bilbao) to cure the good reason event. If such event is cured, the NEO shall no longer have the right to resign for Good Reason.

3)

Involuntary for Cause

a.

the Company may, at any time, terminate the employment of Mr. Ashworth by delivery of a written notice of termination to Mr. Ashworth specifying the event(s) relied upon for such termination upon the occurrence of any of the following:

i.

continued failure by Mr. Ashworth to substantially perform his duties after written notice and failure to cure within 60 days;

ii.

conviction of a felony or engaging in misconduct that is materially injurious to the Company, monetarily or to its reputation or otherwise, or that would damage Mr. Ashworth’s ability to effectively perform his duties; or

iii.

willful violation of Company policies and procedures after written notice and failure to cure within 30 days.

b.

the Company may, at any time, terminate the employment of Messrs. Holland, Lewis, Bilbao or Wagers by delivery of a written notice of termination to the executive specifying the event(s) relied upon for such termination upon the occurrence of any of the following:

i.

continued failure by the NEO to substantially perform his duties after written notice and failure to cure within 60 days;

ii.

conviction of a felony (or arrest relating to a felony, in the case of Messrs. Lewis and Wagers) or engaging in misconduct that is materially injurious to the Company, monetarily or to its reputation or otherwise, or that would damage the NEO’s ability to effectively perform his duties;

iii.

theft or dishonesty by the NEO;

iv.

intoxication while on duty; or

v.

willful violation of Company policies and procedures after written notice and failure to cure within 30 days.

4)

Voluntary without Good Reason – each NEO may terminate his employment at any time by delivery of a written notice of resignation to the Company no less than 60 days and no more than 90 days prior to the effective date of such executive’s resignation, except that such advance notice provision does not apply with respect to Messrs. Lewis, Bilbao, and Wagers.


5)

Change in Control – “Change in control” is defined in each of the NEO Employment Agreements as any of the following events:

(i)

when any person or entity, including a “group” as defined in Section 13(d)(3) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, other than the Company or a wholly owned subsidiary thereof or any employee benefit plan of the Company or any of its subsidiaries, becomes the beneficial owner of the Company’s securities having 35% (or 50%, in the case of the CEO Agreement) or more of the combined voting power of the then outstanding securities of the Company that may be cast for the election of directors of the Company (other than as a result of an issuance of securities initiated by the Company in the ordinary course of business); or

(ii)

as the result of, or in connection with, any cash tender or exchange offer, merger or other business combination, sales of assets or contested election, or any combination of the foregoing transactions, less than a majority of the combined voting power of the then outstanding securities of the Company or any successor corporation or entity entitled to vote generally in the election of the directors of the Company or such other corporation or entity after such transaction is held in the aggregate by the holders of the Company’s securities entitled to vote generally in the election of the directors of the Company immediately prior to such transaction.

6)

Involuntary Without Cause or Voluntary for Good Reason On or Within 12 Months Following a Change in Control – each NEO Employment Agreement entitles the NEO to severance benefits in connection with a termination of his employment within 12 months following a change in control for good reason or in the event the Company terminates such NEO’s employment within 12 months following a change in control without cause, except that in the case of Mr. Ashworth, the preceding provisions apply if the termination of his employment occurs upon or within 12 months following a change in control.

7)

Disability – the NEO Employment Agreements may be terminated by either the NEO or the Company upon written notice to the other party when:

a.

the NEO suffers a physical or mental disability entitling the NEO to long-term disability benefits under the Company’s long-term disability plan, if any, or

b.

in the absence of a Company long-term disability plan, the NEO is unable, as reasonably determined by the Board, or any designated Committee of the Board (or, in the case of Mr. Holland’s agreement, as determined by the Company) to perform the essential functions of the NEO’s regular duties and responsibilities, with or without reasonable accommodation, due to a medically determinable physical or mental illness which has lasted (or can reasonably be expected to last) for a period of six consecutive months.

8)

Death – the NEO Employment Agreements terminate upon death.

9)

Retirement – under the Second Amended and Restated 2014 Plan, “normal retirement” occurs upon the retirement from active employment of the NEO on or after the date upon which the NEO reaches the age of 65.

Under the Second Amended and Restated 2014 Plan, “early retirement” occurs where (i) the sum of the NEO’s age plus years of employment at the Company as of the proposed retirement date is equal to or greater than 70, (ii) the NEO has given written notice to the Company at least one year prior to the proposed early retirement date of his intent to retire and (iii) the CEO has approved in writing such early retirement request prior to the proposed early retirement date, provided that in the event the CEO does not approve the request for early retirement or the CEO is the NEO giving notice of his intent to retire, then in both cases, the Compensation Committee shall make the determination of whether to approve or disapprove such request.


None of the NEOs were eligible for normal or early retirement at December 31, 2021 based on the terms of the Second Amended and Restated 2014 Plan or the award agreements.  Consequently, no information is provided with respect to any of the NEOs for amounts payable in connection with a normal or early retirement.

Following is the treatment of outstanding equity awards upon certain events:

Death or Disability - Generally, all outstanding equity awards granted to NEOs fully vest in the event of death or disability; provided, however, that (i) in the case of unvested RSUs awarded in connection with the CEO RSU Award, the number of RSUs scheduled to vest on the nearest future vesting date will be accelerated to vest, and all RSUs that have not vested following such acceleration will be forfeited; and (ii) in the case of the CEO MSU Award, a number of MSUs will vest equal to the product of (x) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of full calendar months during the performance period that the CEO was employed by the Company, and the denominator of which is 36, multiplied by (y) the number of MSUs that would vest pursuant to the award agreement if the performance goals set forth in the award agreement that had been achieved as of the vesting date were in fact achieved on the end date of the performance period (i.e., based on actual performance).

Change in Control - All outstanding, unvested equity awards granted to NEOs will not vest upon the occurrence of a change in control unless the acquirer does not assume the outstanding equity awards (or, in the case of stock options granted under the Second Amended and Restated 2014 Plan, substitute an equivalent award). In the event the acquirer does not assume the awards:

o

RSUs granted under the Second Amended and Restated 2014 Plan will vest in full;

o

MSUs will vest based onthe actual number of MSUs that would vest pursuant to the award agreement if the performance goals set forth in the award agreement that had been achieved as of the vesting date (i.e., the date of the change in control) were in fact achieved on the end date of the performance period; and

o

at the discretion of the Committee, stock options granted under the Second Amended and Restated 2014 Plan may be accelerated, purchased for cash, or otherwise adjusted as the Committee deems appropriate.  

In the event the acquirer assumes the equity awards, these equity awards will only be entitled to accelerated vesting if:

o

the NEO is involuntarily terminated, other than for cause, within 12 months following the occurrence of the change in control;

o

the NEO terminates for good reason within 12 months following the change in control (provided the NEO is party to an employment agreement or offer of employment letter with the Company that provides rights to the NEO upon a termination for good reason); or

o

in the case of RSUs and stock options granted under the Second Amended and Restated 2014 Plan, the NEO’s employment has previously terminated by reason of retirement as of the date of the change in control.  

Following the occurrence of any of these triggering events, (i) RSUs and stock options will become fully vested (subject to the NEO’s execution of any release of claims as set forth in such NEO’s employment agreement or equity award agreement, if applicable), and (ii) the number of MSUs that will vest (subject to the NEO’s execution of any release of claims as set forth in such NEO’s employment agreement or MSU award agreement, if applicable) will be equal to the actual number of MSUs that would vest pursuant to the award agreement if the performance


goals set forth in the award agreement that had been achieved as of the vesting date (i.e., the date of the change in control) were in fact achieved on the end date of the performance period.

Normal or Early Retirement - Following a termination in connection with normal or early retirement, unvested equity awards (other than the CEO Inducement Award, CEO RSU Award, and CEO MSU Award) generally will not be forfeited but will continue vesting in accordance with the applicable award agreements; provided, however, that upon a change in control, some equity awards will become fully vested if the executive has retired as of the date of a change in control event (as discussed above).

Without Cause or for Good Reason - In the event the NEO’s employment is terminated without cause or if the NEO resigns for good reason (as defined in his/her employment agreement):

o

For unvested RSUs granted in April 2019, a portion will vest on the date of termination equal to the number of shares that were scheduled to vest on the next soonest vesting date (subject to the NEO’s execution of any release of claims as set forth in such NEO’s employment agreement or award agreement, if applicable).  

o

For the CEO Inducement Award granted in June 2020, unvested RSU awards will vest in full (subject to the NEO’s execution of any release of claims as set forth in such NEO’s employment agreement).

o

For the CEO RSU Award granted in June 2020, a portion of the unvested RSUs will vest on the date of termination equal to the number of shares that were scheduled to vest on the next soonest vesting date (subject to the NEO’s execution of any release of claims as set forth in such NEO’s employment agreement).

o

For the CEO MSU Award granted in June 2020, unvested MSU awards will vest on a pro rata basis (subject to the NEO’s execution of any release of claims as set forth in such NEO’s employment agreement) based on the number of whole months that the NEO was employed during the performance period multiplied by the actual number of MSUs that would vest pursuant to the award agreement if the performance goals set forth in the award agreement that had been achieved as of the vesting date were in fact achieved on the end date of the performance period.

o

For unvested RSU and stock option awards granted in November 2020 and March 2021, a pro rata portion of the RSUs or stock options will vest (subject to the NEO’s execution of any release of claims as set forth in such NEO’s employment agreement or award agreement, if applicable) based on the number of days that the NEO was employed during the vesting period (less any RSUs or stock options from the same award that have previously vested).

The following tables reflect the potential payments to be made by the Company to each of the NEOs upon termination or a change in control of the Company. These benefits are in excess of those usually provided to salaried employees.  The payment amounts assume an effective change in control date or termination date of December 31, 2021.  These amounts include earnings through the effective change in control date or termination date and are estimates of compensation that would be paid to the NEOs at the time of change in control or termination.  The exact amounts of compensation can only be determined on the actual date that each NEO separates from the Company or that there is a change in control of the Company.

In addition to the Company compensation outlined in the tables below, third party insurance companies will provide life insurance and disability benefits if the NEOs separate for reasons of death or disability. If any of the NEO’s employment had terminated as of December 31, 2021 due to death as a result of natural causes, the beneficiaries of Messrs. Ashworth, Holland, Lewis, Bilbao, and Wagers would have received a lump sum payout from a third-party insurance provider of $750,000, $1,750,000, $750,000,


$1,236,000, and $600,000, respectively.  In the event of an accidental death, the beneficiaries for Messrs. Ashworth, Holland, Lewis, Bilbao, and Wagers would have received an additional $1,750,000, $1,750,000, $750,000, $1,618,000, and $600,000, respectively, in a lump sum payout from a third-party insurance provider. If the NEOs’ employment had terminated as of December 31, 2021 due to disability, each of the NEOs would have been entitled to receive a monthly benefit of $12,000 until approximately age 67 from a third-party insurance provider.  This benefit could be offset by other sources of income, such as Social Security or other disability benefits.

Richard Ashworth, Chief Executive Officer

The following table shows the potential payments upon termination or a change in control of the Company for Mr. Ashworth if his employment had terminated on December 31, 2021.  The amounts in the table below assume execution of full release of claims in favor of the Company.

 

 

Involuntary

Without

Cause or

Voluntary

For Good Reason

on 12/31/21

 

Involuntary

For Cause

on 12/31/21

 

Voluntary

Without Good

Reason

on 12/31/21

Cash Severance

 

 

$

1,800,000

 

(1)

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

Group Medical Benefits

 

 

 

25,143

 

(3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Annual Incentive Award

 

 

 

1,036,894

 

(4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,036,894

 

(4)

Restricted Stock Units

 

 

 

7,932,000

 

(5)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Market Stock Units

 

 

 

3,671,220

 

(5)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5)

Total

 

 

$

14,465,257

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

$

1,036,894

 

 

 

 

Change in

Control

on 12/31/21

 

 

Involuntary

Without

Cause or

Voluntary For

Good Reason

On or Within 12

Months following a

Change in Control

on 12/31/21

 

 

Disability

on 12/31/21

 

 

Death

on 12/31/21

 

 

Cash Severance

 

$

 

 

$

2,250,000

 

(2)

$

1,800,000

 

(6)(1)

$

 

 

Group Medical Benefits

 

 

 

 

 

25,143

 

(3)

 

25,143

 

(3)

 

 

 

Annual Incentive Award

 

 

1,036,894

 

(4)

 

2,073,788

 

(4)

 

1,036,894

 

(4)

 

1,036,894

 

(4)

Restricted Stock Units

 

 

9,254,000

 

(5)

 

9,254,000

 

(5)

 

7,932,000

 

(5)

 

7,932,000

 

(5)

Market Stock Units

 

 

6,955,994

 

(5)

 

6,955,994

 

(5)

 

3,671,220

 

(5)

 

3,671,220

 

(5)

Total

 

$

17,246,888

 

 

$

20,558,925

 

 

$

14,465,257

 

 

$

12,640,114

 

 

(1)

Represents 24 months of NEO’s base salary to be paid periodically at the regular payroll dates commencing as of the date of termination.

(2)

Represents 30 months of NEO’s base salary to be paid in a lump sum following the NEO’s termination.  Following a change in control, the payments would be paid in a lump sum no later than 30 days following the date of termination.

(3)

Represents 24 months of the Company’s portion of premiums for group medical benefits to be paid in a lump sum no later than 30 days following the date of termination.


(4)

Following a termination (a) without cause, (b) for good reason, or (c) because of disability, the NEO was entitled to receive a pro-rata portion of any short-term incentive to which the NEO is otherwise entitled as of the date of termination.  Following a termination because of death, the NEO was entitled to any earned, but unpaid, short-term incentive as of the date of termination.  Following a termination without cause or for good reason on or within 12 months following a change in control, the NEO was entitled to receive (i) a pro-rata portion of any short-term incentive to which the NEO is otherwise entitled as of the date of termination, measured at the greater of target or actual Company performance, plus (ii) an amount equal to the greater of actual bonus for the year in which the termination occurs or actual bonus for the year prior to the occurrence of the change in control. The short-term incentive award program for 2021 provided that all eligible individuals were required to be employed through December 31, 2021 in order to receive the award.  Therefore, if the NEO’s employment had terminated for any reason other than cause on December 31, 2021, he would have been entitled to a short-term incentive award payment.  No additional bonus amounts would be paid during the severance period.

(5)

Following a change in control or a termination (a) without cause, (b) for good reason, (c) without cause or for good reason within 12 months following a change in control, or (d) because of disability or death, outstanding stock options, RSUs, MSUs, and other unvested equity incentives would be treated solely in accordance with the terms of the applicable award agreements.  The table above assumes that such awards are not assumed by the acquiring corporation or other successor to the Company in a change in control.  The values in the table are based upon the closing price of the Common Stock on December 31, 2021 of $26.44 per share.    

(6)

Although not reflected in this table, this amount would be reduced by any disability insurance payments paid by the insurance company to the NEO as a result of the NEO’s disability.  In the event of disability, the NEO would receive $12,000 per each month of disability from the insurance company until reaching age 67.

Adam Holland, Chief Financial Officer

The following table shows the potential payments upon termination or a change in control of the Company for Mr. Holland.

 

 

 

Involuntary

Without

Cause or

Voluntary

For Good

Reason

on 12/31/21

 

 

 

 

Involuntary

For Cause

on 12/31/21

 

 

 

Voluntary

Without Good

Reason

on 12/31/21

 

 

Cash Severance

 

 

$

424,360

 

(1)(8)

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

16,322

 

(2)

Group Medical Benefits

 

 

 

14,794

 

(3)(8)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

569

 

(2)

Annual Incentive Award

 

 

 

243,495

 

(4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

243,495

 

(4)

Stock Options

 

 

 

176,017

 

(5)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restricted Stock Units

 

 

 

244,385

 

(5)(8)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additional Severance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

212,180

 

(6)(8)

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

$

1,103,051

 

 

 

 

$

212,180

 

 

 

$

260,386

 

 


 

 

 

Change in

Control

on 12/31/21

 

 

 

Involuntary

Without

Cause or

Voluntary For

Good Reason

Within 12 Months

following a

Change in Control

on 12/31/21

 

 

 

 

Disability

on 12/31/21

 

 

 

 

Death

on 12/31/21

 

 

Cash Severance

 

 

$

 

 

 

$

424,360

 

(1)

 

 

$

424,360

 

(1)(7)(8)

 

 

$

 

 

Group Medical Benefits

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

14,794

 

(3)

 

 

 

14,794

 

(3)

 

 

 

 

 

Annual Incentive Award

 

 

 

243,495

 

(4)

 

 

243,495

 

(4)

 

 

 

243,495

 

(4)

 

 

 

243,495

 

(4)

Stock Options

 

 

 

386,555

 

(5)

 

 

386,555

 

(5)

 

 

 

386,555

 

(5)

 

 

 

386,555

 

(5)

Restricted Stock Units

 

 

 

816,335

 

(5)

 

 

816,335

 

(5)

 

 

 

816,335

 

(5)

 

 

 

816,335

 

(5)

Total

 

 

$

1,446,385

 

 

 

$

1,885,539

 

 

 

 

$

1,885,539

 

 

 

 

$

1,446,385

 

 

(1)

Represents 12 months of NEO’s base salary to be paid at regular payroll dates commencing within 60 days following the date of termination.  Following a change in control, the payments would be paid in a lump sum no later than 60 days following the date of termination.

(2)

For termination by the NEO without good reason, the NEO is entitled to base salary and benefits through the next payroll date following termination.

(3)

Represents the Company’s portion of premiums for group medical benefits to be paid for 12 months following the NEO’s termination.

(4)

Following a termination (a) without cause, (b) for good reason, (c) without cause or for good reason within 12 months following a change in control, or (d) because of disability or death, the NEO is entitled to receive a pro-rata portion of any short-term incentive to which the NEO is otherwise entitled as of the date of termination.  The short-term incentive award program for 2021 provided that all eligible individuals were required to be employed through December 31, 2021 in order to receive the award.  Therefore, if the NEO’s employment had terminated for any reason other than cause on December 31, 2021, he would have been entitled to a short-term incentive award payment.  No additional bonus amounts would be paid during the severance period.

(5)

Following a change in control (to the extent the awards are not assumed by the acquiring corporation or other successor to the Company) or a termination (a) without cause, (b) for good reason, (c) without cause or for good reason within 12 months following a change in control, or (d) because of disability or death, outstanding stock options and unvested RSUs will be treated solely in accordance with the terms of the applicable award agreements.  The table above assumes that such awards are not assumed by the acquiring corporation or other successor to the Company in a change in control and, in the case of stock options, the Committee exercises its discretion to accelerate the vesting of such stock options.  For stock options, the values in the table are based upon the difference between the closing price of the Common Stock on December 31, 2021 of $26.44 per share and the exercise price of the awards, including only those awards whose exercise price was below the market price on December 31, 2021.  For RSUs, the values in the table are based upon the closing price of the Common Stock on December 31, 2021 of $26.44 per share.  

(6)

Represents six months of the NEO’s base salary to be paid at regular payroll dates commencing within 60 days following the NEO’s termination.

(7)

Although not reflected in this table, this amount would be reduced by any disability insurance payments paid by the insurance company to the NEO as a result of the NEO’s disability.  In the event of disability, the NEO would receive $12,000 per each month of disability from the insurance company until reaching age 67.


(8)

Assumes execution of full release of claims in favor of the Company.

Thomas Lewis, Chief Operating Officer

The following table shows the potential payments upon termination or a change in control of the Company for Mr. Lewis.  The amounts in the table below assume execution of full release of claims in favor of the Company.

 

 

 

Involuntary

Without

Cause or

Voluntary

For Good Reason

on 12/31/21

 

 

 

 

Involuntary

For Cause

on 12/31/21

 

 

 

 

Voluntary

Without Good

Reason

on 12/31/21

 

 

Cash Severance

 

 

$

425,000

 

(1)

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

Group Medical Benefits

 

 

 

15,394

 

(2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Annual Incentive Award

 

 

 

241,333

 

(3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

241,333

 

(3)

Stock Options

 

 

 

108,429

 

(4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restricted Stock Units

 

 

 

124,770

 

(4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

$

914,926

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

$

241,333

 

 

 

 

 

Change in

Control

on 12/31/21

 

 

 

 

Involuntary

Without

Cause or

Voluntary For

Good Reason

Within 12 Months

following a

Change in Control

on 12/31/21

 

 

 

 

Disability

on 12/31/21

 

 

 

 

Death

on 12/31/21

 

 

Cash Severance

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

$

425,000

 

(1)

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

Group Medical Benefits

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

15,394

 

(2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Annual Incentive Award

 

 

 

241,333

 

(3)

 

 

 

241,333

 

(3)

 

 

 

241,333

 

(3)

 

 

 

241,333

 

(3)

Stock Options

 

 

 

238,304

 

(4)

 

 

 

238,304

 

(4)

 

 

 

238,304

 

(4)

 

 

 

238,304

 

(4)

Restricted Stock Units

 

 

 

507,436

 

(4)

 

 

 

507,436

 

(4)

 

 

 

507,436

 

(4)

 

 

 

507,436

 

(4)

Total

 

 

$

987,073

 

 

 

 

$

1,427,467

 

 

 

 

$

987,073

 

 

 

 

$

987,073

 

 

(1)

Represents 12 months of NEO’s base salary to be paid at regular payroll dates following the NEO’s termination.  

(2)

Represents the Company’s portion of premiums for group medical benefits to be paid for 12 months following the NEO’s termination.  

(3)

Following a termination (a) without cause, (b) for good reason, or (c) without cause or for good reason within 12 months following a change in control, the NEO is entitled to receive a pro-rata portion of any short-term incentive to which the NEO is otherwise entitled as of the date of termination.  The short-term incentive award program for 2021 provided that all eligible individuals were required to be employed through December 31, 2021 in order to receive the award.  Therefore, if the NEO’s employment had terminated for any reason other than cause on December 31, 2021, he would have been entitled to a short-term incentive award payment.  No additional bonus amounts would be paid during the severance period.  

(4)

Following a change in control (to the extent the awards are not assumed by the acquiring corporation or other successor to the Company) or a termination (a) without cause, (b) for good reason, (c) without cause or for


good reason within 12 months following a change in control, or (d) because of disability or death, unvested RSUs will be treated solely in accordance with the terms of the applicable award agreements.  The table above assumes that such awards are not assumed by the acquiring corporation or other successor to the Company in a change in control.  For stock options, the values in the table are based upon the closing price of the Common Stock on December 31, 2021 of $26.44 per share and the exercise price of the awards, including only those awards whose exercise price was below the market price on December 31, 2021.  For RSUs, the values in the table are based upon the closing price of the Common Stock on December 31, 2021 of $26.44 per share.

Raymond Bilbao, Chief Legal Officer

The following table shows the potential payments upon termination or a change in control of the Company for Mr. Bilbao.  The amounts in the table below assume execution of full release of claims in favor of the Company.

 

 

 

Involuntary

Without

Cause or

Voluntary

For Good Reason

on 12/31/21

 

 

 

 

Involuntary

For Cause

on 12/31/21

 

 

 

 

Voluntary

Without Good

Reason

on 12/31/21

 

 

Cash Severance

 

 

$

309,000

 

(1)

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

Group Medical Benefits

 

 

 

12,886

 

(2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Annual Incentive Award

 

 

 

177,302

 

(3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

177,302

 

(3)

Stock Options

 

 

 

66,349

 

(4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restricted Stock Units

 

 

 

69,643

 

(4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

$

635,180

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

$

177,302

 

 

 

 

 

Change in

Control

on 12/31/21

 

 

 

 

Involuntary

Without

Cause or

Voluntary For

Good Reason

Within 12 Months

following a

Change in Control

on 12/31/21

 

 

 

 

Disability

on 12/31/21

 

 

 

 

Death

on 12/31/21

 

 

Cash Severance

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

$

309,000

 

(1)

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

Group Medical Benefits

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

12,886

 

(2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Annual Incentive Award

 

 

 

177,302

 

(3)

 

 

 

177,302

 

(3)

 

 

 

177,302

 

(3)

 

 

 

177,302

 

(3)

Stock Options

 

 

 

145,702

 

(4)

 

 

 

145,702

 

(4)

 

 

 

145,702

 

(4)

 

 

 

145,702

 

(4)

Restricted Stock Units

 

 

 

285,235

 

(4)

 

 

 

285,235

 

(4)

 

 

 

285,235

 

(4)

 

 

 

285,235

 

(4)

Total

 

 

$

608,239

 

 

 

 

$

930,125

 

 

 

 

$

608,239

 

 

 

 

$

608,239

 

 

(1)

Represents 12 months of NEO’s base salary to be paid at regular payroll dates following the NEO’s termination.  

(2)

Represents the Company’s portion of premiums for group medical benefits to be paid for 12 months following the NEO’s termination.  

(3)

Following a termination (a) without cause, (b) for good reason, or (c) without cause or for good reason within 12 months following a change in control, the NEO is entitled to receive a pro-rata portion of any short-term incentive to which the NEO is otherwise entitled as of the date of termination.  The short-term incentive award program for 2021 provided that all eligible individuals were required to be employed through


December 31, 2021 in order to receive the award.  Therefore, if the NEO’s employment had terminated for any reason other than cause on December 31, 2021, he would have been entitled to a short-term incentive award payment.  No additional bonus amounts would be paid during the severance period.  

(4)

Following a change in control (to the extent the awards are not assumed by the acquiring corporation or other successor to the Company) or a termination (a) without cause, (b) for good reason, (c) without cause or for good reason within 12 months following a change in control, or (d) because of disability or death, unvested RSUs will be treated solely in accordance with the terms of the applicable award agreements.  The table above assumes that such awards are not assumed by the acquiring corporation or other successor to the Company in a change in control.  For stock options, the values in the table are based upon the closing price of the Common Stock on December 31, 2021 of $26.44 per share and the exercise price of the awards, including only those awards whose exercise price was below the market price on December 31, 2021.  For RSUs, the values in the table are based upon the closing price of the Common Stock on December 31, 2021 of $26.44 per share.

Ryan Wagers, Chief Accounting Officer

The following table shows the potential payments upon termination or a change in control of the Company for Mr. Wagers.  The amounts in the table below assume execution of full release of claims in favor of the Company.

 

 

 

Involuntary

Without

Cause or

Voluntary

For Good Reason

on 12/31/21

 

 

 

 

Involuntary

For Cause

on 12/31/21

 

 

 

 

Voluntary

Without Good

Reason

on 12/31/21

 

 

Cash Severance

 

 

$

300,000

 

(1)

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

Group Medical Benefits

 

 

 

14,794

 

(2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Annual Incentive Award

 

 

 

137,213

 

(3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

137,213

 

(3)

Stock Options

 

 

 

47,389

 

(4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restricted Stock Units

 

 

 

62,901

 

(4)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

$

562,297

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

$

137,213

 

 

 

 

 

Change in

Control

on 12/31/21

 

 

 

 

Involuntary

Without

Cause or

Voluntary For

Good Reason

Within 12 Months

following a

Change in Control

on 12/31/21

 

 

 

 

Disability

on 12/31/21

 

 

 

 

Death

on 12/31/21

 

 

Cash Severance

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

$

300,000

 

(1)

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

$

 

 

Group Medical Benefits

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

14,794

 

(2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Annual Incentive Award

 

 

 

137,213

 

(3)

 

 

 

137,213

 

(3)

 

 

 

137,213

 

(3)

 

 

 

137,213

 

(3)

Stock Options

 

 

 

104,075

 

(4)

 

 

 

104,075

 

(4)

 

 

 

104,075

 

(4)

 

 

 

104,075

 

(4)

Restricted Stock Units

 

 

 

216,887

 

(4)

 

 

 

216,887

 

(4)

 

 

 

216,887

 

(4)

 

 

 

216,887

 

(4)

Total

 

 

$

458,175

 

 

 

 

$

772,969

 

 

 

 

$

458,175

 

 

 

 

$

458,175

 

 

(1)

Represents 12 months of NEO’s base salary to be paid at regular payroll dates following the NEO’s termination.  


(2)

Represents the Company’s portion of premiums for group medical benefits to be paid for 12 months following the NEO’s termination.  

(3)

Following a termination (a) without cause, (b) for good reason, or (c) without cause or for good reason within 12 months following a change in control, the NEO is entitled to receive a pro-rata portion of any short-term incentive to which the NEO is otherwise entitled as of the date of termination.  The short-term incentive award program for 2021 provided that all eligible individuals were required to be employed through December 31, 2021 in order to receive the award.  Therefore, if the NEO’s employment had terminated for any reason other than cause on December 31, 2021, he would have been entitled to a short-term incentive award payment.  No additional bonus amounts would be paid during the severance period.  

(4)

Following a change in control (to the extent the awards are not assumed by the acquiring corporation or other successor to the Company) or a termination (a) without cause, (b) for good reason, (c) without cause or for good reason within 12 months following a change in control, or (d) because of disability or death, unvested RSUs will be treated solely in accordance with the terms of the applicable award agreements.  The table above assumes that such awards are not assumed by the acquiring corporation or other successor to the Company in a change in control.  For stock options, the values in the table are based upon the closing price of the Common Stock on December 31, 2021 of $26.44 per share and the exercise price of the awards, including only those awards whose exercise price was below the market price on December 31, 2021.  For RSUs, the values in the table are based upon the closing price of the Common Stock on December 31, 2021 of $26.44 per share.  

CEO to Median Employee Pay Ratio

Under rulesadopted pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 (the “Dodd-Frank Act”), we are required to calculate and disclose the total compensation paid to our median employee, as well as the ratio of the total compensation paid to the median employee compared to the total compensation paid to the CEO.  The following provides details on the methodology used to identify the median employee for 2021, as well as the results of the analysis.

Under the relevant rules, we were required to identify the median employee by use of a “consistently applied compensation measure.”  The consistently applied compensation measure we used to identify the median employee was gross cash compensation paid to employees for the year ended December 31, 2021, which included base salary, incentive awards (including bonuses, short-term incentive awards, and sales incentives), and other miscellaneous cash awards or payments.  We included all active employees (whether full-time, part-time, or seasonal) as of December 31, 2021.  We did not make adjustments to the compensation paid to part-time employees to calculate what they would have been paid on a full-time basis.  In addition, for any full-time employees who were hired during 2021, we used their annual salaries when calculating their gross cash compensation.  We believe the use of total cash compensation (rather than total compensation, which would include equity awards) for all employees is a consistently applied compensation measure because we do not widely distribute annual equity awards to employees.  As of December 31, 2021, approximately 16% of our employees were eligible to receive regular annual equity awards.

After identifying the median employee based on total cash compensation and the methodology described above, we calculated annual total compensation for such employee using the same methodology we use for our NEOs as set forth in the Summary Compensation Table.    The 2021 total compensation for Mr. Ashworth and for our median employee were $1,947,673 and $103,398, respectively, resulting in a ratio of 19:1.  

This information is being provided for the purpose of complying with the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act.  Neither the Committee nor management of the Company used the pay ratio measure in making compensation decisions.Additionally, as a result of the flexibility permitted when identifying the median employee and the Company’s specific pay practices and workforce composition, the Company’s pay ratio may not be comparable to the pay ratios of other companies.


Director Compensation

The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee (the “NCG Committee”) reviews on an annual basis director compensation in relation to other comparable companies and in light of other factors that the NCG Committee deems appropriate and discusses director compensation with the Board.

From January 1, 2021 until the 2021 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, each non-employee director (excluding the Chairman) earned an annual cash retainer of $75,000; the annual cash retainer for the Chairman was $200,000.  In addition, the annual committee retainers were as follows:

Jan. 1, 2021 until 2021 Annual Meeting of Stockholders

 

Annual Retainer

 

Committee

 

Member

 

Chair

 

Audit

 

 

$

15,000

 

 

 

 

$

30,000

 

Compensation

 

 

$

10,000

 

 

 

 

$

20,000

 

Nominating and Corporate Governance

 

 

$

10,000

 

 

 

 

$

20,000

 

Effective beginning on the date of the 2021 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, the NCG Committee approved the following revisions to non-employee director compensation:

The annual cash retainer for each non-employee director (excluding the Chairman) decreased from $75,000 to $60,000;

The annual cash retainer for the Chairman decreased from $200,000 to $135,000;

The annual committee retainers were as follows:

2021 Annual Meeting of Stockholders through Dec. 31, 2021

 

Annual Retainer

 

Committee

 

Member

 

Chair

 

Audit

 

 

$

15,000

 

 

 

 

$

35,000

 

Compensation

 

 

$

10,000

 

 

 

 

$

25,000

 

Nominating and Corporate Governance

 

 

$

10,000

 

 

 

 

$

25,000

 

In addition, on the date of the 2021 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, non-employee directors received an annual grant of RSUs with a grant date fair value of approximately $125,000.  Equity awards to non-employee directors during 2021 were made pursuant to the Company’s Second Amended and Restated 2014 Stock Incentive Plan (the “Second Amended and Restated 2014 Plan”).  Directors who are also our employees (e.g., Mr. Ashworth) receive no additional compensation for their Board service.

Director Deferred Compensation Plan

In December 2020, the Board approved a deferred compensation program for non-employee directors, which took effect January 1, 2021. Non-employee directors can defer all or a portion of the retainer and fee payments that would otherwise be paid or granted to them in cash or equity and may elect to convert any cash payments into RSUs or unrestricted shares based on the fair market value of the Common Stock at the time the cash payments would otherwise have been made.  For RSUs, dividend equivalents are credited to non-employee directors as if the RSUs are outstanding shares of Common Stock. Such dividend equivalents are deemed invested in additional RSUs.  Alternatively, non-employee directors may elect to defer their cash compensation into a cash account that will earn interest at the long term “applicable federal rate” established by the IRS from time to time.

At such distribution date as specified in the election form, the director will receive a distribution of the deferred compensation then credited to him or her under the program. If the director elected to defer


RSUs (either the RSUs issued in lieu of cash pursuant to the election under the program or RSUs granted as an equity retainer), then shares of Common Stock equal to the number of RSUs (including those issued as dividend equivalents) will be distributed to the director per his or her deferral election. Shares of Common Stock issued for RSUs are issued under the Second Amended and Restated 2014 Plan. Upon a change in control of the Company, the period of deferral for any of such deferred amounts shall end, and payments shall be made to the director in accordance with the director’s election and the program.

2021 Director Compensation

The following table summarizes the compensation to each non-employee director during 2021.

Name

 

Fees Earned

or Paid in Cash

($)

 

 

Stock

Awards

($)

 

 

Option

Awards

($)

 

 

Total

($)

 

 

 

 

(1)

 

 

(2)

 

 

(3)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sara J. Finley

 

$

 

 

$

213,830

 

 

 

 

 

$

213,830

 

 

Robert J. Greczyn, Jr.

 

 

85,766

 

 

 

124,988

 

 

 

 

 

 

210,754

 

 

Peter A. Hudson, M.D. (4)

 

 

34,597

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

34,597

 

 

Beth M. Jacob

 

 

90,766

 

 

 

124,988

 

 

 

 

 

 

215,754

 

 

Bradley S. Karro

 

 

88,844

 

 

 

124,988

 

 

 

 

 

 

213,832

 

 

Benjamin A. Kirshner (4)

 

 

 

 

 

32,667

 

 

 

 

 

 

32,667

 

 

Erin L. Russell

 

 

26,250

 

 

 

203,746

 

 

 

 

 

 

229,996

 

 

Anthony M. Sanfilippo

 

 

 

 

 

294,200

 

 

 

 

 

 

294,200

 

 

(1)

The following directors elected to receive all or a portion of their cash retainer fees earned for their service on the Board in the form of stock awards, pursuant to the Company’s director deferred compensation program: Ms. Finley, Mr. Kirshner, Ms. Russell, and Mr. Sanfilippo.

(2)

Reflects the aggregate grant date fair value of RSUs and deferred stock units granted during 2021 calculated in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 718.  

During 2021, non-employee directors (except for Messrs. Hudson and Kirshner, who did not stand for re-election at the 2021 Annual Meeting of Stockholders) received an annual grant of RSUs with a grant date fair value of approximately $125,000.  Each such director received 5,048 RSUs having a grant date fair value of $24.76 per share on May 21, 202020, 2021.  

In addition, Ms. Finley and is incorporated hereinMr. Kirshner received deferred stock units (DSUs) issued pursuant to the Company’s director deferred compensation program, in lieu of an election portion of the cash retainer fees earned for the director’s service on the Board.  Such DSUs are fully vested and will be distributed on a date elected by reference.the director. On March 31, 2021, Ms. Finley and Mr. Kirshner received 1,064 and 952 DSUs, respectively, having a grant date fair value of $22.32 per share.  On June 30, 2021, Ms. Finley and Mr. Kirshner received 858 and 434 DSUs, respectively, having a grant date fair value of $26.31 per share. On September 30, 2021 and December 31, 2021, Ms. Finley received 922 and 804 DSUs, respectively, having a grant date fair value per share of $23.06 and $26.44, respectively.

Ms. Russell and Mr. Sanfilippo received fully vested shares of common stock issued pursuant to the Company’s director deferred compensation program, in lieu of an election portion of the cash retainer fees earned for the director’s service on the Board. On March 31, 2021, Ms. Russell and Mr. Sanfilippo received 882 and 2,240 shares of common stock, respectively, having a grant date fair value of $22.32 per share.  On June 30, 2021, Ms. Russell and Mr. Sanfilippo received 748 and 1,681 shares of common stock, respectively, having a grant date fair value of $26.31 per share. On September 30, 2021, Ms. Russell and Mr. Sanfilippo received 854 and 1,626 shares of common stock, respectively, having a grant date fair value of $23.06 per share. On December


31, 2021, Ms. Russell and Mr. Sanfilippo received 745 and 1,418 shares of common stock, respectively, having a grant date fair value of $26.44 per share.

The following directors and former directors who served on the Board during 2021 had unvested stock awards outstanding as of December 31, 2021 as follows: Ms. Finley (5,048); Mr. Greczyn (5,048); Ms. Jacob (5,048); Mr. Karro (5,048); Ms. Russell (5,048); and Mr. Sanfilippo (5,048).

(3)

Mr. Karro had 15,000 stock option awards outstanding as of December 31, 2021.

(4)

Dr. Hudson and Mr. Kirshner did not stand for re-election at the 2021 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, and their terms ended at the 2021 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.



Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

Information required

Security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management

The following table sets forth certain information with respect to those persons that we know to be the beneficial owners (as defined by this item will be includedRule 13d-3 under the headings "Security OwnershipSecurities Exchange Act of Certain Beneficial Owners1934, as amended) of more than 5% of the outstanding shares of our Common Stock, our only voting security, and Management"with respect to the beneficial ownership of our Common Stock by all directors and nominees, each of the named executive officers (“NEOs”) included in the Summary Compensation Table and all of our Proxy Statement forexecutive officers, directors, and director nominees as a group.  The information set forth below is based on ownership information we received as of April 8, 2022 (except as otherwise noted below) and the 2020 Annual Meetingnumber of Stockholdersshares of Common Stock outstanding as of April 8, 2022.  Unless specified otherwise, the shares indicated are presently outstanding, and each of the stockholders listed below has sole voting and investment power with respect to be held on May 21, 2020 andthe shares beneficially owned.  Unless otherwise noted, the address of each beneficial owner is incorporated herein by reference.c/o Tivity Health, Inc., 701 Cool Springs Blvd., Franklin, TN 37067.


Name and Address of Beneficial Owner

 

Amount and Nature of

Beneficial Ownership (1)

 

Percent of

Class (1)

BlackRock, Inc.

 

 

 

7,153,512

 

(2)

 

 

14.34%

 

 

55 East 52nd Street

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

New York, NY 10055

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The Vanguard Group

 

 

 

4,918,093

 

(3)

 

 

9.86%

 

 

100 Vanguard Blvd.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Malvern, PA 19355

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

HG Vora Capital Management, LLC.

 

 

 

4,800,000

 

(4)

 

 

9.62%

 

 

330 Madison Avenue, 20th Floor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

New York, NY 10017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Hudson Executive Capital LP

 

 

 

4,795,310

 

(5)

 

 

9.62%

 

 

570 Lexington Avenue, 35th Floor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

New York, NY 10022

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Altaris Capital, L.P.

 

 

 

4,409,438

 

(6)

 

 

8.84%

 

 

10 East 53rd Street, 31st Floor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

New York, NY 10022

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Miller Value Partners, LLC.

 

 

 

3,658,303

 

(7)

 

 

7.34%

 

 

One South Street, Suite 2550

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Baltimore, MD 21202

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Morgan Stanley

 

 

 

3,554,685

 

(8)

 

 

7.13%

 

 

1585 Broadway New York, NY 10036

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

New York, NY 10036

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Anthony M. Sanfilippo (a)

 

 

 

760,971

 

(9)

 

 

1.53%

 

 

Richard M. Ashworth (c)

 

 

 

348,221

 

(10)

 

 

*

 

 

Robert J. Greczyn, Jr.(a)

 

 

 

85,372

 

(11)

 

 

*

 

 

Adam C. Holland (b)

 

 

 

82,873

 

(12)

 

 

*

 

 

Bradley S. Karro (a)

 

 

 

69,142

 

(13)

 

 

*

 

 

Thomas Lewis (b)

 

 

 

46,169

 

(14)

 

 

*

 

 

Sara J. Finley (a)

 

 

 

36,201

 

(15)

 

 

*

 

 

Beth M. Jacob (a)

 

 

 

32,430

 

(16)

 

 

*

 

 

Erin L. Russell (a)

 

 

 

31,245

 

(17)

 

 

*

 

 

Ryan M. Wagers (b)

 

 

 

23,851

 

(18)

 

 

*

 

 

Raymond Bilbao (b)

 

 

 

20,872

 

(19)

 

 

*

 

 

Stephanie M. Davis (Michelman) (a)

 

 

 

423

 

 

 

 

*

 

 

All directors and executive officers as a group (12 persons)

 

 

 

1,537,770

 

(20)

 

 

3.07%

 

 

*

Indicates ownership of less than one percent of our outstanding shares of Common Stock

(a)

Director of the Company

(b)

Named Executive Officer

(c)

Director and Named Executive Officer

(1)

Pursuant to the rules of the Commission, certain shares of our Common Stock that an individual owner set forth in this table has a right to acquire within 60 days after April 8, 2022 pursuant to the exercise or vesting of options to purchase shares of Common Stock (“stock options”), restricted stock units, or other securities are deemed to be outstanding for the purpose of computing the ownership of that owner, but are not deemed outstanding for the purpose of computing the ownership of any other individual owner shown in the table.  Likewise, the shares subject to stock options, restricted stock units, or other securities held by our other directors and executive officers that are exercisable within 60 days after April 8, 2022 are all deemed outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of all executive officers, directors, and director nominees as a group.


(2)

Information with respect to stock ownership is based on a Schedule 13G/A filed by BlackRock, Inc. (“BlackRock”) with the Commission on January 27, 2022 and includes shares held by certain of its subsidiaries.  Includes 7,081,580 shares to which BlackRock has sole voting power and 7,153,512 shares to which BlackRock has sole investment power.

(3)

Information with respect to stock ownership is based on a Schedule 13G/A filed by The Vanguard Group, Inc. (“Vanguard”) with the Commission on February 10, 2022 and includes shares held by certain of its subsidiaries. Includes 63,630 shares to which Vanguard has shared voting power, 4,817,469 shares to which Vanguard has sole investment power and 100,624 shares to which Vanguard has shared investment power.

(4)

Information with respect to stock ownership is based on a Form 13F information table filed by HG Vora Capital Management, LLC (“HG Vora”) with the Commission on February 14, 2022 and includes shares held by certain of its affiliates. Includes 4,800,000 shares to which HG Vora has sole voting power and sole investment power.

(5)

Information with respect to stock ownership is based on a Form 13F information table filed by Hudson Executive Capital LP (“Hudson”) with the Commission on February 14, 2022 and includes shares held by certain of its subsidiaries.  Includes 4,795,310 shares to which Hudson has shared voting power and shared investment power.

(6)

Information with respect to stock ownership is based on information provided to the Company by Altaris Capital, L.P. (“Altaris Capital”) as of March 22, 2021 and includes shares held by certain of its affiliates. Includes 4,409,438 shares to which Altaris Capital has shared voting power and shared investment power.

(7)

Information with respect to stock ownership is based on a Schedule 13G/A filed by Miller Value Partners, LLC (“Miller Value”) with the Commission on February 14, 2022 and includes shares held by certain of its affiliates.  Includes 3,658,303 shares to which Miller Value has shared voting power and shared investment power.

(8)

Information with respect to stock ownership is based on a Schedule 13G filed by Morgan Stanley with the Commission on February 11, 2022 and includes shares held by certain of its affiliates.  Includes 3,546,070 shares to which Morgan Stanley has shared voting power and 3,554,685 shares to which Morgan Stanley has shared investment power.

(9)

Includes the following securities to which Mr. Sanfilippo shares or may be deemed to share voting and investment power: (i) 240,000 shares held by the Vita Trust; (ii) 18,131 shares held by the Sanfilippo Family Trust; and (iii) 15,000 shares held by the Monarch Trust. Also includes 5,048 shares issuable upon vesting of restricted stock units within 60 days after April 8, 2022.

(10)

Includes 175,000 shares issuable upon vesting of restricted stock units within 60 days after April 8, 2022.

(11)

Includes 5,048 shares issuable upon vesting of restricted stock units within 60 days after April 8, 2022.

(12)

Includes 10,910 shares that, as of April 8, 2022, were issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options. Also includes 10,173 shares issuable upon vesting of restricted stock units within 60 days after April 8, 2022.

(13)

Includes 15,000 shares that, as of April 8, 2022, were issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options. Also includes 5,048 shares issuable upon vesting of restricted stock units within 60 days after April 8, 2022.

(14)

Includes 4,883 shares issuable upon vesting of restricted stock units within 60 days after April 8, 2022.

(15)

Includes 5,048 shares issuable upon vesting of restricted stock units within 60 days after April 8, 2022. Excludes 2,760 shares of deferred RSUs that, as of April 8, 2022, were issued under the Director Deferred Compensation Program in lieu of Ms. Finley’s annual cash retainer and will be distributed on a later date.

(16)

Includes 5,048 shares issuable upon vesting of restricted stock units within 60 days after April 8, 2022.

(17)

Includes 5,048 shares issuable upon vesting of restricted stock units within 60 days after April 8, 2022.

(18)

Includes 1,266 shares that, as of April 8, 2022, were issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options. Also includes 2,629 shares issuable upon vesting of restricted stock units within 60 days after April 8, 2022.


(19)

Includes 1,477 shares that, as of April 8, 2022, were issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options. Also includes 2,984 shares issuable upon vesting of restricted stock units within 60 days after April 8, 2022.

(20)

Includes 28,653 shares that, as of April 8, 2022, were issuable upon the exercise of outstanding stock options. Also includes 225,957 shares issuable upon vesting of restricted stock units within 60 days after April 8, 2022.

Equity Compensation Plan Information

The following table summarizes, as of December 31, 2019,2021, certain information concerning the Company's equity compensation plans under which equity securities of the Company are currently authorized for issuance.issuance.

 

Plan Category

 

Number of Shares

to be Issued Upon

Exercise of Outstanding

Options, Warrants

and Rights,

in thousands (1)

 

 

Weighted-Average

Exercise Price of

Outstanding Options,

Warrants and

Rights (2)

 

 

Number of Shares

Remaining Available for

Future Issuance Under

Equity Compensation Plans

(Excluding Shares Reflected

in First Column),

in thousands

 

 

Number of Shares

to be Issued Upon

Exercise��of Outstanding

Options, Warrants

and Rights,

in thousands (1)

 

 

Weighted-Average

Exercise Price of

Outstanding Options,

Warrants and

Rights (2)

 

 

Number of Shares

Remaining Available for

Future Issuance Under

Equity Compensation Plans

(Excluding Shares Reflected

in First Column),

in thousands

 

Equity compensation plans approved by

stockholders

 

 

1,246

 

 

$

17.85

 

 

 

2,721

 

 

 

1,224

 

 

$

21.75

 

 

 

1,086

 

Equity compensation plans not approved

by stockholders

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

1,246

 

 

$

17.85

 

 

 

2,721

 

 

 

1,224

 

 

$

21.75

 

 

 

1,086

 

 

(1)

Represents 319,000493,000 stock options, 127,000 restricted stock awards, 393,000581,000 restricted stock units, and 407,000 performance-based150,000 market stock units outstanding under the Company’s Amended and Restated 2014 Stock Incentive Plan.

(2)

The weighted average exercise price does not take into account the shares issuable upon vesting of outstanding unvested restricted stock awards, restricted stock units and performance-basedmarket stock units, which have no exercise price. The weighted average remaining contractual term of the outstanding stock options is 3.75.4 years.



Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

Information required by this item will be included

Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions

Since the beginning of the last fiscal year, we are not aware of any related party transactions between us and our directors, executive officers, 5% stockholders or their family members that require disclosure under Item 404 of Regulation S-K under the heading "Corporate Governance" in our Proxy Statement forExchange Act (“Item 404”).

Pursuant to its written charter, the 2020 Annual Meeting of StockholdersAudit Committee reviews and either approves or disapproves all transactions between the Company and any related person that are required to be helddisclosed pursuant to Item 404.

In determining whether to approve any material related party transaction, the Audit Committee considers the relevant information and facts available to it regarding the transaction and takes into account factors such as the related party’s relationship to the Company and interest (direct or indirect) in the transaction, the terms of the transaction, and the benefits to the Company of the transaction. No director participates in the approval of an interested transaction for which he or she is a related party or otherwise has a direct or indirect interest.

Director Independence

BOARD AND COMMITTEE SUMMARY

The Board has adopted governance guidelines (“Corporate Governance Guidelines”) to assist the Board in the exercise of its duties and responsibilities and to serve in the best interests of the Company and its stockholders.  The Corporate Governance Guidelines set forth in greater detail the responsibilities of our Board and are available under “Corporate Governance” accessible through the “Investors” link on May 21, 2020 and is incorporated herein by referencethe Company’s website at www.tivityhealth.com.

Other than Mr. Ashworth, all of the members of the Board who served during 2021 are (or were, as applicable) “independent directors,” as defined under the Nasdaq Stock Market (“Nasdaq”) listing standards.

87


During 2021, each of our incumbent directors attended at least 75% of the aggregate of the total number of meetings held (i) by the Board during the period for which such director served as a member of the Board and (ii) by the committees of which such director was a member during the period for which such director served as a member of such committees.

The following table provides summary information about each committee of the Board and its members.  The duties and responsibilities of each of our committees are set forth in greater detail in each of their respective charters, which are reviewed annually and available under “Corporate Governance” accessible through the “Investors” link on the Company’s website at www.tivityhealth.com.

Audit Committee

Number of Meetings in 2021: 8

Members (1)

Primary Responsibilities

Independence

Erin L. Russell (Chair; financial expert)

Beth M. Jacob

Anthony M. Sanfilippo

The Audit Committee is responsible for, among other things,:

Assisting the Board in oversight of the quality and integrity of our accounting, auditing, and financial reporting systems and our systems of internal controls;

Meeting with our independent registered public accounting firm and management to review our consolidated financial statements; and

Overseeing the accounting, financial, legal, cybersecurity, and regulatory risks the Company faces

All of the members of the Audit Committee are “independent directors” as defined under the Nasdaq listing standards, and satisfy the heightened independence criteria applicable to members of the Audit Committee under the Nasdaq listing standards and Rule 10A-3(b)(1) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”).


Compensation Committee

Number of Meetings in 2021: 5

Members (2)

Primary Responsibilities

Independence

Bradley S. Karro (Chair)

Robert J. Greczyn, Jr.
Erin L. Russell

The Compensation Committee is responsible for, among other things,:

Overseeing our overall compensation strategies and policies;

Annually evaluating the performance of our executive officers;

Determining the appropriate compensation of each of our executive officers; and

Reviewing, approving, and administering our equity-based incentive plans

All of the directors who serve on the Compensation Committee are “non-employee directors” as defined in Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act, “Outside Directors” for purposes of regulations promulgated pursuant to Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended (the “Internal Revenue Code”), and “independent directors” as defined under the Nasdaq listing standards, in each case as determined by the Board.

Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

Number of Meetings in 2021: 6

Members (3)

Primary Responsibilities

Independence

Sara J. Finley (Chair)

Robert J. Greczyn, Jr.

Beth M. Jacob

The Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee is responsible for, among other things,:

Identifying individuals qualified to become members of the Board;

Recommending such individuals to the Board for election to the Board;

Developing and recommending to the Board corporate governance principles applicableto the Company; and

Providing oversight for the Company’s environmental, social, and governance (ESG) practices, initiatives, and reporting.

All of the directors who serve on the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee are “independent directors” as defined under the Nasdaqlisting standards.

(1)

Mr. Sanfilippo became a member of the Audit Committee immediately following the 2021 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.  Dr. Hudson (not shown in the table) was a member of the Audit Committee from January 1, 2021 until the 2021 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, at which time he did not stand for re-election to the Board.  We have, and will continue to have, at least one member of the Audit Committee who has past employment experience in finance or accounting and requisite professional certification in accounting or other


comparable experience that results in the individual’s financial sophistication.  The Board has determined that Ms. Russell qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert”, as defined by the regulations of the Commission.

(2)

Ms. Russell became a member of the Compensation Committee immediately following the 2021 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.  Ms. Jacob was a member of the Compensation Committee from January 1, 2021 until the 2021 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.

(3)

Ms. Jacob became a member of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee immediately following the 2021 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.  Mr. Kirshner (not shown in the table) was a member of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee from January 1, 2021 until the 2021 Annual Meeting of Stockholders, at which time he did not stand for re-election to the Board.



Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

The aggregate fees billed for each of the last two fiscal years for professional services rendered to us by PwC are shown in the table below.

Information required

Type of Service

 

Fiscal Year Ended

December 31, 2021

 

Fiscal Year Ended

December 31, 2020

Audit Fees

 

 

$

1,049,573

 

 

 

 

$

1,586,013

 

 

Audit-Related Fees

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tax Fees (1)

 

 

 

40,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

All Other Fees (2)

 

 

 

988

 

 

 

 

 

988

 

 

Total

 

 

$

1,090,561

 

 

 

 

$

1,587,001

 

 

(1)

Tax fees for 2021 relate to tax advisory services.

(2)

All other fees for 2021 and 2020 relate to a software license.

The Audit Committee has considered and concluded that the provision of the non-audit services is compatible with maintaining auditor independence.

Policy Regarding Pre-Approval of Service Provided by this item will be included under the heading "Ratification ofOur Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm" inFirm

The Audit Committee has adopted policies and procedures for pre-approving all audit and permissible non-audit services performed by our Proxy Statement for the 2020 Annual Meeting of Stockholdersindependent registered public accounting firm.  The Audit Committee may delegate its responsibility to pre-approve services to be held on May 21, 2020performed by our independent registered public accounting firm to one or more of its members, but the Audit Committee may not delegate its pre-approval authority to management.

Under these policies, the Audit Committee pre-approves the use of audit and is incorporated hereinaudit-related services following approval of our independent registered public accounting firm’s engagement.  Tax and other non-audit services that are not prohibited services, provided that those services are routine and recurring services and would not impair the independence of our independent registered public accounting firm, may also be performed by reference.our independent registered public accounting firm if those services are pre-approved by the Audit Committee.  Pre-approval fee levels for all services to be provided by our independent registered public accounting firm will be established periodically by the Audit Committee.  Our independent registered public accounting firm must provide detailed back-up documentation to the Audit Committee for each proposed service.  The Audit Committee has pre-approved all audit and audit-related services provided by our independent registered public accounting firm.

88



PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement SchedulesStatement Schedules

(a)

The following documents are filed as part of this report:

1.

The financial statements filed as part of this report are included in Part II, Item 8 of this report.the Original Form 10-K.

2.

We have omitted all Financial Statement Schedules because they are not required under the instructions to the applicable accounting regulations of the SEC or the information to be set forth therein is included in the financial statements or in the notes thereto.

3.

Exhibits

 

  2.1

 

Membership Interest Purchase Agreement dated July 27, 2016 by and among Sharecare, Inc., Healthways SC, LLC and Healthways, Inc. [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 2, 2016, File No. 000-19364]

 

  2.22.2

 

Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of December 9, 2018, by and among the Company, Nutrisystem, Inc. and Sweet Acquisition, Inc. [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 10, 2018, File No. 000-19364]

  2.3

Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of October 18, 2020, by and among Tivity Health, Inc., Kainos NS Holdings LP, and KNS Acquisition Corp. [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 19, 2020, File No. 000-19364]

 

 

 

  3.1

 

Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Form 10-Q of the Company's fiscal quarter ended February 29, 2008, File No. 000-19364]

 

 

 

  3.2

 

Certificate of Amendment to Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, dated as of October 10, 2013 [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to Form 10-Q of the Company's fiscal quarter ended September 30, 2013, File No. 000-19364]

 

 

 

  3.3

 

Certificate of Amendment to Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as amended, dated as of January 4, 2017 [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated January 10, 2017, File No. 000-19364]

 

 

 

  3.4

 

Second Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.4 to Form 10-K of the Company’s fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, File No. 000-19364]

 

 

 

  3.5

 

Amendment No. 1 to Second Amended and Restated Bylaws [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 25, 2020, File No. 000-19364]

 

 

 

  3.6

Amendment No. 2 to Second Amended and Restated Bylaws [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated April 20, 2020, File No. 000-19364]


4.1

 

Article IV of the Company's Restated Certificate of Incorporation (included in Exhibit 3.1)

 

 

 

  4.2

 

Description of Securities [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.2 to Form 10-K of the Company’s fiscal year ended December 31, 2019, File No. 000-19364]

 

 

 

10.1

 

Office Lease dated as of May 4, 2006 between the Company and Highwoods/Tennessee Holdings, L.P. [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 5, 2006, File No. 000-19364]

 

 

 

10.2

 

Credit and Guaranty Agreement, dated March  8, 2019,June 30, 2021, by and among Tivity Health,the Company, certain subsidiaries of Tivity Health,the Company as guarantors, the lenders party thereto, Credit Suisse AG, Cayman Islands BranchMorgan Stanley Senior Funding, Inc., as general administrative agent, term loan facility administrative agent and SunTrustcollateral agent, and Truist Bank, as revolving facility agent and swingline lender [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated March 8, 2019,June 30, 2021, File No. 000-19364]

 

 

10.3

Cooperation Agreement among the Company, Altaris Capital, L.P., Altaris Partners, LLC, George Aitken-Davies and Daniel Tully, dated August 7, 2019 [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated August 7, 2019, File No. 000-19364]

10.4

Amendment to Cooperation Agreement among the Company, Altaris Capital, L.P., Altaris Partners, LLC, George Aitken-Davies and Daniel Tully, dated August 7, 2019 [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 19, 2020, File No. 000-19364]

89


10.5

Exhibit 10.5 – Cooperation Agreement by and between the Company and HG Vora Capital Management, LLC, dated February 25, 2020 [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 25, 2020, File No. 000-19364]

 

Management Contracts and Compensatory Plans

 

 

 

10.6

Employment Agreement dated July 29, 2012 between the Company and Mary Flipse [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Form 10-Q of the Company's fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2012, File No. 000-19364]

10.710.3

 

2014 Stock Incentive Plan [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-8 dated June 25, 2014, Registration No. 333-197025]

 

 

 

10.810.4

 

2007Tivity Health, Inc. Amended and Restated 2014 Stock Incentive Plan as amended [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1699.1 to Form 10-K of the Company's fiscal year ended December 31, 2012,Registration Statement on Form S-8 dated May 19, 2015, Registration No. 333-204313]

10.5

Tivity Health, Inc. Second Amended and Restated 2014 Stock Incentive Plan [incorporated by reference to Appendix A to the Company's Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed April 12, 2019, File No. 000-19364]

 

 

 

10.9

Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under the Company's 2007 Stock Incentive Plan [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.24 to Form 10-K of the Company's fiscal year ended August 31, 2007, File No. 000-19364]

10.10

Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement (for Directors) under the Company's 2007 Stock Incentive Plan [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Form 10-Q of the Company's fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2010, File No. 000-19364]

10.11

Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under the Company's 2007 Stock Incentive Plan [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Form 10-Q of the Company's fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2012, File No. 000-19364]

10.12

Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement under the Company's 2007 Stock Incentive Plan [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.28 to Form 10-K of the Company's fiscal year ended December 31, 2012, File No. 000-19364]

10.13

Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Award Agreement (for Executive Officers) under the Company's 2014 Stock Incentive Plan [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Form 10-Q of the Company's fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2014, File No. 000-19364]

10.1410.6

 

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (for Executive Officers) under the Company's 2014 Stock Incentive Plan [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Form 10-Q of the Company's fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2014, File No. 000-19364]

 

 

 

10.1510.7

 

Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Award Agreement (for Directors) under the Company's 2014 Stock Incentive Plan [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.8 to Form 10-Q of the Company's fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2014, File No. 000-19364]

 

 

 

10.16

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (for Directors) under the Company's 2014 Stock Incentive Plan [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.9 to Form 10-Q of the Company's fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2014, File No. 000-19364]

10.17

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (for Executive Officers) for November 1, 2016 under the Company's Amended and Restated 2014 Stock Incentive Plan [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.46 to Form 10-K of the Company's fiscal year ended December 31, 2016, File No. 000-19364]

10.18

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (for Directors) under the Company's Amended and Restated 2014 Stock Incentive Plan [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Form 10-Q of the Company's fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2015, File No. 000-19364]

10.19

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (for Directors) under the Company's Amended and Restated 2014 Stock Incentive Plan [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Form 10-Q of the Company's fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2016, File No. 000-19364]

90


10.20

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (for Executive Officers) One-Year Cliff Vesting under the Company's Amended and Restated 2014 Stock Incentive Plan [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Form 10-Q of the Company's fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2015, File No. 000-19364]

10.21

Tivity Health, Inc. Amended and Restated 2014 Stock Incentive Plan [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Company's Registration Statement on Form S-8 dated May 19, 2015, Registration No. 333-204313]

10.22

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (for Executive Officers) for July 1, 2015 under the Company's Amended and Restated 2014 Stock Incentive Plan [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Form 10-Q of the Company's fiscal quarter ended September 30, 2015, File No. 000-19364]

10.23

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under the Company’s Amended and Restated 2014 Stock Incentive Plan (for Executive Officers and Other Senior Officers) for September 24, 2015 [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated September 28, 2015, File No. 000-19364]

10.24

Revised Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (for Executive Officers and Other Senior Officers) for September 24, 2015 [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.73 to Form 10-K of the Company's fiscal year ended December 31, 2015, File No. 000-19364]

10.25

Form of Director Indemnification Agreement [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 2, 2016, File No. 000-19364]

10.26

Employment Agreement, dated May 22, 2017, between Tivity Health, Inc. and Adam C. Holland [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 25, 2017, File No. 000-19364]

10.2710.8

 

Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Award Agreement (for Executive Officers) under the Company's 2014 Stock Incentive Plan [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Form 10-Q of the Company’s fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2018, File No. 000-19364]   

 

 

 

10.2810.9

 

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement (for Directors) under the Company’s Amended and Restated 2014 Stock Incentive Plan [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Form 10-Q of the Company’s fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2018, File No. 000-19364]

 

 

 

10.2910.10

Form of 2019 Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under the Company’s Amended and Restated 2014 Stock Incentive Plan [incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Form 10-Q of the Company's fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2019, File No. 000-19364]


10.11

Form of Director Indemnification Agreement [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated June 2, 2016, File No. 000-19364]

10.12

Employment Agreement, dated May 22, 2017, between Tivity Health, Inc. and Adam C. Holland [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 25, 2017, File No. 000-19364]

10.13

 

Offer of Employment Letter between the Company and Ryan Wagers dated as of September 14, 2018 [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Form 10-Q of the Company’s fiscal quarter ended September 30, 2018, File No. 000-19364]

 

 

 

10.3010.14

 

Amended and Restated Employment Agreement by and between the Company and Richard M. Ashworth, dated March 18, 2019, between Tivity Health, Inc. and Donato TramutoMay 20, 2020 [incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Tivity Health’sthe Company's Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 18, 2019,dated May 22, 2020, File No. 000-19364]

 

 

 

10.3110.15

 

OfferForm of Employment Letter,Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Richard M. Ashworth (Inducement Award), dated August 25, 2016, by and between Tivity Health and Steve JanicakJune 1, 2020 [incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1010.2 to Form 10-Q of the Company's fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2019,Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 22, 2020, File No. 000-19364]

 

 

 

10.3210.16

 

ChangeForm of ControlRestricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Richard M. Ashworth, dated September 13, 2016, by and between the Company and Steve JanicakJune 1, 2020 [incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.110.3 to Form 10-Q of the Company's fiscal quarter ended September 30, 2019,Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 22, 2020, File No. 000-19364]

 

 

 

10.3310.17

 

EmploymentForm of Market Stock Unit Award Agreement for Richard M. Ashworth, dated March 8, 2019, by and between Tivity Health and Keira KrauszJune 1, 2020 [incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1110.4 to the Company's Current Report on Form 8-K dated May 22, 2020, File No. 000-19364]

10.18

Offer of Employment Letter between the Company and Thomas Lewis dated as of October 4, 2018 [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to Form 10-Q of the Company'sCompany’s fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2021, File No. 000-19364]

10.19

Amendment No. 1 to Offer of Employment Letter between the Company and Thomas Lewis dated as of April 1, 2019 [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Form 10-Q of the Company’s fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2021, File No. 000-19364]

10.20

Amendment No. 2 to Offer of Employment Letter between the Company and Thomas Lewis dated as of October 30, 2020 [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Form 10-Q of the Company’s fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2021, File No. 000-19364]

10.21

Amended and Restated Offer of Employment Letter between the Company and Raymond Bilbao dated as of October 30, 2020 [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Form 10-Q of the Company’s fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2021, File No. 000-19364]

10.22

Change of Control Agreement between the Company and Raymond Bilbao dated as of July 3, 2018 [incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Form 10-Q of the Company’s fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2021, File No. 000-19364]

 

 

 

91



10.3410.23

 

Form of Nondisclosure and Noncompete Agreement for Ms. Krausz (included in Exhibit 10.33)Tivity Health, Inc. Director Deferred Compensation Program, dated December 14, 2020 [incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1210.46 to Form 10-Q10-K of the Company's fiscal quarteryear ended MarchDecember 31, 2019,2020, File No. 000-19364]

 

 

 

10.3510.24

 

Form of Deferred Stock Unit Award Agreement (for Directors) under the Company’s Second Amended and Restated 2014 Stock Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Ms. Krausz (included in Exhibit 10.33) [incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1310.47 to Form 10-Q10-K of the Company's fiscal quarteryear ended MarchDecember 31, 2019,2020, File No. 000-19364]

 

 

 

10.3610.25

 

Form of Nutrisystem Stock Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Award AgreementSeparation Benefits Program for Ms. Krausz (included in Exhibit 10.33)Section 16 Officers, dated September 22, 2021 [incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1410.1 to Form 10-Q of the Company's fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2019,Current Report on Form 8-K dated September 27, 2021, File No. 000-19364]

 

 

 

10.3710.26

 

Form of Nutrisystem StockSpecial Incentive Plan 2016 Restricted Stock UnitBonus Award Agreement for Ms. Krausz (included in Exhibit 10.33)by and between Tivity Health, Inc. and Richard Ashworth, dated February 11, 2022 [incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1510.1 to Form 10-Q of the Company's fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2019,Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 11, 2022, File No. 000-19364]

 

 

 

10.3810.27

 

Form of Nutrisystem2020 Non-Qualified Stock Option Award Agreement (for Executive Officers) under the Company's Second Amended and Restated 2014 Stock Incentive Plan 2017 Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Ms. Krausz (included in Exhibit 10.33) [incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1610.27 to Form 10-Q10-K of the Company's fiscal quarterCompany’s year ended MarchDecember 31, 2019, File No. 000-19364]2021]

 

 

 

10.3910.28

 

Form of Nutrisystem2021 Non-Qualified Stock Option Award Agreement (for Executive Officers) under the Company's Second Amended and Restated 2014 Stock Incentive Plan 2018 Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Ms. Krausz (included in Exhibit 10.33) [incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1710.28 to Form 10-Q10-K of the Company's fiscal quarterCompany’s year ended MarchDecember 31, 2019, File No. 000-19364]2021]

 

 

 

10.40

Nutrisystem Stock Incentive Plan [incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to Tivity Health’s Registration Statement on Form S-8, filed March 8, 2019, File No. 333-230173]

10.41

Form of 2019 Performance Stock Unit Award Agreement under the Company’s Nutrisystem Stock Incentive Plan [incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Form 10-Q of the Company's fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2019, File No. 000-19364]

10.42

Form of 2019 Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under the Company’s Nutrisystem Stock Incentive Plan [incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Form 10-Q of the Company's fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2019, File No. 000-19364]

10.43

Tivity Health, Inc. Second Amended and Restated 2014 Stock Incentive Plan [incorporated by reference to Appendix A to the Company's Proxy Statement on Schedule 14A filed April 12, 2019, File No. 000-19364]

10.44

Form of 2019 Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement under the Company’s Amended and Restated 2014 Stock Incentive Plan [incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Form 10-Q of the Company's fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2019, File No. 000-19364]

10.45

Form of 2019 Performance Stock Unit Award Agreement under the Company’s Amended and Restated 2014 Stock Incentive Plan [incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.5 to Form 10-Q of the Company's fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2019, File No. 000-19364]

10.46

Form of 2019 Integration Bonus Performance Stock Unit Award Agreement under the Company’s Amended and Restated 2014 Stock Incentive Plan [incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.6 to Form 10-Q of the Company's fiscal quarter ended June 30, 2019, File No. 000-19364]

10.47

Employment Agreement, dated March 8, 2019, by and between Tivity Health and Dawn Zier [incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Tivity Health’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed March 8, 2019, File No. 000-19364]

10.48

Form of Nondisclosure and Noncompete Agreement for Ms. Zier [incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Tivity Health’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed March 8, 2019, File No. 000-19364]

10.49

Form of Amended and Restated 2014 Stock Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Ms. Zier [incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Tivity Health’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed March 8, 2019, File No. 000-19364]

92


10.50

Form of Amended and Restated 2014 Stock Incentive Plan Performance Stock Unit Award Agreement for Ms. Zier [incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Tivity Health’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed March 8, 2019, File No. 000-19364]

10.51

Form of Nutrisystem Stock Incentive Plan Restricted Stock Award Agreement for Ms. Zier [incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Tivity Health’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed March 8, 2019, File No. 000-19364]

10.52

Form of Nutrisystem Stock Incentive Plan 2016 Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Ms. Zier [incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Tivity Health’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed March 8, 2019, File No. 000-19364]

10.53

Form of Nutrisystem Stock Incentive Plan 2017 Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Ms. Zier [incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Tivity Health’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed March 8, 2019, File No. 000-19364]

10.54

Form of Nutrisystem Stock Incentive Plan 2018 Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement for Ms. Zier [incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Tivity Health’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed March 8, 2019, File No. 000-19364]

2121*

 

Subsidiary List

 

 

 

2323*

 

Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

 

 

 

31.131.1*

 

Certification pursuant to section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 made by Robert J. Greczyn, Jr., InterimRichard M. Ashworth, Chief Executive Officer, as amended

 

 

 

31.231.2*

 

Certification pursuant to section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 made by Adam C. Holland, Chief Financial Officer, as amended

 

 

 

3231.3**

Certification pursuant to section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 made by Richard M. Ashworth, Chief Executive Officer, as amended

31.4**

Certification pursuant to section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 made by Adam C. Holland, Chief Financial Officer, as amended

32*

 

Certification Pursuant to 18 U.S.C section 1350 as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 made by Robert J. Greczyn, Jr., InterimRichard M. Ashworth, Chief Executive Officer, and Adam C. Holland, Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

101101*

 

The following financial statements from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019,2021, formatted in Inline XBRL: (i) Consolidated Balance Sheets; (ii) Consolidated Statements of Operations; (iii) Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income; (iv) Consolidated Statement of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity; (v) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows; and (vi) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.


 

 

 

104104**

 

The cover page from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2019, formattedCover Page Interactive Data File (formatted in Inline XBRL (includedand included in the interactive data files submitted as Exhibit 101 hereto)101).

 

(b)

Exhibits

Refer to Item 15(a)(3) above.

(c)

Not applicable

*

Filed or furnished as an exhibit to the Original Form 10-K

**

Filed herewith

93


Item 16. Form 10-K Summary

None.



94


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

 

 

 

TIVITY HEALTH, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

February 27, 2020April 29, 2022

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Robert J. Greczyn, Jr.Adam C. Holland

 

 

 

 

 

Robert J. Greczyn, Jr.

Interim Chief Executive Officer

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature

Title

Date

/s/ Robert J. Greczyn, Jr.

Interim Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer)

February 27, 2020

Robert J. Greczyn, Jr.

/s/ Adam C. Holland

Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)

February 27, 2020

Adam C. Holland

/s/ Ryan Wagers

Controller and Chief Accounting Officer (Principal Accounting Officer)

February 27, 2020

Ryan Wagers

/s/ Kevin G. Wills

Chairman of the Board and Director

February 27, 2020

Kevin G. Wills

/s/ Sara J. Finley

Director

February 27, 2020

Sara J. Finley

/s/ Peter A. Hudson, M.D.

Director

February 27, 2020

Peter A, Hudson, M.D.

/s/ Beth M. Jacob

Director

February 27, 2020

Beth M. Jacob

/s/ Bradley S. Karro

Director

February 27, 2020

Bradley S. Karro

/s/ Paul H. Keckley

Director

February 27, 2020

Paul H. Keckley, Ph.D.

/s/ Benjamin A. Kirshner.

Director

February 27, 2020

Benjamin A. Kirshner

/s/ Lee A. Shapiro

Director

February 27, 2020

Lee A. Shapiro

/s/ Daniel G. Tully

Director

February 27, 2020

Daniel G. Tully

 

95